Table of Contents

 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
 
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
Form 10-K
 
     
þ
  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    For the fiscal year ended December 28, 2008
or
o
  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    For the transition period from          to          .
 
Commission file number: 000-30361
Illumina, Inc.
(Exact name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
 
     
Delaware   33-0804655
(State or other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
     
9885 Towne Centre Drive,
   
San Diego, California
  92121
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)   (zip code)
 
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:
(858) 202-4500
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
     
Title of Each Class   Name of Exchange on Which Registered
 
Common stock, $0.01 par value
  The NASDAQ Global Select Market
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
 
None
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes  þ      No  o
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes  o      No  þ
 
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes  þ      No  o
 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
 
Large accelerated filer  þ Accelerated filer  o Non-accelerated filer  o Smaller reporting company  o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes  o      No  þ
 
As of February 2, 2009, there were 121,077,875 shares (excluding 17,927,983 shares held in treasury) of the Registrant’s Common Stock outstanding. The aggregate market value of the Common Stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant as of June 27, 2008 (the last business day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter), based on the closing price for the Common Stock on The NASDAQ Global Select Market on that date, was $4,849,118,890. This amount excludes an aggregate of 2,556,098 shares of Common Stock held by officers and directors and each person known by the Registrant to own 10% or more of the outstanding Common Stock. Exclusion of shares held by any person should not be construed to indicate that such person possesses the power, directly or indirectly, to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of the Registrant, or that the Registrant is controlled by or under common control with such person.
 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
 
Portions of the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement for the annual meeting of stockholders expected to be held on May 8, 2009 are incorporated by reference into Items 10 through 14 of Part III of this Report.
 


 

 
ILLUMINA, INC.
 
FORM 10-K
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 28, 2008
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
             
        Page
 
      Business   2
      Risk Factors   13
      Unresolved Staff Comments   19
      Properties   19
      Legal Proceedings   20
      Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders   20
 
      Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities   21
      Selected Financial Data   22
      Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations   24
      Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk   42
      Financial Statements and Supplementary Data   43
      Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure   43
      Controls and Procedures   43
      Other Information   46
 
      Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance   46
      Executive Compensation   46
      Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters   46
      Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence   46
      Principal Accountant Fees and Services   47
 
      Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedule   47
Signatures   52
  F-1
  EXHIBIT 3.2
  EX-10.25
  EX-10.26
  EX-10.33
  EX-10.34
  EXHIBIT 10.35
  EX-10.43
  EX-14
  EX-21.1
  EX-23.1
  EX-31.1
  EX-31.2
  EX-32.1
  EX-32.2


1


Table of Contents

 
PART I
 
ITEM 1.    Business.
 
This Annual Report on Form 10-K may contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. These statements relate to future events or our future financial performance. We have attempted to identify forward-looking statements by terminology including “anticipates,” “believes,” “can,” “continue,” “could,” “estimates,” “expects,” “intends,” “may,” “plans,” “potential,” “predicts,” “should” or “will” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. These statements are only predictions and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, including the risks outlined under “Item 1A. Risk Factors” in this Annual Report, that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements. Accordingly, you should not unduly rely on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this Annual Report. We are not under any duty to update any of the forward-looking statements after the date we file this Annual Report on Form 10-K or to conform these statements to actual results, unless required by law. You should, however, review the factors and risks we describe in the reports we file from time to time with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
Illumina ® , Array of Arrays tm , BeadArray tm , BeadXpress ® , CSPro ® , DASL ® , GoldenGate ® , Genome Studio tm , Infinium ® , IntelliHyb ® , iSelect ® , Making Sense Out of Life ® , Oligator ® , Sentrix ® , Solexa ® , and VeraCode ® are our trademarks. This report also contains brand names, trademarks or service marks of companies other than Illumina, and these brand names, trademarks and service marks are the property of their respective holders.
 
Available Information
 
Our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to those reports are available free of charge on our website, www.illumina.com. The information on our website is not incorporated by reference into this report. Such reports are made available as soon as reasonably practicable after filing with, or furnishing to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). The SEC also maintains an Internet site at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that electronically file with the SEC. Copies of our annual report will be made available, free of charge, upon written request.
 
Overview
 
We are a leading developer, manufacturer and marketer of integrated systems for the large scale analysis of genetic variation and biological function. We were incorporated in California in April 1998 and reincorporated in Delaware in July 2000. Our principal executive offices are located at 9885 Towne Centre Drive, San Diego, California 92121. Our telephone number is (858) 202-4500.
 
Using our proprietary technologies, we provide a comprehensive line of products and services that currently serve the sequencing, genotyping and gene expression markets. In the future, we expect to enter the market for molecular diagnostics. Our customers include leading genomic research centers, pharmaceutical companies, academic institutions, clinical research organizations and biotechnology companies. Our tools provide researchers around the world with the performance, throughput, cost effectiveness and flexibility necessary to perform the billions of genetic tests needed to extract valuable medical information from advances in genomics and proteomics. We believe this information will enable researchers to correlate genetic variation and biological function, which will enhance drug discovery and clinical research, allow diseases to be detected earlier and permit better choices of drugs for individual patients.
 
On January 26, 2007, we completed the acquisition of Solexa, Inc. (Solexa) for 26.2 million shares of our common stock. As a result of that acquisition, we develop and commercialize sequencing technologies used to


2


Table of Contents

perform a range of analyses, including whole genome re-sequencing, gene expression analysis and small RNA analysis. We believe we are the only company with genome-scale technology for sequencing, genotyping and gene expression, the three cornerstones of modern genetic analysis.
 
During the first quarter of 2008, we reorganized our operating structure into two newly created business segments, Life Sciences and Diagnostics. During 2008, the Diagnostics Business Unit had limited business activity and, accordingly, operating results were reported on an aggregate basis as one operating segment. In the future, at each reporting period end, we will reassess our reportable operating segments, particularly as we enter the market for molecular diagnostics.
 
On August 1, 2008, we completed the acquisition of Avantome, Inc. (Avantome). As consideration for the acquisition, we paid $25.8 million in cash and may pay up to an additional $35.0 million in contingent cash consideration based on the achievement of certain milestones. Avantome is a development stage company working on developing low-cost, long read sequencing technology. We expect this technology, if and when available as a product, to have applicability to both the research and diagnostic markets.
 
Our Strategy
 
Our goal is to make our Genome Analyzer, BeadArray and BeadXpress platforms the industry standards for products and services addressing the genetic analysis markets. We plan to achieve this by:
 
  •  focusing on emerging high-growth markets;
 
  •  seeking new and complementary technologies through strategic acquisitions and other investments;
 
  •  expanding our technologies into multiple product lines, applications and market segments; and
 
  •  strengthening our technological leadership.
 
Our Markets
 
Our current technologies serve three primary markets:   next-generation sequencing, mid-to-high-complexity microarrays for genotyping and gene expression, and the “applied markets,” the majority of which are comprised of agricultural research. Next-generation sequencing is the most rapidly growing of these three markets. It is fueled by private and public funding, new global initiatives to broadly characterize genetic variation, and the migration of legacy genetic applications to sequencing based technologies. We believe our DNA sequencing systems, coupled with complementary technologies from strategic investments, including the acquisition of Avantome and our collaborative alliance with Oxford Nanopore Technologies will enable us to address numerous market segments with innovative solutions.
 
In 2009, we expect to enter the market for molecular diagnostics. The molecular diagnostic market is currently estimated at nearly $3 billion with the potential to grow to over $5 billion by 2012. This market assessment covers regulated assays and reagents, and does not factor in laboratory-developed tests, which account for a significant portion of the total market. The primary growth drivers in the molecular diagnostics market are the continued discovery of genetic markers with proven clinical utility, the increasing adoption of genetic based diagnostic tests, and the expansion of reimbursement programs to include a greater number of approved diagnostic tests. We believe our Veracode technology platform is ideally suited to provide a cost-effective, high-throughput, mid- to low-multiplex solution to the molecular diagnostic market. We are planning to submit the platform for review by the Food and Drug Administration in 2009.
 
Industry Background
 
Genetic Variation and Biological Function
 
Every person inherits two copies of each gene, one from each parent. The two copies of each gene may be identical, or they may be different. These differences are referred to as genetic variation. Examples of the physical consequences of genetic variation include differences in eye and hair color. Genetic variation can also have important medical consequences. Genetic variation affects disease susceptibility, including predisposition


3


Table of Contents

to cancer, diabetes, cardiovascular disease and Alzheimer’s disease. In addition, genetic variation may cause people to respond differently to the same drug treatment. Some people may respond well, others may not respond at all, and still others may experience adverse side effects. A common form of genetic variation is a single-nucleotide polymorphism, or SNP. A SNP is a variation in a single position in a DNA sequence. It is estimated that the human genome contains over ten million SNPs.
 
While in some cases a single SNP will be responsible for medically important effects, it is now believed that combinations of SNPs may contribute to the development of most common diseases. Since there are millions of SNPs, it is important to investigate many representative, well-chosen SNPs simultaneously in order to discover medically valuable information.
 
Another contributor to disease and dysfunction is the over- or under-expression of genes within an organism’s cells. A very complex network of genes interacts to maintain health in complex organisms. The challenge for scientists is to delineate the associated genes’ expression patterns and their relationship to disease. Until recently, this problem was addressed by investigating effects on a gene-by-gene basis. This is time consuming and difficulties exist when several pathways cannot be observed or “controlled” at the same time. With the advent of microarray technology, thousands of genes can now be tested at the same time.
 
There are multiple methods of studying genetic variation and biological function, including sequencing, SNP genotyping and gene expression profiling, each of which is uniquely addressed in our breadth of products and services. Our broad portfolio of current products and services supports a range of applications, from highest multiplexing (for whole-genome discovery and profiling) to mid-and low-multiplexing options (for high-throughput targeted screening).
 
Sequencing
 
DNA sequencing is the process of determining the order of bases (A, C, G or T) in a DNA sample, which can be further divided into de novo sequencing, re-sequencing and tag sequencing. In de novo sequencing, the goal is to determine the sequence of a representative sample from a species never before sequenced. Understanding the similarities and differences in DNA sequence between many species can help our understanding of the function of the protein structures encoded in the DNA.
 
In re-sequencing, the sequence of samples from a given species is determined and compared to a standard or reference sequence to identify changes that reflect genetic variation. Re-sequencing studies can be performed on a genome-wide basis, which is referred to as whole-genome re-sequencing, or on targeted areas of the genome (for example, regions identified by genome-wide association study), which is known as targeted re-sequencing. This is an extremely comprehensive form of genetic analysis, in which every base is characterized for possible mutations. We believe that these underlying discoveries will likely feed the development of new array products for broader testing and biomarker validation.
 
In tag sequencing, short sequences, often representative of a larger molecule or genomic location, are detected and counted. In these applications, the number of times that each tag is seen provides quantification of an underlying biological process. As an example, in digital gene expression, one or more tag sequences may be analyzed for each expressed gene, and the number of copies of these tags which are detected in an experiment is a measure of how actively that gene is being expressed in the tissue sample being analyzed. Similarly, a tag sequencing approach known as ChIP sequencing is used to determine the locations and extent of protein and DNA interactions throughout the genome.
 
SNP Genotyping
 
SNP genotyping is the process of determining which base (A, C, G or T) is present at a particular site in the genome within any organism. The most common use of SNP genotyping is for genome-wide association studies (GWAS) to look for an association between DNA sequence variants and a specific phenotype of interest. This is commonly done by studying the DNA of individuals that are affected by a common disease or that exhibit a specific trait against the DNA of control individuals who do not have this disease or trait. The use of SNP genotyping to obtain meaningful statistics on the effect of an individual SNP or a collection of


4


Table of Contents

SNPs requires the analysis of millions of SNP genotypes and the testing of large populations for each disease. For example, a single large study could involve genotyping more than 1,000,000 SNPs per patient in more than 1,000 patients, thus requiring 1 billion assays. Using previously available technologies, this scale of SNP genotyping was both impractical and prohibitively expensive.
 
Large-scale SNP genotyping can be used in a variety of ways, including studies designed to understand the genetic contributions to disease (disease association studies), genomics based drug development, clinical trial analysis (responders and non-responders, and adverse event profiles), disease predisposition testing, and disease diagnosis. SNP genotyping can also be used outside of healthcare, for example in the development of plants and animals with commercially desirable characteristics. These markets will require billions of SNP genotyping assays annually.
 
Gene Expression Profiling
 
Gene expression profiling is the process of determining which genes are active in a specific cell or group of cells and is accomplished by measuring mRNA, the intermediary messenger between genes (DNA) and proteins. Variation in gene expression can cause disease, or act as an important indicator of disease or predisposition to disease. By comparing gene expression patterns between cells from different environments, such as normal tissue compared to diseased tissue or in the presence or absence of a drug, specific genes or groups of genes that play a role in these processes can be identified. Studies of this type, often used in drug discovery, require monitoring thousands, and preferably tens of thousands, of mRNAs in large numbers of samples. Once a smaller set of genes of interest has been identified, researchers can then examine how these genes are expressed or suppressed across numerous samples, for example, within a clinical trial.
 
As gene expression patterns are correlated to specific diseases, gene expression profiling is becoming an increasingly important diagnostic tool. Diagnostic use of expression profiling tools is anticipated to grow rapidly with the combination of the sequencing of various genomes and the availability of more cost-effective technologies.
 
Our Technologies
 
Sequencing Technology
 
Our DNA sequencing technology, acquired as part of the Solexa merger in the first quarter of 2007, is based on the use of our sequencing-by-synthesis (SBS) biochemistry. In SBS, single stranded DNA is extended from a priming site, one base at a time, using reversible terminator nucleotides. These are DNA bases which can be added to a growing second strand, but which initially cannot be further extended. This means that at each cycle of the chemistry, only one base can be added. Each base which is added includes a fluorescent label which is specific to the particular base. Thus following incorporation, the fluorescence can be imaged, its color determined, and the base itself can be inferred. Once this is done, an additional step removes both the fluorescence and the blocking group that had prevented further extension of the second strand. This allows another base to be added, and the cycle can be repeated. Our technology is capable of generating several billion bases of DNA sequence from a single experiment with a single sample preparation. The reversible terminator bases that we use are novel synthetic molecules which we manufacture. They are not well incorporated by naturally occurring polymerases, so we have also developed proprietary polymerase enzymes for this purpose. Both the nucleotides and enzymes are the subject of significant intellectual property owned by us.
 
In our DNA sequencing systems, we apply the SBS biochemistry on microscopic islands of DNA, referred to as DNA clusters. Each cluster starts as a single DNA molecule, typically a few hundred bases long, attached to the inside surface of a flow cell. We then use a proprietary amplification biochemistry to create copies of each starting molecule. As the copies are made, they are covalently linked to the surface, so they cannot diffuse away. After a number of cycles of amplification, each cluster might have 500 to 1,000 copies of the original starting molecule, but still be only about a micron (one-millionth of a meter) in diameter. By making so many copies, the fluorescent signal from each cluster is significantly increased. Because the clusters are so small, tens of millions of clusters can be independently formed inside a single flow cell. This


5


Table of Contents

large number of clusters can then be sequenced simultaneously by alternate cycles of SBS biochemistry and fluorescent imaging.
 
BeadArray Technology
 
Our BeadArray technology combines microscopic beads and a substrate in a simple proprietary manufacturing process to produce arrays that can perform many assays simultaneously, enabling large-scale analysis of genetic variation and biological function in a unique high-throughput, cost effective, and flexible manner. We achieve high-throughput with a high density of test sites per array and we are able to format arrays either in a pattern arranged to match the wells of standard microtiter plates or in various configurations in the format of standard microscope slides. We seek to maximize cost effectiveness by reducing consumption of expensive reagents and valuable samples, and through the low manufacturing costs associated with our technologies. Our ability to vary the size, shape and format of the well patterns and to create specific bead pools, or sensors, for different applications provides the flexibility to address multiple markets and market segments. We believe that these features have enabled our BeadArray technology to become a leading platform for the high-growth market of SNP genotyping and have allowed us to be a key player in the gene expression market.
 
Our proprietary BeadArray technology consists of prepared beads that self-assemble into microwells etched into an array substrate. We have deployed our BeadArray technology in two different array formats, the Array Matrix and the BeadChip. Our first bead based product was the Array Matrix which incorporates fiber optic bundles. Each bundle is comprised of approximately 50,000 individual fibers and 96 of these bundles are placed into an aluminum plate to form an Array Matrix. BeadChips are microscope slide-size silicon wafers with varying numbers of sample sites per slide. Both formats are chemically etched to create tens of thousands to tens of millions of wells for each sample site.
 
In a separate process, we create sensors by affixing a specific type of molecule to each of the billions of microscopic beads in a batch. We make different batches of beads, with the beads in a given batch coated with one particular type of molecule. The particular molecules on a bead define that bead’s function as a sensor. For example, we create a batch of SNP sensors by attaching a particular DNA sequence, or a short segment of synthetically manufactured DNA called an oligonucleotide (oligo), to each bead in the batch. We combine batches of coated beads to form a pool specific to the type of array we intend to create. A bead pool one milliliter in volume contains sufficient beads to produce thousands of arrays.
 
To form an array, a pool of coated beads is brought into contact with the array surface where they are randomly drawn into the wells, one bead per well. The beads in the wells comprise our individual arrays. Because the beads assemble randomly into the wells, we perform a final procedure called “decoding” in order to determine which bead type occupies which well in the array. We employ several proprietary methods for decoding, a process that requires only a few steps to identify all the beads in the array. One beneficial by-product of the decoding process is a functional validation of each bead in the array. This quality control test characterizes the performance of each bead and can identify and eliminate use of any empty wells. We ensure that each bead type on the array is sufficiently represented by including multiple copies of each bead type. Multiple bead type copies improve the reliability and accuracy of the resulting data by allowing statistical processing of the results of identical beads. We believe we are the only microarray company to provide this level of quality control in the industry.
 
An experiment is performed by preparing a sample, such as DNA, and introducing it to the array. The molecules in the sample bind to their matching molecules on the coated beads. The molecules in either the sample or on the bead are labeled with fluorescent dye either before or after the binding. The iScan or BeadArray Reader detects the fluorescent dye by shining a laser on the fiber optic bundle or on the BeadChip. This allows the detection of the molecules resulting in a quantitative analysis of the sample.
 
VeraCode Technology
 
Our proprietary VeraCode technology platform leverages the power of digital holographic codes to provide a robust detection method for multiplex assays requiring high precision, accuracy and speed.


6


Table of Contents

Commercially launched in March of 2007 for the research market, VeraCode enables low-cost multiplexing from 1 to 384-plex in a single well. At the heart of the VeraCode technology are cylindrical glass beads measuring 240 microns in length by 28 microns in diameter. Each VeraCode bead type is inscribed with a unique digital holographic code to designate and track the specific analyte or genotype of interest throughout the multiplex reaction. We believe the up to 24 bits of information inscribed in each code allows for an unprecedented level of error checking, improves the robustness of the optical readout process and provides a level of reliability that sets a new standard in multiplex testing. Unlike traditional microarrays, the VeraCode microbeads are used in solution, which takes advantage of solution-phase kinetics for more rapid hybridization times, dramatically reducing the time to achieve results. This technology enables us to serve a number of markets including research, agriculture, forensics, pharmaceuticals and molecular diagnostics.
 
Our Products
 
Using our proprietary technologies, our products give our customers the ability to analyze the genome at any level of complexity from whole genome sequencing to low multiplex assays. This enables us to serve a number of markets, including research, agriculture, forensics, pharmaceuticals and molecular diagnostics. The majority of our product sales consist of instruments and consumables based on these various technologies. For the years ended December 28, 2008, December 30, 2007 and December 31, 2006, instrument sales comprised 32%, 33% and 23%, respectively, of total revenues and consumable sales represented 58%, 53% and 54%, respectively, of total revenues.
 
Our major products include the following:
 
Instrumentation
 
                   
Product     Product Description     Applications     Launch Date
Genome Analyzer II
    Instrument for high-throughput (14 — 18Gb per run) sequencing using Illumina sequencing by synthesis technology.     Whole-genome sequencing, targeted sequencing, gene expression discovery and profiling and epigenomics analysis.     Q1 2008
iScan System
    High-resolution imaging instrument to rapidly scan our BeadArray based assays.     Array based whole-genome genotyping, gene expression and DNA methylation analysis.     Q1 2008
BeadXpress Reader
    Low- to mid-multiplex, high-throughput instrument for readout of assays (e.g., biomarker validation and development of molecular diagnostics) deployed on VeraCode bead technology.     Low-multiplex genotyping, gene expression and protein analysis.     Q1 2007
                   


7


Table of Contents

Consumables
 
                   
Product     Product Description     Applications     Launch Date
Standard Sequencing Kit     Reagents used for sequencing by synthesis chemistry on the Genome Analyzer.     Whole-genome sequencing, targeted sequencing, gene expression discovery and profiling and epigenomics analysis.     Q1 2007
Paired-End Genomic DNA
Sample Prep Kit
    Streamlined library preparation kit to generate 200 — 500 kb insert paired-end reads.     Whole-genome sequencing, targeted sequencing, gene expression discovery and profiling and epigenomics analysis.     Q2 2008
InfiniumHD Whole-Genome BeadChips     Multi-sample DNA Analysis microarrays that interrogate up to 1.2 million markers per sample. Product line includes Human1M-Duo, Human610-Quad, Human660W-Quad and HumanCytoSNP-12.     Array based whole-genome genotyping.     Q1 — Q4 2008
iSelect Custom Genotyping BeadChips     Customer designable SNP genotyping arrays for 6,000 to 200,000 markers for use with any species.     Array based custom genotyping.     Q2 2006
Whole-Genome Gene Expression BeadChips     Multi-sample expression profiling arrays with up-to-date content for human, mouse and rat.     Gene expression profiling and expression Quantitative Trait Loci (QTL) analysis.     FY05 — FY08
                   
 
Our Services
 
Sequencing
 
We have been offering sequencing services on our Genome Analyzers since 2007. Our services range from small sets of samples requiring as little as one run to finish, to large-scale projects, like whole-genome sequencing, necessitating multiple instruments running in parallel for extended periods of time. The breadth of applications offered includes novel custom products as well as all released products. These applications include but are not limited to re-sequencing, de novo sequencing, small RNA discovery and profiling, gene expression using tag based or using random primed RNA sampling technology, ChIP SEQ and methylome interrogation.
 
Array
 
We have been offering FastTrack Genotyping Services since 2002. Our FastTrack Genotyping Services offers all of our genotyping products, including standard and custom GoldenGate, standard Infinium and Infinium HD, as well as iSelect Infinium. Our projects range in size from a few hundred samples to over 10,000 samples. Our current capacity peak is 450 million genotypes per day. Our customer base includes academic institutions, and biotech and pharmaceutical companies.
 
Intellectual Property
 
We have an extensive patent portfolio, including, as of February 1, 2009, ownership of, or exclusive licenses to, 135 issued U.S. patents and 168 pending U.S. patent applications, including four allowed applications that have not yet issued as patents, some of which derive from a common parent application. Our issued patents, which are directed at various aspects of our arrays, assays, oligo synthesis, sequencing technology, instruments and chemical detection technologies, expire between 2010 and 2026. We are seeking


8


Table of Contents

to extend the patents directed at the full range of our technologies. We have received or filed counterparts for many of these patents and applications in one or more foreign countries.
 
We also rely upon trade secrets, know-how, copyright and trademark protection, as well as continuing technological innovation and licensing opportunities to develop and maintain our competitive position. Our success will depend in part on our ability to obtain patent protection for our products and processes, to preserve our trade secrets, to enforce our patents, copyrights and trademarks, to operate without infringing the proprietary rights of third parties and to acquire licenses related to enabling technology or products.
 
We are party to various exclusive and non-exclusive license agreements and other arrangements with third parties, which grant us rights to use key aspects of our array and sequencing technologies, assay methods, chemical detection methods, reagent kits and scanning equipment. We have exclusive licenses from Tufts University to patents that are directed at our use of BeadArray technology. These patents were filed by Dr. David Walt, a member of our board of directors, the Chairman of our Scientific Advisory Board and one of our founders. Our exclusive licenses expire with the termination of the underlying patents, which will occur between 2010 and 2020. We also have additional nonexclusive licenses from various third parties for other components of our products. In most cases, the agreements remain in effect over the term of the underlying patents, may be terminated at our request without further obligation and require that we pay customary royalties while the agreement is in effect.
 
Research and Development
 
We have made substantial investments in research and development since our inception. We have assembled a team of skilled engineers and scientists who are specialists in biology, chemistry, informatics, instrumentation, optical systems, software, manufacturing and other related areas required to complete the development of our products. Our research and development efforts have focused primarily on the tasks required to optimize our Sequencing, BeadArray, VeraCode and Oligator technologies and to support commercialization of the products and services derived from these technologies. As of December 28, 2008, we had a total of 406 employees engaged in research and development activities.
 
Our research and development expenses for 2008, 2007, and 2006 (inclusive of charges relating to stock-based compensation of $14.1 million, $10.0 million and $3.9 million, respectively) were $100.0 million, $73.9 million and $33.4 million, respectively. We expect research and development expense to increase during 2009 as we continue to expand our research and product development efforts.
 
Marketing and Distribution
 
Our current products address the genetic analysis portion of the life sciences market, in particular, experiments involving sequencing, SNP genotyping and gene expression profiling. These experiments may be involved in many areas of biologic research, including basic human disease research, pharmaceutical drug discovery and development, pharmacogenomics, toxicogenomics and agricultural research. Our potential customers include pharmaceutical, biotechnology, agrichemical, diagnostics and consumer products companies, as well as academic or private research centers. The genetic analysis market is relatively new and emerging and its size and speed of development will be ultimately driven by, among other items:
 
  •  the ability of the research community to extract medically valuable information from genomics and to apply that knowledge to multiple areas of disease-related research and treatment;
 
  •  the availability of sufficiently low cost, high-throughput research tools to enable the large amount of experimentation required to study genetic variation and biological function; and
 
  •  the availability of government and private industry funding to perform the research required to extract medically relevant information from genomic analysis.
 
We market and distribute our products directly to customers in North America, Europe and Asia-Pacific. In each of these areas, we have dedicated sales, service and application support personnel responsible for expanding and managing their respective customer bases. In smaller markets within Europe and Asia-Pacific,


9


Table of Contents

we sell our products and provide services to customers through distributors that specialize in life science products. We expect to significantly increase our sales and distribution resources during 2009 and beyond as we launch a number of new products and expand the number of customers that can use our products.
 
Manufacturing
 
We manufacture our sequencing and array platforms, reagent kits, scanning equipment and oligos. Our manufacturing capacity for consumables has grown to support our increased customer demand during 2008. In the third quarter of 2008, we began shipping BeadChips from our new Singapore facility. We are also focused on continuing to enhance the quality and manufacturing yield of our Array Matrices, BeadChips and FlowCells. To continue to increase throughput and improve the quality and manufacturing yield as we increase the complexity of our products, we are exploring ways to continue increasing the level of automation in the manufacturing process. We adhere to access and safety standards required by federal, state and local health ordinances, such as standards for the use, handling and disposal of hazardous substances.
 
Raw Materials
 
Our manufacturing operations require a wide variety of raw materials, electronic and mechanical components, chemical and biochemical materials and other supplies. While we have multiple commercial sources for many of our components and supplies, there are some raw materials we obtain from single source suppliers. If we are unable to secure a sufficient supply of those or other product components, our business could be temporarily interrupted. To mitigate this risk, we can redesign our products for alternative components or use alternative reagents. In addition, while we generally attempt to keep our inventory at minimal levels, we do purchase incremental inventory as circumstances warrant to protect our supply chain.
 
Competition
 
Although we expect that our products and services will provide significant advantages over products and services currently available from other sources, we expect to encounter intense competition from other companies that offer products and services for the sequencing, SNP genotyping and gene expression markets. These include companies such as Affymetrix, Agilent, Beckman Coulter, Complete Genomics, Fluidigm, GE Corp., Life Technologies, Luminex, Pacific Biosciences, Roche Diagnostics and Sequenom. Some of these companies have or will have substantially greater financial, technical, research, and other resources and larger, more established marketing, sales, distribution and service organizations than we do. In addition, they may have greater name recognition than we do in the markets we address and in some cases a larger installed base of systems. Each of these markets is very competitive and we expect new competitors to emerge and the intensity of competition to increase. In order to effectively compete with these companies, we will need to demonstrate that our products have superior throughput, cost and accuracy advantages over competing products. Rapid technological development may result in our products or technologies becoming obsolete. Products offered by us could be made obsolete either by less expensive or more effective products based on similar or other technologies. Although we believe that our technology and products will offer advantages that will enable us to compete effectively with these companies, we cannot assure you that we will be successful.
 
Segment and Geographic Information
 
During the first quarter of 2008, we reorganized our operating structure into a newly created Life Sciences Business Unit, which includes all products and services related to the research market, namely the Sequencing, BeadArray and BeadXpress product lines. We also created a Diagnostics Business Unit to focus on the emerging opportunity in molecular diagnostics. During 2008, we had limited activity related to the Diagnostics Business Unit and operating results were reported on an aggregate basis to our chief operating decision maker, the chief executive officer. Accordingly, we operated in one reportable segment during 2008.
 
We currently sell our products to a number of customers outside the United States, including customers in other areas of North America, Europe and Asia-Pacific. Shipments to customers outside the United States totaled $293.2 million, or 51% of our total revenue during 2008, compared to $159.1 million, or 43%, and


10


Table of Contents

$81.5 million, or 44%, in 2007 and 2006, respectively. Sales to territories outside of the United States were generally denominated in U.S. dollars. In 2008, we reorganized our international structure to establish more efficient channels between product development, product manufacturing and sales. The reorganization increased our foreign subsidiaries’ anticipated dependence on the U.S. entity for management decisions, financial support, production assets and inventory thereby making the foreign subsidiaries more of a direct and integral component of the U.S. entity’s operations. As a result, we reassessed the primary economic environment of our foreign subsidiaries and determined the subsidiaries are more U.S. dollar based, resulting in a U.S. dollar functional currency determination. We expect that sales to international customers will continue to be an important and growing source of revenue. See Note 14 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information concerning our foreign and domestic operations.
 
Seasonality
 
Historically, customer purchasing patterns have not shown significant seasonal variation, although demand for our products is usually lowest in the first quarter of the calendar year and highest in the third quarter of the calendar year as academic customers spend unused budget allocations before the end of the government’s fiscal year.
 
Environmental Matters
 
We are committed to the protection of our employees and the environment. Our operations require the use of hazardous materials which subject us to a variety of federal, state and local environmental and safety laws and regulations. We believe we are in material compliance with current applicable laws and regulations; however, we could be held liable for damages and fines should contamination of the environment or individual exposures to hazardous substances occur. In addition, we cannot predict how changes in these laws and regulations, or the development of new laws and regulations, will affect our business operations or the cost of compliance.
 
Employees
 
As of December 28, 2008, we had a total of 1,536 employees. None of our employees are represented by a labor union. We consider our employee relations to be positive. Our success will depend in large part upon our ability to attract and retain employees. In addition, we employ a number of temporary and contract employees. We face competition in this regard from other companies, research and academic institutions, government entities and other organizations.
 
Executive Officers
 
Our executive officers and their ages as of February 1, 2009, are as follows:
 
Jay Flatley , age 56, is President and Chief Executive Officer of Illumina. Prior to his appointment in 1999, Mr. Flatley was the President and Chief Executive Officer of Molecular Dynamics, later acquired by Amersham Pharmacia Biotech in 1998 and now a part of GE Healthcare. Mr. Flatley, who was a founder and member of the board of directors for Molecular Dynamics, lead the company to its initial public offering (IPO) in 1993, in addition to helping the company develop and launch over 15 major instrumentation systems, including the world’s first capillary based DNA sequencer. Prior to joining Molecular Dynamics, Mr. Flatley was Vice President of Engineering and Strategic Planning for Plexus Computers, a manufacturer of high-performance Unix super-microcomputers. Before his career at Plexus, Mr. Flatley was Executive Vice President for Manning Technologies and held various manufacturing positions while working for the Autolab division of Spectra Physics.
 
Christian Henry , age 40 , is Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Henry joined Illumina in June 2005 and is responsible for worldwide financial operations, controllership functions and facilities management. In addition, throughout 2008, Mr. Henry was Acting General Manager of Illumina’s DNA Sequencing business. Mr. Henry served previously as the Chief Financial Officer for Tickets.com, a publicly traded, online ticket provider that was acquired by Major League Baseball Advanced Media, LP. Prior to that,


11


Table of Contents

Mr. Henry was Vice President, Finance and Corporate Controller of Affymetrix, Inc., a publicly traded life sciences company, where he oversaw accounting, planning, SEC and management reporting, treasury and risk management. He previously held a similar position at Nektar Therapeutics (formerly Inhale Therapeutic Systems, Inc.).
 
Christian Cabou , age 60 , is Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of Illumina. Mr. Cabou joined Illumina in May 2006 and has worldwide responsibility for all legal and intellectual property matters. Mr. Cabou is also Illumina’s Code of Ethics Compliance Officer. Before joining Illumina, Mr. Cabou spent five years as General Counsel for GE Global Research and, before that, was Senior Counsel of Global Intellectual Property for GE Medical Systems. Prior to his position at GE, Mr. Cabou spent seven years with the law firm Foley & Lardner where he was a partner. He had twenty years of experience in engineering design and management prior to his career in law and intellectual property.
 
Greg Heath , age 51, is Senior Vice President & General Manager, Diagnostics Business Unit of Illumina. Dr. Heath joined Illumina in March 2008 and is responsible for managing Illumina’s emerging diagnostics business, specifically overseeing the development of diagnostic content for the BeadXpress system, and ultimately for Illumina’s sequencing platform. Dr. Heath joined Illumina from Roche Molecular Systems where he held a number of senior executive positions, including head of clinical genomics, senior vice president of global product marketing, senior vice president of global marketing and business development, and most recently, senior vice president of global business. From 2000 — 2003, Dr. Heath was head of business development and licensing for the diagnostics division of F. Hoffman La Roche in Basel. Prior to this, Dr. Heath held numerous roles in marketing and business development with Roche Diagnostics’ U.S. affiliate.
 
Joel McComb , age 44, is Senior Vice President & General Manager, Life Sciences Business Unit of Illumina. Mr. McComb joined Illumina in March 2008 and is responsible for managing all products and services related to the research market, namely the Sequencing, BeadArray and VeraCode product lines. Mr. McComb joined Illumina from GE Healthcare where he held a number of executive positions, including president of the interventional medicine business and president of life sciences discovery systems. From 2001 — 2004, Mr. McComb was president, chief executive officer and board member of Innovadyne Technologies. Prior to Innovadyne, Mr. McComb held various positions at Beckman Coulter, including roles as general manager of the primary care diagnostic division and director of corporate business development.
 
Tristan Orpin , age 42, is Senior Vice President, Commercial Operations of Illumina. Mr. Orpin joined Illumina in December 2002 in the role of Vice President of Worldwide Sales, and in January of 2007 was promoted to the position of Senior Vice President of Commercial Operations. Before joining Illumina, Mr. Orpin was Director of Sales and Marketing for Sequenom from September 1999 to August 2001. Later, Mr. Orpin was elected Vice President of Sales and Marketing and held this position from August 2001 to November 2002. Prior to 2001, Mr. Orpin served in several senior sales and marketing positions at Bio-Rad Laboratories.
 
Mostafa Ronaghi, Ph.D. , age 40, is Senior Vice President and Chief Technology Officer of Illumina. Dr. Ronaghi joined Illumina in August 2008 and is responsible for leading internal research programs and evaluating new technologies for the Company. In 2007, Dr. Ronaghi co-founded Avantome, a privately held sequencing company. Before this, he co-founded NextBio, a search engine for life science data. In 2001, Dr. Ronaghi co-founded ParAllele Bioscience, which was eventually acquired by Affymetrix, Inc., and was involved in the development and commercialization of highly multiplexed technology for genetic testing. In 1997, he co-founded Pyrosequencing AB, which was renamed Biotage in 2003. In June 2000, the company completed a successful initial public offering on the Stockholm Stock Exchange. Dr. Ronaghi was a principal investigator at Stanford University from 2002 — 2008 where he focused on the development of novel tools for molecular diagnostic applications.


12


Table of Contents

ITEM 1A.    Risk Factors.
 
Our business is subject to various risks, including those described below. In addition to the other information included in this Form 10-K, the following issues could adversely affect our operating results or our stock price.
 
We expect intense competition in our target markets, which could render our products obsolete, result in significant price reductions or substantially limit the volume of products that we sell. This would limit our ability to compete and maintain profitability. If we cannot continuously develop and commercialize new products, our revenue may not grow as intended.
 
We compete with life sciences companies that design, manufacture and market instruments for analysis of genetic variation and biological function and other applications using technologies, capillary electrophoresis, mass spectrometry, flow cytometry, microfluidics, nanotechnology, next-generation DNA sequencing and mechanically deposited, inkjet and photolithographic arrays. We anticipate that we will face increased competition in the future as existing companies develop new or improved products and as new companies enter the market with new technologies. The markets for our products are characterized by rapidly changing technology, evolving industry standards, changes in customer needs, emerging competition, new product introductions and strong price competition. For example, prices per data point for genotyping have fallen significantly over the last two years and we anticipate that prices will continue to fall. One or more of our competitors may render our technology obsolete or uneconomical. Some of our competitors have greater financial and personnel resources, broader product lines, a more established customer base and more experience in research and development than we do. Furthermore, life sciences and pharmaceutical companies, which are our potential customers and strategic partners, could develop competing products. For example, during the third quarter of fiscal 2007, Life Technologies (previously referred to as Applied Biosystems Group, a business segment of Applera Corporation) launched the SOLiD tm System , its next generation sequencing technology. If we are unable to develop enhancements to our technology and rapidly deploy new product offerings, our business, financial condition and results of operations will suffer.
 
Negative conditions in global credit markets may result in delayed payments from our customers and may negatively impact our smaller suppliers.
 
The recent economic conditions and market turbulence may impact the operations of certain of our customers and suppliers. Certain of our customers may face challenges gaining timely access to sufficient credit, which could result in an impairment of their ability to make timely payments to us. If that were to occur, our allowance for doubtful accounts and our days sales outstanding could increase. Additionally, these economic conditions may cause our smaller suppliers to be unable to supply in a timely manner sufficient quantities of customized components, which would impair our ability to manufacture on schedule and at commercially reasonable costs. In addition, due to discontinuing parts, suppliers may also extend lead times, limit supplies or increase prices due to capacity constraints or other factors.
 
In addition, our business depends on the overall demand for methods of analysis of genetic variation and biological function. We rely in large part on the research and development spending of our customers, which is often discretionary, and the recent economic downturn has caused many companies to reduce their research and development budgets. If the current worldwide economic downturn continues, our customers may delay or reduce their purchases of our products and services. A reduction in demand will reduce our revenues and harm our profitability.
 
Due to our increasing foreign operations, fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates could negatively impact our results of operations.
 
We are focused on expanding our international operations in key markets. We have sales offices located internationally throughout Europe and the Asia Pacific region, as well as manufacturing facilities in the United Kingdom and Singapore. During 2008, the majority of our sales to international customers and purchases of raw materials from international suppliers were denominated in the U.S. dollar. Changes in the value of the


13


Table of Contents

relevant currencies may affect the cost of certain items required in our operations. Changes in currency exchange rates may also affect the relative prices at which we are able sell products in the same market.
 
Our revenues from international customers may be negatively impacted as increases in the U.S. dollar relative to our international customers local currency could make our products more expensive, impacting our ability to compete. Our costs of materials from international suppliers may increase if in order to continue doing business with us they may raise their prices as the value of the U.S. dollar decreases relative to their local currency.
 
Foreign policies and actions regarding currency valuation could result in actions by the United States and other countries to offset the effects of such fluctuations. The recent global financial downturn has led to a high level of volatility in foreign currency exchange rates and that level of volatility may continue and thus adversely impact our business or financial conditions.
 
If we are unable to find third-party manufacturers to manufacture components of our products, we may not be able to launch or support our products in a timely manner, or at all.
 
The nature of our products requires customized components that currently are available from a limited number of sources. For example, we currently use multiple components in our products that are single-sourced. If we are unable to secure a sufficient supply of those or other product components, we will be unable to meet demand for our products. We may need to enter into contractual relationships with manufacturers for commercial-scale production of some of our products, or develop these capabilities internally, and we cannot assure you that we will be able to do this on a timely basis, for sufficient quantities or on commercially reasonable terms. Accordingly, we may not be able to establish or maintain reliable, high-volume manufacturing at commercially reasonable costs.
 
If we lose our key personnel or are unable to attract and retain additional personnel, we may be unable to achieve our goals.
 
We are highly dependent on our management and scientific personnel, including Jay Flatley, our president and chief executive officer. The loss of their services could adversely impact our ability to achieve our business objectives. We will need to hire additional qualified personnel with expertise in molecular biology, chemistry, biological information processing, sales, marketing and technical support. We compete for qualified management and scientific personnel with other life science companies, universities and research institutions, particularly those focusing on genomics. Competition for these individuals, particularly in the San Diego and San Francisco area, is intense, and the turnover rate can be high. Failure to attract and retain management and scientific personnel would prevent us from pursuing collaborations or developing our products or technologies.
 
Our planned activities will require additional expertise in specific industries and areas applicable to the products developed through our technologies, including the life sciences and healthcare industries. Thus, we will need to add new personnel, including management, and develop the expertise of existing management. The failure to do so could impair the growth of our business.
 
We may encounter difficulties in managing our growth. These difficulties could impair our profitability.
 
We have experienced and expect to continue to experience rapid and substantial growth in order to achieve our operating plans, which will place a strain on our human and capital resources. If we are unable to manage this growth effectively, our profitability could suffer. Our ability to manage our operations and growth effectively requires us to continue to expend funds to enhance our operational, financial and management controls, reporting systems and procedures and to attract and retain sufficient numbers of talented employees. If we are unable to scale up and implement improvements to our manufacturing process and control systems in an efficient or timely manner, or if we encounter deficiencies in existing systems and controls, then we will not be able to make available the products required to successfully commercialize our technology. Failure to attract and retain sufficient numbers of talented employees will further strain our human resources and could impede our growth.


14


Table of Contents

A significant portion of our sales is to international customers.
 
Shipments to customers outside the United States comprised 51%, 43% and 44% of our revenue for the years ended December 28, 2008, December 30, 2007 and December 31, 2006, respectively. We intend to continue to expand our international presence by selling to customers located outside of the U.S. and we expect the total amount of non-U.S. sales to continue to grow. Export sales entail a variety of risks, including:
 
  •  longer payment cycles and difficulties in collecting accounts receivable outside of the United States;
 
  •  currency exchange fluctuations;
 
  •  challenges in staffing and managing foreign operations;
 
  •  tariffs and other trade barriers;
 
  •  unexpected changes in legislative or regulatory requirements of foreign countries into which we import our products;
 
  •  difficulties in obtaining export licenses or in overcoming other trade barriers and restrictions resulting in delivery delays; and
 
  •  significant taxes or other burdens of complying with a variety of foreign laws.
 
In addition, we are also subject to general geopolitical risks, such as political, social and economic instability and changes in diplomatic and trade relations. One or more of these factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
 
We may encounter difficulties in integrating acquisitions that could adversely affect our business, specifically the effective launch and customer acceptance of new technology platforms.
 
We have made, and may in the future make, acquisitions of or significant investments in businesses with complementary products, services or technologies. Acquisitions involve numerous risks, including, but not limited to:
 
  •  difficulties in integrating the operations, technologies, products and personnel of acquired companies;
 
  •  lack of synergies or the inability to realize expected synergies and cost-savings;
 
  •  difficulties in managing geographically dispersed operations;
 
  •  revenue and expense levels of acquired entities differing from those anticipated at the time of the acquisitions;
 
  •  negative near-term impacts on financial results after an acquisition;
 
  •  the potential loss of key employees, customers and strategic partners of acquired companies;
 
  •  claims by terminated employees and shareholders of acquired companies or other third parties related to the transaction;
 
  •  the issuance of dilutive securities, assumption or incurrence of additional debt obligations or expenses, or use of substantial portions of our cash;
 
  •  diversion of management’s attention from normal daily operations of the business;
 
  •  inconsistencies in standards, controls, procedures and policies; and
 
  •  the impairment of intangible assets as a result of technological advancements, or worse-than-expected performance of acquired companies;
 
Acquisitions and other transactions are inherently risky and our previous or future transactions may not be successful. The inability to effectively manage the risks associated with these transactions could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.


15


Table of Contents

Any inability to protect effectively our proprietary technologies could harm our competitive position.
 
Our success will depend in part on our ability to obtain patents and maintain adequate protection of our intellectual property in the United States and other countries. If we do not protect our intellectual property adequately, competitors may be able to use our technologies and thereby erode our competitive advantage. The laws of some foreign countries do not protect proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States, and many companies have encountered significant challenges in protecting their proprietary rights abroad. These challenges can be caused by the absence of rules and methods for the establishment and enforcement of intellectual property rights abroad.
 
The patent positions of companies developing tools for the life sciences and pharmaceutical industries, including our patent position, generally are uncertain and involve complex legal and factual questions. We will be able to protect our proprietary rights from unauthorized use by third parties only to the extent that our proprietary technologies are covered by valid and enforceable patents or are effectively maintained as trade secrets. We intend to apply for patents covering our technologies and products as we deem appropriate. However, our patent applications may be challenged and may not result in issued patents or may be invalidated or narrowed in scope after they are issued. Questions as to inventorship may also arise. Any finding that our patents and applications are unenforceable could harm our ability to prevent others from practicing the related technology, and a finding that others have inventorship rights to our patents and applications could require us to obtain certain rights to practice related technologies, which may not be available on favorable terms, if at all.
 
In addition, our existing patents and any future patents we obtain may not be sufficiently broad to prevent others from practicing our technologies or from developing competing products. There also is risk that others may independently develop similar or alternative technologies or design around our patented technologies. Also, our patents may fail to provide us with any competitive advantage. We may need to initiate lawsuits to protect or enforce our patents, or litigate against third party claims, which would be expensive and, if we lose, may cause us to lose some of our intellectual property rights and reduce our ability to compete in the marketplace. Furthermore, these lawsuits may divert the attention of our management and technical personnel.
 
We also rely upon trade secret protection for our confidential and proprietary information and have taken security measures to protect this information. These measures, however, may not provide adequate protection for our trade secrets or other confidential information. Among other things, we seek to protect our trade secrets and confidential information by entering into confidentiality agreements with employees, collaborators and consultants. Nevertheless, employees, collaborators or consultants may still disclose our confidential information, and we may not otherwise be able to protect effectively our trade secrets. Accordingly, others may gain access to our confidential information, or may independently develop substantially equivalent information or techniques.
 
Litigation or other proceedings or third party claims of intellectual property infringement could require us to spend significant time and money and could prevent us from selling our products or services or impact our stock price.
 
Our commercial success depends, in part, on our non-infringement of the patents or proprietary rights of third parties and on our ability to protect our own intellectual property. Third parties have asserted and may in the future assert that we are employing their proprietary technology without authorization. As we enter new markets, we expect that competitors will likely claim that our products infringe their intellectual property rights as part of a business strategy to impede our successful entry into those markets. In addition, third parties may have obtained and may in the future obtain patents allowing them to claim that the use of our technologies infringes these patents. We could incur substantial costs and divert the attention of our management and technical personnel in defending ourselves against any of these claims. Any adverse ruling or perception of an adverse ruling in defending ourselves against these claims could have a material adverse impact on our stock price, which may be disproportionate to the actual import of the ruling itself. Furthermore, parties making claims against us may be able to obtain injunctive or other relief, which effectively could block our ability to develop further, commercialize and sell products, and could result in the


16


Table of Contents

award of substantial damages against us. In the event of a successful claim of infringement against us, we may be required to pay damages and obtain one or more licenses from third parties, or be prohibited from selling certain products. In addition, we may be unable to obtain these licenses at a reasonable cost, if at all. We could therefore incur substantial costs related to royalty payments for licenses obtained from third parties, which could negatively affect our gross margins. In addition, we could encounter delays in product introductions while we attempt to develop alternative methods or products. Defense of any lawsuit or failure to obtain any of these licenses on favorable terms could prevent us from commercializing products, and the prohibition of sale of any of our products could materially affect our ability to grow and maintain profitability.
 
Changes in our effective income tax rate could impact our profitability.
 
We are subject to income taxes in both the United States and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgments based on interpretations of existing tax laws or regulations are required in determining the provision for income taxes. Our effective income tax rate could be adversely affected by various factors including, but not limited to, changes in the mix of earnings in tax jurisdictions with different statutory tax rates, changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, changes in existing tax laws or tax rates, changes in the level of non-deductible expenses including share-based compensation, changes in our future levels of research and development spending, mergers and acquisitions, and the result of examinations by various tax authorities.
 
If we are unable to increase our manufacturing capacity and develop and maintain operation of our manufacturing capability, we may not be able to launch or support our products in a timely manner, or at all.
 
We continue to ramp up our capacity to meet the anticipated demand for our products. Although we have significantly increased our manufacturing capacity and we believe we have plans in place sufficient to ensure we have adequate capacity to meet our business plan for 2009, there are uncertainties inherent in expanding our manufacturing capabilities and we may not be able to increase our capacity in a timely manner. For example, manufacturing and product quality issues may arise as we increase production rates at our manufacturing facilities and launch new products. As a result, we may experience difficulties in meeting customer, collaborator and internal demand, in which case we could lose customers or be required to delay new product introductions, and demand for our products could decline. Additionally, in the past, we have experienced variations in manufacturing conditions that have temporarily reduced production yields. Due to the intricate nature of manufacturing products that contain DNA, we may encounter similar or previously unknown manufacturing difficulties in the future that could significantly reduce production yields, impact our ability to launch or sell these products, or to produce them economically, prevent us from achieving expected performance levels or cause us to set prices that hinder wide adoption by customers.
 
Additionally, we currently manufacture in a limited number of locations. Our manufacturing facilities are located in San Diego and Hayward, California; Singapore; and Little Chesterford, United Kingdom. These areas are subject to natural disasters such as earthquakes or floods. If a natural disaster were to significantly damage one of our facilities or if other events were to cause our operations to fail, we may be unable to manufacture our products, provide our services or develop new products.
 
Also, many of our manufacturing processes are automated and are controlled by our custom-designed Laboratory Information Management System (LIMS). Additionally, the decoding process in our array manufacturing requires significant network and storage infrastructure. If either our LIMS system, or our networks or storage infrastructure were to fail for an extended period of time, it may adversely impact our ability to manufacture our products on a timely basis and would prevent us from achieving our expected shipments in any given period.


17


Table of Contents

We expect that our results of operations will fluctuate. This fluctuation could cause our stock price to decline.
 
Our revenue is subject to fluctuations due to the timing of sales of high-value products and services projects, the impact of seasonal spending patterns, the timing and size of research projects our customers perform, changes in overall spending levels in the life sciences industry, and other unpredictable factors that may affect customer ordering patterns. Given the difficulty in predicting the timing and magnitude of sales for our products and services, we may experience quarter-to-quarter fluctuations in revenue resulting in the potential for a sequential decline in quarterly revenue. A large portion of our expenses is relatively fixed, including expenses for facilities, equipment and personnel. In addition, we expect operating expenses to continue to increase significantly in absolute dollars. Accordingly, if revenue does not grow as anticipated, we may not be able to maintain annual profitability. Any significant delays in the commercial launch of our products, unfavorable sales trends in our existing product lines, or impacts from the other factors mentioned above, could adversely affect our future revenue growth or cause a sequential decline in quarterly revenue. Due to the possibility of fluctuations in our revenue and expenses, we believe that quarterly comparisons of our operating results are not a good indication of our future performance. If our operating results fluctuate or do not meet the expectations of stock market analysts and investors, our stock price could decline.
 
Our success depends upon the continued emergence and growth of markets for analysis of genetic variation and biological function.
 
We design our products primarily for applications in the life sciences and pharmaceutical industries. The usefulness of our technology depends in part upon the availability of genetic data and its usefulness in identifying or treating disease. We are focusing on markets for analysis of genetic variation and biological function, namely sequencing, SNP genotyping and gene expression profiling. These markets are new and emerging, and they may not develop as quickly as we anticipate, or reach their full potential. Other methods of analysis of genetic variation and biological function may emerge and displace the methods we are developing. Also, researchers may not seek or be able to convert raw genetic data into medically valuable information through the analysis of genetic variation and biological function. In addition, factors affecting research and development spending generally, such as changes in the regulatory environment affecting life sciences and pharmaceutical companies, and changes in government programs that provide funding to companies and research institutions, could harm our business. If useful genetic data is not available or if our target markets do not develop in a timely manner, demand for our products may grow at a slower rate than we expect, and we may not be able to sustain profitability.
 
Loss of the tax deduction on our outstanding convertible notes.
 
We could lose some or all of the tax deduction for interest expense associated with our $400.0 million aggregate principal amount of convertible notes due in 2014 if the foregoing notes are not subject to the special Treasury Regulations governing integration of certain debt instruments, the notes are converted, or we invest in non-taxable investments.
 
We may not be able to sustain operating profitability.
 
Prior to 2006, we had incurred net losses each year since our inception, and in 2007 we reported a net loss of $278.4 million, reflecting significant charges associated with our acquisition of Solexa in January 2007 and the settlement of our litigation with Affymetrix. As of December 28, 2008, our accumulated deficit was $332.5 million. Our ability to sustain profitability will depend, in part, on the rate of growth, if any, of our revenue and on the level of our expenses. Non-cash stock-based compensation expense and expenses related to prior and future acquisitions are also likely to continue to adversely affect our future profitability. We expect to continue incurring significant expenses related to research and development, sales and marketing efforts to commercialize our products and the continued development of our manufacturing capabilities. In addition, we expect that our research and development and selling and marketing expenses will increase at a higher rate in the future as a result of the development and launch of new products. Although we have regained profitability, we may not be able to sustain profitability on a quarterly basis.


18


Table of Contents

Negative conditions in the global credit markets may impair the liquidity of a portion of our investment portfolio.
 
Our investment securities consist of marketable debt securities, including treasury bills and commercial paper with strong credit ratings, corporate bonds and short maturity mutual funds providing similar financial returns. Additionally, as of December 28, 2008, we had $55.9 million of auction rate securities issued primarily by municipalities and universities. These securities are debt instruments with a long-term maturity and with an interest rate that is reset in short intervals through auctions. Our entire auction rate portfolio is held in a brokerage account with UBS Financial Services, Inc., a subsidiary of UBS AG (UBS) and is currently rated AAA or AA by a rating agency. Beginning in February 2008, these auction rate securities became illiquid because their scheduled auctions failed to settle. An auction failure occurs when the parties wishing to sell securities at auction cannot. As of December 28, 2008, the securities continued to fail auction and remained illiquid.
 
Various regulatory agencies initiated investigations into the sales and marketing practices of several banks and broker-dealers, including UBS, which sold auction rate securities, alleging violations of federal and state laws. Along with several other broker-dealers, UBS subsequently reached a settlement with the federal and state regulators that required them to repurchase auction rate securities from certain investors at par at some future date. In November 2008, we signed a settlement agreement to sell our auction rate securities at par value to UBS during the period of June 30, 2010 through July 2, 2012.
 
The settlement agreement with UBS and the associated put option mitigates the risk of loss on our auction rate security portfolio. However, given the negative conditions in the global credit markets there is still risk that UBS may not be able to fulfill its obligation.
 
Item 1B.    Unresolved Staff Comments.
 
None.
 
Item 2.    Properties.
 
The following chart indicates the facilities we lease as of December 28, 2008, the location and size of each such facility and their designated use. During 2008, we expanded our facilities and leased additional space to accommodate growth in our business. We anticipate continuing to expand our facilities over the next several years as we continue to expand our worldwide commercial operations and our manufacturing capabilities.
                     
    Approximate
        Lease
 
Location
  Square Feet    
Operation
  Expiration Dates  
 
San Diego, CA
    289,300     R&D, Manufacturing, Storage,     2008 – 2023  
            Distribution and Administrative        
Hayward, CA
    148,000     R&D, Manufacturing and Administrative     2008 – 2013  
Singapore
    36,100     Manufacturing and Administrative     2010 – 2013  
Little Chesterford, United Kingdom
    28,500     R&D, Manufacturing and Administrative     2009  
Tokyo, Japan
    9,800     Sales and Administrative     2009 – 2014  
Netherlands
    9,300     Distribution and Administrative     2011  
Melbourne, Australia
    3,900     Sales and Administrative     2013  
 
In February 2008, we agreed to lease an additional facility in Little Chesterford, United Kingdom that is in the process of being constructed for research and development, manufacturing and administrative purposes. This facility covers approximately 41,500 square feet. We expect to occupy this new building by the end of 2009.


19


Table of Contents

Item 3.    Legal Proceedings.
 
In the recent past, we incurred substantial costs in defending ourselves against patent infringement and patent ownership claims and expect, going forward, to devote substantial financial and managerial resources to protect our intellectual property and to defend against any future claims asserted against us. From time to time, we may also be parties to other litigation in the ordinary course of business. While the results of any litigation are uncertain, management does not believe the ultimate resolution of its legal matters will result in a material adverse impact to us.
 
Applied Biosystems Litigation
 
On December 26, 2006, the Applied Biosystems Group of Applera Corporation (Applied Biosystems) filed suit in California Superior Court, Santa Clara County against Solexa (which we acquired on January 26, 2007). This State Court action related to the ownership of several patents assigned in 1995 to Solexa’s predecessor company (Lynx Therapeutics) by a former employee (Dr. Stephen Macevicz), who is the inventor of these patents and is named as a co-defendant in the suit. The Macevicz patents are directed to methods for sequencing DNA (US Pat. Nos. 5,750,341 and 6,306,597) using successive rounds of oligonucleotide probe ligation (sequencing-by-ligation), and to a probe (5,969,119) used in connection with these sequencing methods. Lynx was originally a unit of Applied Biosystems but was spun out in 1992. On May 31, 2007, Applied Biosystems filed a second suit, this time against us, in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California. This second suit sought a declaratory judgment of non-infringement of the Macevicz patents that were the subject of the State Court action mentioned above. Both suits were later consolidated in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California, San Francisco Division. By these consolidated actions, Applied Biosytems was seeking ownership of the three Macevicz patents, unspecified costs and damages, and a declaration of non-infringement and invalidity of these patents. Applied Biosystems was not asserting any claim for patent infringement against us.
 
On January 5, 2009, the case went to trial in two phases. The first phase addressed the determination of ownership of the patents-in-suit, and the second phase addressed whether these patents were valid and infringed by Applied Biosystems. On January 14, 2009, at the end of the first phase, a federal jury determined that Solexa was the rightful owner of all three Macevicz patents. On January 27, 2009, the same jury found that Applied Biosystems did not infringe the ’119 probe patent and that the ’119 patent was valid. In August 2008, the court had ruled that Applied Biosystems’ two-base system did not infringe the ’341 and ’597 patents. Prior to the jury finding of non-infringement of the ’119 patent, Applied Biosystems conceded its one-base system infringed claim 1 of the ’597 patent and Solexa conceded invalidity of that same claim under the court’s construction of that claim. Both parties reserved the right to appeal the court’s construction of claim 1 of the ’597 patent, among other things.
 
Our Genome Analyzer products use a different technology, called Sequencing-by-Synthesis (SBS), which is not covered by any of the Macevicz patents. In addition, we have no plans to use any of the Sequencing-by-Ligation technologies covered by these patents.
 
Item 4.    Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.
 
No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008.


20


Table of Contents

 
PART II
 
Item 5.    Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.
 
Market Information
 
Our common stock has been quoted on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “ILMN” since July 28, 2000. Prior to that time, there was no public market for our common stock. The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the quarterly high and low sales prices per share of our common stock as reported on The NASDAQ Global Select Market and has been adjusted to reflect the two-for-one split of our common stock that was effected in the form of a 100% stock dividend on September 22, 2008.
 
                                 
    2008     2007  
    High     Low     High     Low  
 
First Quarter
  $ 38.30     $ 27.89     $ 21.10     $ 14.06  
Second Quarter
    43.50       34.90       21.04       14.47  
Third Quarter
    47.88       36.97       26.94       20.02  
Fourth Quarter
    42.32       18.82       31.69       25.17  
 
Stock Performance Graph
 
The graph below compares the cumulative total stockholder returns on our common stock for the last five fiscal years with the cumulative total stockholder returns on the NASDAQ Composite Index and the NASDAQ Biotechnology Index for the same period. The graph assumes that $100 was invested on December 26, 2003 in our common stock and in each index and that all dividends were reinvested. No cash dividends have been declared on our common stock. Stockholder returns over the indicated period should not be considered indicative of future stockholder returns.
 
(PERFORMANCE GRAPH)
 
Holders
 
As of February 2, 2009 we had 476 record holders and 56,709 beneficial holders of our common stock.
 
Dividends
 
Our present policy is to retain earnings, if any, to finance future growth. We have never paid cash dividends and have no present intention to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, the


21


Table of Contents

indenture for our convertible senior notes due 2014, which are convertible into cash and, in certain circumstances, shares of our common stock, requires us to increase the conversion rate applicable to the notes if we pay any cash dividends.
 
Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer
 
On October 23, 2008, our board of directors authorized a $120.0 million stock repurchase program, which was announced October 24, 2008. The following table summarizes shares repurchased pursuant to this program during the quarter ended December 28, 2008:
 
                                 
                Total Number of
    Approximate Dollar
 
                Shares Purchased as
    Value of Shares
 
    Total Number of
          Part of Publicly
    that May Yet Be
 
    Shares
    Average Price
    Announced
    Purchased Under
 
Period
  Purchased(1)     Paid per Share(1)     Programs(1)     the Programs(1)  
 
September 29 – October 26, 2008
    92,969     $ 23.67       92,969     $ 117,797,090  
October 27 – November 23, 2008
    2,915,514       22.80       2,915,514       51,260,959  
November 24 – December 28, 2008
    100,400       20.35       100,400       49,215,398  
                                 
Total
    3,108,883     $ 22.75       3,108,883     $ 49,215,398  
                                 
 
 
(1) All shares purchased were in connection with the Company’s $120.0 million stock repurchase program announced October 24, 2008 and were made in open-market transactions or through privately negotiated transactions in compliance with Rule 10b-18 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
 
Sales of Unregistered Securities
 
None during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008.
 
Item 6.    Selected Financial Data.
 
The following table sets forth selected historical consolidated financial data for each of our last five fiscal years during the period ended December 28, 2008.
 
Statement of Operations Data
 
                                         
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
 
    December 28,
    December 30,
    December 31
    January 1,
    January 2,
 
    2008
    2007
    2006
    2006
    2005
 
    (52 weeks)     (52 weeks)     (52 weeks)     (52 weeks)     (53 weeks)  
    (In thousands, except per share data)  
 
Total revenue
  $ 573,225     $ 366,799     $ 184,586     $ 73,501     $ 50,583  
Income (loss) from operations(1),(2),(3)
    80,457       (301,201 )     37,812       (21,447 )     (5,513 )
Net income (loss)
    50,477       (278,359 )     39,968       (20,874 )     (6,225 )
Net income (loss) per share:
                                       
Basic
    0.43       (2.57 )     0.45       (0.26 )     (0.09 )
Diluted
    0.38       (2.57 )     0.41       (0.26 )     (0.09 )
Shares used in calculating net income (loss) per share(4):
                                       
Basic
    116,855       108,308       89,002       80,294       71,690  
Diluted
    133,607       108,308       97,508       80,294       71,690  


22


Table of Contents

Balance Sheet Data
 
                                         
    December 28,
    December 30,
    December 31,
    January 1,
    January 2,
 
    2008     2007     2006     2006     2005  
          (In thousands)              
 
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments(3),(5),(6),(7)
  $ 640,075     $ 386,082     $ 130,804     $ 50,822     $ 66,994  
Working capital
    355,379       397,040       159,950       57,992       64,643  
Total assets
    1,377,100       987,732       300,584       100,610       94,907  
Current portion of long-term debt(7)
    399,999                          
Long-term debt, less current portion(7)
          400,000             54        
Total stockholders’ equity(1),(5),(6)
    848,596       411,678       247,342       72,497       72,262  
 
In addition to the following notes, see Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for further information regarding our consolidated results of operations and financial position for periods reported therein and for known factors that will impact comparability of future results.
 
 
(1) The consolidated financial statements include results of operations of acquired companies commencing on their respective acquisition dates. In August 2008, we completed our acquisition of Avantome. As consideration, we paid $25.8 million in cash and may pay up to an additional $35.0 million in contingent cash consideration based on the achievement of certain milestones. In January 2007, we completed our acquisition of Solexa in a stock for stock merger transaction for a total purchase price of $618.7 million. In April 2005, we completed our acquisition of Cyvera Corporation for a total purchase price of $17.8 million. As part of the accounting for the acquisitions, we recorded charges to write-off acquired in-process research and development, or IPR&D, of $24.7 million, $303.4 million and $15.8 million during the fiscal years ended December 28, 2008, December 30, 2007 and January 1, 2006, respectively. See Note 2 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding our Avantome and Solexa acquisitions.
 
(2) We adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) 123(R), “Share-Based Payment,” on January 2, 2006 using the modified prospective transition method. Because we elected to use the modified prospective transition method, results for prior periods have not been restated to include share-based compensation expense. See Note 1 and Note 10 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.
 
(3) For the year ended December 30, 2007, we recorded a $54.0 million charge for the settlement of our litigation with Affymetrix. In January 2008, we paid $90.0 million related to the Affymetrix settlement. See Note 5 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
(4) Adjusted to reflect a two-for-one stock split effective September 22, 2008. For an explanation of the determination of the number of shares used to compute basic and diluted net income (loss) per share, see Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
(5) In August 2008, a total of 8,050,000 shares were sold to the public at a public offering price of $43.75 per share, raising net proceeds to us of $342.6 million. See Note 10 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
(6) For the years ended December 28, 2008 and December 30, 2007, we repurchased 3.1 million and 14.8 million shares, respectively, of common stock for $70.8 million and $251.6 million, respectively. See Note 10 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
(7) In February 2007, we issued $400.0 million principal amount of 0.625% Convertible Senior Notes due 2014. As of December 28, 2008, the principal amount of these Notes is classified as current liabilities since the conditions to convertibility were satisfied during the third calendar quarter of 2008. See Note 8 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.


23


Table of Contents

 
Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
 
The purpose of the following discussion and analysis is to provide an overview of the business to help facilitate an understanding of significant factors influencing our historical operating results, financial condition and cash flows and also to convey our expectations of the potential impact of known trends, events, or uncertainties that may impact our future results. The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with “Item 6. Selected Financial Data” and our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The discussion and analysis in this Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties, such as statements of our plans, strategies, objectives, expectations, intentions and adequacy of resources. Words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project” or similar words or phrases, or the negatives of these words, may identify forward-looking statements, but the absence of these words does not necessarily mean that a statement is not forward looking. Examples of forward-looking statements include, among others, statements regarding the integration of our acquired technologies with our existing technology, the commercial launch of new products and the duration which our existing cash and other resources is expected to fund our operating activities.
 
Forward-looking statements are subject to known and unknown risks and uncertainties and are based on potentially inaccurate assumptions that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expected or implied by the forward looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed in “Item 1A. Risk Factors” as well as those discussed elsewhere. The risk factors and other cautionary statements made in this Annual Report on Form 10-K should be read as applying to all related forward-looking statements wherever they appear in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
Overview
 
We are a leading developer, manufacturer and marketer of integrated systems for the large scale analysis of genetic variation and biological function. Using our proprietary technologies, we provide a comprehensive line of products and services that currently serve the sequencing, genotyping and gene expression markets. In the future, we expect to enter the market for molecular diagnostics. Our customers include leading genomic research centers, pharmaceutical companies, academic institutions, clinical research organizations and biotechnology companies. Our tools provide researchers around the world with the performance, throughput, cost effectiveness and flexibility necessary to perform the billions of genetic tests needed to extract valuable medical information from advances in genomics and proteomics. We believe this information will enable researchers to correlate genetic variation and biological function, which will enhance drug discovery and clinical research, allow diseases to be detected earlier and permit better choices of drugs for individual patients.
 
On January 26, 2007, we completed the acquisition of Solexa for 26.2 million shares of our common stock. As a result of that acquisition, we develop and commercialize genetic analysis technologies used to perform a range of analyses, including whole genome re-sequencing, gene expression analysis and small RNA analysis. We believe we are the only company with genome-scale technology for sequencing, genotyping and gene expression, the three cornerstones of modern genetic analysis.
 
During the first quarter of 2008, we reorganized our operating structure into two newly created business segments, Life Sciences and Diagnostics. During 2008, the Diagnostics Business Unit had limited business activity and, accordingly, operating results were reported on an aggregate basis as one operating segment. In the future, at each reporting period end, we will reassess our reportable operating segments, particularly as we enter the market for molecular diagnostics.
 
On August 1, 2008, we completed the acquisition of Avantome. As consideration for the acquisition, we paid $25.8 million in cash and may pay up to an additional $35.0 million in contingent cash consideration based on the achievement of certain milestones. Avantome is a development stage company working on developing low-cost, long read sequencing technology. We expect this technology, if and when available as a product, to have applicability to both the research and diagnostic markets.


24


Table of Contents

Our revenue is subject to fluctuations due to the timing of sales of high-value products and service projects, the impact of seasonal spending patterns, the timing and size of research projects our customers perform, changes in overall spending levels in the life science industry and other unpredictable factors that may affect our customer ordering patterns. Any significant delays in the commercial launch or any lack or delay of commercial acceptance of new products, unfavorable sales trends in our existing product lines, or impacts from the other factors mentioned above, could adversely affect our revenue growth or cause a sequential decline in quarterly revenue. Due to the possibility of fluctuations in our revenue and net income or loss, we believe quarterly comparisons of our operating results are not a good indication of our future performance.
 
As of December 28, 2008, our accumulated deficit was $332.5 million and total stockholders’ equity was $848.6 million. Our losses have principally occurred as a result of acquired in-process research and development (IPR&D) charges of $24.7 million related to our acquisition of Avantome in 2008 and $303.4 million related to our acquisition of Solexa in 2007, the substantial resources required for the research, development and manufacturing scale-up effort required to commercialize our products and services and a charge of $54.5 million in 2007 primarily related to settlement of our litigation with Affymetrix. We expect to continue to incur substantial costs for research and development over the next several years. We will also need to increase our selling, general and administrative costs as we build up our sales and marketing infrastructure to expand and support the sale of systems, other products and services.
 
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
 
General
 
The preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and various other assumptions it believes to be reasonable. Although these estimates are based on management’s best knowledge of current events and actions that may impact us in the future, actual results may be different from the estimates. Our critical accounting policies are those that affect our financial statements materially and involve difficult, subjective or complex judgments by management. Management has discussed the development and selection of these critical accounting policies with the audit committee of our board of directors, and the audit committee has reviewed the disclosure. Our accounting policies are more fully described in Note 1 of the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
Our revenue is generated primarily from the sale of products and services. Product revenue consists of sales of arrays, reagents, flow cells, instrumentation, oligonucleotides (oligos) and associated freight charges. Service and other revenue consists of revenue received for performing genotyping and sequencing services, extended warranty sales and amounts earned under research agreements with government grants, which are recognized in the period during which the related costs are incurred.
 
We recognize revenue in accordance with the guidelines established by SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 104, Revenue Recognition . Under SAB No. 104, revenue cannot be recorded until all of the following criteria have been met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; delivery has occurred or services have been rendered; the seller’s price to the buyer is fixed or determinable; and collectibility is reasonably assured. All revenue is recorded net of any applicable allowances for returns or discounts.
 
Revenue for product sales is recognized generally upon shipment and transfer of title to the customer, provided no significant obligations remain and collection of the receivables is reasonably assured. Revenue from the sale of instrumentation is recognized when earned, which is generally upon shipment. Revenue for genotyping and sequencing services is recognized when earned, which is generally at the time the genotyping or sequencing analysis data is delivered to the customer.


25


Table of Contents

In order to assess whether the price is fixed and determinable, we ensure there are no refund rights. If payment terms are based on future performance or a right of return exists, we defer revenue recognition until the price becomes fixed and determinable. We assess collectibility based on a number of factors, including past transaction history with the customer and the creditworthiness of the customer. If we determine that collection of a payment is not reasonably assured, revenue recognition is deferred until the time collection becomes reasonably assured, which is generally upon receipt of payment. Changes in judgments and estimates regarding application of SAB No. 104 might result in a change in the timing or amount of revenue recognized.
 
Sales of instrumentation generally include a standard one-year warranty. We also sell separately priced maintenance (extended warranty) contracts, which are generally for one or two years, upon the expiration of the initial warranty. Revenue for extended warranty sales is recognized ratably over the term of the extended warranty period. Reserves are provided for estimated product warranty expenses at the time the associated revenue is recognized. If we were to experience an increase in warranty claims or if costs of servicing our warrantied products were greater than our estimates, gross margins could be adversely affected.
 
While the majority of our sales agreements contain standard terms and conditions, we do enter into agreements that contain multiple elements or non-standard terms and conditions. Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) No. 00-21, Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables, provides guidance on accounting for arrangements that involve the delivery or performance of multiple products, services, or rights to use assets within contractually binding arrangements. Significant contract interpretation is sometimes required to determine the appropriate accounting, including whether the deliverables specified in a multiple element arrangement should be treated as separate units of accounting for revenue recognition purposes, and if so, how the price should be allocated among the deliverable elements, when to recognize revenue for each element, and the period over which revenue should be recognized. We recognize revenue for delivered elements only when we determine that the fair values of undelivered elements are known and there are no uncertainties regarding customer acceptance.
 
Investments
 
Effective January 1, 2008, we adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 157, Fair Value Measurement . In February 2008, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued FASB Staff Position (FSP) No. SFAS 157-2, Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157 , which provides a one-year deferral of the effective date of SFAS No. 157 for non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities, except those that are recognized or disclosed in the financial statements at fair value at least annually. In October 2008, the FASB issued FASB FSP SFAS 157-3, Determining the Fair Value of a Financial Asset When the Market for That Asset Is Not Active . The FSP clarifies the application of FASB Statement No. 157, Fair Value Measurements , in a market that is not active and provides an example to illustrate key considerations in determining the fair value of a financial asset when the market for that financial asset is not active.
 
We determine fair value of our financial assets and liabilities in accordance with SFAS No. 157 and 157-3. Fair value is defined under SFAS No. 157 as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value under SFAS No. 157 must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The standard describes a fair value hierarchy based on three levels of inputs, of which the first two are considered observable and the last unobservable, that may be used to measure fair value:
 
  •  Level 1 — Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
 
  •  Level 2 — Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.
 
  •  Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.


26


Table of Contents

 
In using this fair value hierarchy and the framework established by SFAS No. 157, management may be required to make assumptions of pricing by market participants and assumptions about risk, specifically when using unobservable inputs to determine fair value. These assumptions are judgmental in nature and may significantly affect our results of operations.
 
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
 
We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make required payments. We evaluate the collectibility of our accounts receivable based on a combination of factors. We regularly analyze customer accounts, review the length of time receivables are outstanding, review historical loss rates and assess current economic trends that may impact the level of credit losses in the future. Our allowance for doubtful accounts has generally been adequate to cover our actual credit losses. However, since we cannot reliably predict future changes in the financial stability of our customers, we cannot guarantee that our reserves will continue to be adequate.
 
Inventory Valuation
 
We record adjustments to inventory for potentially excess, obsolete or impaired goods in order to state inventory at net realizable value. We must make assumptions about future demand, market conditions and the release of new products that will supersede old ones. We regularly review inventory for excess and obsolete products and components, taking into account product life cycle and development plans, product expiration and quality issues, historical experience and our current inventory levels. If actual market conditions are less favorable than anticipated, additional inventory adjustments could be required.
 
Contingencies
 
We are subject to legal proceedings primarily related to intellectual property matters. Based on the information available at the balance sheet dates and through consultation with our legal counsel, we assess the likelihood of any adverse judgments or outcomes of these matters, as well as the potential ranges of probable losses. If losses are probable and reasonably estimable, we will record a liability and an expense for the estimated loss.
 
Goodwill and Intangible Asset Valuation
 
We make significant judgments in relation to the valuation of goodwill and intangible assets resulting from acquisitions and litigation settlements.
 
In determining the carrying amounts of our goodwill and intangible assets arising from acquisitions, we use the purchase method of accounting. The purchase method of accounting requires extensive use of accounting estimates and judgments to allocate the purchase price to the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired, including IPR&D. Goodwill and intangible assets deemed to have indefinite lives are not amortized, but are subject to at least annual impairment tests. The amounts and useful lives assigned to other acquired intangible assets impact future amortization, and the amount assigned to IPR&D is expensed immediately.
 
Determining the fair values and useful lives of intangible assets acquired as part of litigation settlements also requires the exercise of judgment. While there are a number of different generally accepted valuation methods to estimate the value of intangible assets, one method used by management is the discounted cash flow method. This method requires significant management judgment to forecast the future operating results used in this type of analysis. In addition, other significant estimates are required such as residual growth rates and discount factors. The estimates we use to value and amortize intangible assets are consistent with the plans and estimates that we use to manage our business and are based on available historical information and industry estimates and averages. These judgments can significantly affect our net operating results. Our judgments can also change with respect to the estimated life of intangible assets which could increase or decrease related amortization expense.


27


Table of Contents

SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, requires that goodwill and certain intangible assets be assessed for impairment using fair value measurement techniques. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, then a goodwill impairment test is performed to measure the amount of the impairment loss, if any. The goodwill impairment test compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in the same manner as in a business combination. Determining the fair value of the implied goodwill is judgmental in nature and often involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions could have a significant impact on whether or not an impairment charge is recognized and also the magnitude of any such charge. Estimates of fair value are primarily determined using discounted cash flows and market comparisons. These approaches use significant estimates and assumptions, including projection and timing of future cash flows, discount rates reflecting the risk inherent in future cash flows, perpetual growth rates, determination of appropriate market comparables, and determination of whether a premium or discount should be applied to comparables. It is reasonably possible that the plans and estimates used to value these assets may be incorrect. If our actual results, or the plans and estimates used in future impairment analyses, are lower than the original estimates used to assess the recoverability of these assets, we could incur additional impairment charges. We have performed our annual test of goodwill as of May 30, 2008 noting no impairment. No indicators have arisen since management’s assessment on May 30, 2008 that would require further assessment.
 
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
 
In accordance with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, if indicators of impairment exist, we assess the recoverability of the affected long-lived assets by determining whether the carrying value of such assets can be recovered through undiscounted future operating cash flows. If impairment is indicated, we measure the future discounted cash flows associated with the use of the asset and adjust the value of the asset accordingly. Certain estimates and assumptions are used in determining the fair value of long-lived assets. These estimates and assumptions are judgmental in nature and could have a significant impact on the determination of the recognition of an impairment charge and the magnitude of any such change. If our actual results, or the plans and estimates used in future impairment analyses, are lower than the original estimates used to assess the recoverability of these assets, we could incur additional impairment charges.
 
Stock-Based Compensation
 
We account for stock-based compensation in accordance with SFAS No. 123R, Share-Based Payment. Under the provisions of SFAS No. 123R, stock-based compensation cost is estimated at the grant date based on the award’s fair-value as calculated by the Black-Scholes-Merton (BSM) option-pricing model and is recognized as expense over the requisite service period. The BSM model requires various highly judgmental assumptions including volatility, forfeiture rates, and expected option life. If any of these assumptions used in the BSM model change significantly, stock-based compensation expense may differ materially in the future from that recorded in the current period.
 
Income Taxes
 
In accordance with SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes , the provision for income taxes is computed using the asset and liability method, under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and for the expected future tax benefit to be derived from tax loss and credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined using the enacted tax rates in effect for the years in which those tax assets are expected to be realized. A valuation allowance is established when it is more likely than not the future realization of all or some of the deferred tax assets will not be achieved. The evaluation of the need for a valuation allowance is performed on a jurisdiction-by-jurisdiction basis, and includes a review of all available positive and negative evidence. Factors reviewed include projections of pre-tax book income over the foreseeable future, determination of cumulative pre-tax book income after


28


Table of Contents

permanent differences, history of earnings, and reliability of forecasting. As of December 28, 2008, we have maintained a valuation allowance only against certain U.S. and foreign deferred tax assets that we concluded have not met the “more likely than not” threshold required under SFAS No. 109.
 
Due to the adoption of SFAS No. 123R, we recognize excess tax benefits associated with share-based compensation to stockholders’ equity only when realized. When assessing whether excess tax benefits relating to share-based compensation have been realized, we follow the with-and-without approach, excluding any indirect effects of the excess tax deductions. Under this approach, excess tax benefits related to share-based compensation are not deemed to be realized until after the utilization of all other tax benefits available to us.
 
Effective January 1, 2007, we adopted FASB Interpretation (FIN) No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 , which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in tax positions. FIN No. 48 requires that we recognize the impact of a tax position in our financial statements only if that position is more likely than not of being sustained upon examination by taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. Any interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions will be reflected in income tax expense.
 
Results of Operations
 
To enhance comparability, the following table sets forth audited consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 28, 2008, December 30, 2007 and December 31, 2006 stated as a percentage of total revenue.
 
                         
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
 
    December 28,
    December 30,
    December 31,
 
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Revenue:
                       
Product revenue
    93 %     89 %     84 %
Service and other revenue
    7       11       16  
                         
Total revenue
    100       100       100  
                         
Costs and expenses:
                       
Cost of product revenue
    34       33       28  
Cost of service and other revenue
    2       3       5  
Research and development
    17       20       18  
Selling, general and administrative
    26       27       29  
Impairment of manufacturing equipment
    1              
Amortization of intangible assets
    2       1        
Acquired in-process research and development
    4       83        
Litigation settlements
          15        
                         
Total costs and expenses
    86       182       80  
                         
Income (loss) from operations
    14       (82 )     20  
Interest income
    2       4       3  
Interest and other expense, net
          (1 )      
                         
Income (loss) before income taxes
    16       (79 )     23  
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
    7       (3 )     1  
                         
Net income (loss)
    9 %     (76 )%     22 %
                         


29


Table of Contents

Comparison of Years Ended December 28, 2008 and December 30, 2007
 
Our fiscal year is the 52 or 53 weeks ending the Sunday closest to December 31, with quarters of 13 or 14 weeks ending the Sunday closest to March 31, June 30, and September 30. The years ended December 28, 2008 and December 30, 2007 were both 52 weeks.
 
Revenue
 
                         
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
       
    December 28,
    December 30,
    Percentage
 
    2008     2007     Change  
    (In thousands)        
 
Product revenue
  $ 532,390     $ 326,699       63 %
Service and other revenue
    40,835       40,100       2  
                         
Total revenue
  $ 573,225     $ 366,799       56 %
                         
 
Product revenue consists of revenue from the sale of consumables, instruments, oligos and associated freight charges. The increase in product revenue was driven primarily by sales of our Infinium BeadChips, sequencing systems and sequencing consumables. Consumables and instruments constituted 63% and 35% of product revenue for the year ended December 28, 2008, respectively, compared to 59% and 37% for the year ended December 30, 2007, respectively.
 
Consumable revenue increased by $140.2 million over prior year. Growth in consumable revenue was primarily attributable to strong demand for our Infinium and sequencing products, which led to increased sales of $104.8 million and $35.4 million, respectively. The increase in revenue associated with our Infinium products can be mainly attributed to the strong demand for our Infinium High-Density BeadChips, particularly the Human610-Quad, which we began shipping during the first quarter of 2008. Of the overall increase in Infinium BeadChip sales, approximately 79% is due to new product introductions with higher average selling prices, while the remaining 21% can be attributed to increased volume. The increase in sequencing consumables is primarily attributable to the growth in our installed base of instruments and the progression of customer labs ramping to production scale.
 
Instrument revenue increased by $64.8 million over prior year, of which $63.0 million was due to increased sales of our sequencing systems. This increase in revenue can be primarily attributed to shipments of our second generation Genome Analyzer, the Genome Analyzer II (GAII). Additionally, during the second quarter of 2008, we launched the iScan System, our next-generation BeadChip scanner to replace the BeadArray Reader. Any increase in revenue resulting from shipments of this new system was offset by a reduction in sales of our BeadArray Reader as we stopped manufacturing this product upon the launch of our iScan System.
 
We expect to see continued growth in product revenue, which can be mainly attributed to the anticipated launch of several new products, sales of existing products and the growth of our installed base of instruments.
 
Service and other revenue includes revenue generated from genotyping and sequencing service contracts, extended warranty contracts, and research revenue. The increase in service and other revenue is primarily due to an increase of $3.1 million in extended warranty sales coupled with an increase of $2.0 million in sequencing service contracts. This increase was substantially offset by a decline of $4.7 million in our Fast Track genotyping service contracts as we shift more towards CSPro certified customers. CSPro is a collaborative program through which we certify third party service partners using our products to ensure delivery of performance and data quality equivalent to that available from our internal service offering. The decline in service revenue as a result of the shift to CSPro certified customers has been offset by the resulting increase in our consumable sales to these third party service providers. If product sales increase, we expect to see continued increases in the sale of our extended warranty contracts. We also expect sales from SNP genotyping and sequencing service contracts to fluctuate on a yearly and quarterly basis, depending on the mix, the number of contracts completed and the success of our certified service providers. The timing of


30


Table of Contents

completion of SNP genotyping and sequencing service contracts is highly dependent on the customers’ schedules for delivering the SNPs and samples to us.
 
Cost of Product and Service and Other Revenue
 
                         
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
       
    December 28,
    December 30,
    Percentage
 
    2008     2007     Change  
    (In thousands)        
 
Cost of product revenue
  $ 192,868     $ 119,991       61 %
Cost of service and other revenue
    12,756       12,445       2  
                         
Total cost of product and service and other revenue
  $ 205,624     $ 132,436       55 %
                         
 
Cost of revenue, which excludes impairment of manufacturing equipment and amortization of intangible assets, represents manufacturing costs incurred in the production process, including component materials, assembly labor and overhead, installation, warranty, packaging and delivery costs, as well as costs associated with performing genotyping and sequencing services on behalf of our customers.
 
The increase in cost of product revenue was primarily driven by higher instrument and consumable sales. Cost of product revenue as a percentage of related revenue was 36% for the year ended December 28, 2008 compared to 37% for the year ended December 30, 2007. The decrease is primarily due to favorable product mix driven by increased sales of our new High-Density Infinium Beadchips, with higher average selling prices as compared to the Infinium Beadchips sold in the prior year. This was partially offset by increased provisions for inventory obsolescence of $7.2 million for the year ended December 28, 2008 compared to $1.9 million for the year ended December 30, 2007. The increase in the inventory reserve is primarily associated with product transitions. During the year, we recorded reserves for product obsolescence associated with the launch of our new Infinium Beadchips and the launch of a new sequencing kit. Instrument cost of sales as a percentage of related revenue increased slightly over the prior year due to lower average selling prices mainly associated with promotional campaigns as we launched our next generation Beadarray Reader, the iScan in the first half of 2008.
 
Cost of service and other revenue increased over the prior year primarily due to higher extended warranty contract revenue. Cost of service and other revenue as a percentage of related revenue stayed consistent at 31%.
 
Research and Development Expenses
 
                         
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
       
    December 28,
    December 30,
    Percentage
 
    2008     2007     Change  
    (In thousands)        
 
Research and development
  $ 99,963     $ 73,943       35 %
 
Our research and development expenses consist primarily of salaries and other personnel-related expenses, laboratory supplies and other expenses related to the design, development, testing and enhancement of our products. We expense our research and development expenses as they are incurred.
 
Research and development expenses as a percentage of revenue decreased to 17% for the year ended December 28, 2008 compared to 20% for the year ended December 30, 2007. However, there was an overall increase in research and development expenditures compared to the prior year. Costs to support our BeadArray technology research activities increased $10.4 million for the year ended December 28, 2008 compared to the year ended December 30, 2007, primarily due to an overall increase in personnel-related expenses, increased lab and material expenses associated with the establishment of our manufacturing facility in Singapore and the development of new products. The continued development of our Sequencing technology resulted in increased research and development expenditures of $9.1 million for the year ended December 28, 2008 compared to the year ended December 30, 2007. In addition, non-cash stock-based compensation expense increased by $4.1 million compared to the year ended December 30, 2007. Accrued compensation expense of $1.5 million


31


Table of Contents

associated with contingent consideration for the Avantome acquisition completed on August 1, 2008 and expenses related to the development of our newly created Diagnostics Business Unit of $0.9 million also contributed to the increase in research and development expense for the year ended December 28, 2008.
 
We believe a substantial investment in research and development is essential to remaining competitive and expanding into additional markets. Accordingly, we expect our research and development expenses to increase in absolute dollars as we expand our product base.
 
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
 
                         
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
       
    December 28,
    December 30,
    Percentage
 
    2008     2007     Change  
    (In thousands)        
 
Selling, general and administrative
  $ 148,014     $ 101,256       46 %
 
Our selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel costs for sales and marketing, finance, human resources, business development, legal and general management, as well as professional fees, such as expenses for legal and accounting services. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue were 26% for the year ended December 28, 2008 compared to 28% for the year ended December 30, 2007. Selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 28, 2008 and December 30, 2007 included stock-based compensation expenses totaling $28.5 million and $19.4 million, respectively.
 
Sales and marketing expenses increased $34.1 million for the year ended December 28, 2008 compared to the year ended December 30, 2007. The increase is primarily due to increases of $29.3 million attributable to personnel-related expenses, including salaries, benefits and commissions, to support the growth of our business. Included as part of these personnel- related expenses is an increase in employee travel expenses of $4.5 million due to increased headcount and continued international expansion. The remaining $4.8 million variance is comprised of increases to non-personnel-related costs of $2.9 million, consisting mainly of sales and marketing activities for our existing and new products and an increase of $1.9 million of non-cash stock-based compensation expense.
 
General and administrative expense increased $12.7 million during the year ended December 28, 2008 compared to the year ended December 30, 2007 due to increases of $10.4 million in personnel-related expenses associated with the growth of our business, $7.2 million of non-cash stock-based compensation expense and $0.9 million in outside consulting services offset by a decrease of $5.8 million in legal costs primarily related to the settlement of the Affymetrix litigation during the first quarter of 2008.
 
We expect our selling, general and administrative expenses to increase in absolute dollars as we expand our staff, add sales and marketing infrastructure and incur additional costs to support the expected growth in our business.
 
Impairment of Manufacturing Equipment
 
                         
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
       
    December 28,
    December 30,
    Percentage
 
    2008     2007     Change  
    (In thousands)        
 
Impairment of manufacturing equipment
  $ 4,069     $       N/A  
 
The impairment of manufacturing equipment resulted from our assessment of recoverability on a portion of our imaging and decoding systems that were no longer being utilized due to the development of our next-generation system and our transition to the Infinium HD product line.


32


Table of Contents

Amortization of Intangible Assets
 
                         
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
       
    December 28,
    December 30,
    Percentage
 
    2008     2007     Change  
    (In thousands)        
 
Amortization of intangible assets
  $ 10,438     $ 2,429       330 %
 
Amortization of intangible assets as a percentage of revenue was 2% and 1%, respectively, for the year ended December 28, 2008 and year ended December 30, 2007. The increase in amortization expense is primarily due to the settlement of our lawsuit with Affymetrix on January 9, 2008, resulting in the recording of an intangible asset of $36.0 million. See Note 5 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding this settlement.
 
We began amortizing this asset during the first quarter of 2008, causing an increase in amortization of intangible assets of $7.8 million for the year ended December 28, 2008. The additional increase of $0.2 million during the year ended December 28, 2008 as compared to the year ended December 30, 2007 represents an additional month of amortization associated with the assets acquired from Solexa that we began amortizing in February 2007.
 
Acquired In-Process Research and Development
 
                         
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
       
    December 28,
    December 30,
    Percentage
 
    2008     2007     Change  
    (In thousands)        
 
Acquired in-process research and development
  $ 24,660     $ 303,400       (92 %)
 
As a result of the Avantome acquisition in August 2008 and the Solexa acquisition in January 2007, we recorded acquired IPR&D charges of $24.7 million and $303.4 million, respectively. See Note 2 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding these acquisitions.
 
Litigation Settlements
 
                         
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
       
    December 28,
    December 30,
    Percentage
 
    2008     2007     Change  
    (In thousands)        
 
Litigation settlements
  $     $ 54,536       (100 %)
 
During the year ended December 30, 2007, we recorded a charge of $54.5 million associated with two settlement agreements. The total charge is comprised primarily of $54.0 million related to a $90.0 million settlement with Affymetrix entered into on January 9, 2008 for certain patent litigation between the parties. See Note 5 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding the Affymetrix settlement.
 
Interest Income
 
                         
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
       
    December 28,
    December 30,
    Percentage
 
    2008     2007     Change  
    (In thousands)        
 
Interest income
  $ 12,519     $ 16,026       (22 %)
 
Interest income on our cash and cash equivalents and investments decreased $3.5 million during the year ended December 28, 2008 compared to the year ended December 30, 2007. The decrease was primarily driven by the overall decline in interest rates due to current market conditions coupled with a change in our cash and investment portfolio to a mix of shorter duration maturities and an increased number of agency-rated investments.


33


Table of Contents

Interest and Other Expense, Net
 
                         
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
       
    December 28,
    December 30,
    Percentage
 
    2008     2007     Change  
    (In thousands)        
 
Interest and other expense, net
  $ (2,070 )   $ (3,610 )     (43 %)
 
Interest and other expense, net, consists of interest expense and other income and expenses primarily related to net foreign currency exchange transaction gains and losses. Interest and other expense, net, increased $1.5 million for the year ended December 28, 2008 compared to the year ended December 30, 2007.
 
Interest expense related to our convertible debt issued in February 2007 was $4.0 million and $3.6 million, respectively, for the year ended December 28, 2008 and the year ended December 30, 2007. The increase represents an additional month and a half of interest expense recorded in the year ended December 28, 2008 compared to the year ended December 30, 2007.
 
In addition, we recorded $1.9 million in net foreign currency transaction gains for the year ended December 28, 2008 compared to immaterial losses recorded in the year ended December 30, 2007. The gains resulting from our net foreign currency transactions for the year ended December 28, 2008 are due to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates coupled with a change in our foreign entity functional currency designation from the local currency to the U.S. dollar beginning the third quarter of 2008. As a result of this change, in the third quarter we began re-measuring our foreign subsidiaries’ nonmonetary assets and liabilities and related income and expense accounts to the U.S. dollar and recording the resulting net gain as income. Previously, under local functional currency designation, the effects of translation were recorded within stockholders’ equity as other comprehensive income (loss).
 
Provision (benefit) for Income Taxes
 
                         
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
       
    December 28,
    December 30,
    Percentage
 
    2008     2007     Change  
    (In thousands)        
 
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
  $ 40,429     $ (10,426 )     (488 %)
 
The provision consists of federal, state and foreign income tax expense for the years ended December 28, 2008 and December 30, 2007, respectively. In addition for the year ended December 30, 2007, the provision was reduced by $17.1 million as a result of the release of the valuation allowance against a significant portion of our U.S. deferred tax assets.
 
As of December 28, 2008, we had net operating loss carryforwards for federal and state tax purposes of $87.7 million and $148.3 million, respectively, which begin to expire in 2025 and 2013, respectively, unless previously utilized. In addition, we also had U.S. federal and state research and development tax credit carryforwards of $12.6 million and $13.9 million, respectively, which begin to expire in 2018 and 2019, respectively, unless previously utilized.
 
Pursuant to Section 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code, utilization of our net operating losses and credits may be subject to annual limitations in the event of any significant future changes in our ownership structure. These annual limitations may result in the expiration of net operating losses and credits prior to utilization. Previous limitations due to Section 382 and 383 have been reflected in the deferred tax assets as of December 28, 2008.
 
Based on the available evidence as of December 28, 2008, we were not able to conclude it was more likely than not certain U.S. and foreign deferred tax assets will be realized. Therefore, we have recorded a valuation allowance of $2.8 million and $12.4 million against certain U.S. and foreign deferred tax assets, respectively. At December 30, 2007, we concluded that it was more likely than not that a significant portion of our deferred tax assets will be realized and, accordingly, we released a portion of our valuation allowance, $17.1 million, of which was recorded as a reduction to the tax provision.


34


Table of Contents

As of December 28, 2008, no material changes have been made to our uncertain tax positions recorded in accordance with FIN No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 .
 
Comparison of Years Ended December 30, 2007 and December 31, 2006
 
Our fiscal year is 52 or 53 weeks ending the Sunday closest to December 31, with quarters of 13 or 14 weeks ending the Sunday closest to March 31, June 30, and September 30. The years ended December 30, 2007 and December 31, 2006 were both 52 weeks.
 
Revenue
 
                         
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
       
    December 30,
    December 31,
    Percentage
 
    2007     2006     Change  
    (In thousands)        
 
Product revenue
  $ 326,699     $ 155,811       110 %
Service and other revenue
    40,100       28,775       39  
                         
Total revenue
  $ 366,799     $ 184,586       99 %
                         
 
Product revenue consists of revenue from the sale of consumables, instruments, oligos and associated freight charges. Consumables and instruments constituted 59% and 37% of product revenue for the year ended December 30, 2007, respectively, compared to 64% and 28% for the year ended December 31, 2006, respectively. The change in sales associated with our product mix is due to increased sales in instruments primarily attributable to the Genome Analyzer, which was introduced during the first quarter of 2007. Growth in consumable revenue was primarily attributable to strong demand for our Infinium products.
 
Consumable revenue increased by $93.6 million over prior year, of which $81.1 million primarily represents increased sales volume of our Infinium products. The increase in revenue associated with our Infinium products can be mainly attributed to our HumanHap family of BeadChips, the Human 1M DNA Analysis BeadChip and our iSelect Infinium BeadChips for more focused content applications. Of the overall increase in Infinium BeadChip sales, approximately 82% is due to a higher volume of shipments, while the remaining 18% can be attributed to new product introductions and slightly higher average selling prices.
 
Instrument revenue increased by $77.6 million over prior year, of which $68.7 million was due to increased sales of our sequencing systems, particularly the Genome Analyzer and cluster stations.
 
Service and other revenue includes revenue generated from genotyping and sequencing service contracts, extended warranty contracts and research revenue. Service and other revenue increased $11.3 million over prior year primarily due to the completion of several significant Infinium and iSelect custom SNP genotyping service contracts and sequencing services contracts. This increase in services represented $9.9 million of the variance, while the remainder of the difference was generated by an increase in extended warranty contracts of $2.2 million offset by a decrease in grant revenue of $0.8 million. We expect sales from SNP genotyping and sequencing services contracts to fluctuate on a yearly and quarterly basis, depending on the mix and number of contracts that are completed. The timing of completion of SNP genotyping and sequencing services contracts are highly dependent on the customers’ schedules for delivering the SNPs and samples to us.
 
Cost of Product and Service and Other Revenue
 
                         
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
       
    December 30,
    December 30,
    Percentage
 
    2007     2006     Change  
    (In thousands)        
 
Cost of product revenue
  $ 119,991     $ 51,271       134 %
Cost of service and other revenue
    12,445       8,073       54  
                         
Total cost of product and service and other revenue
  $ 132,436     $ 59,344       123 %
                         


35


Table of Contents

Cost of revenue, which excludes amortization of intangible assets, represents manufacturing costs incurred in the production process, including component materials, assembly labor and overhead, installation, warranty, packaging and delivery costs, as well as costs associated with performing genotyping and sequencing services on behalf of our customers.
 
The increase in cost of product revenue was primarily driven by higher instrument and consumable sales. Cost of product revenue as a percentage of related revenue was 37% for the year ended December 30, 2007 compared to 33% for the year ended December 31, 2006. The increase is primarily due to the shift in product mix towards instruments mainly attributable to sales of our sequencing systems, which were introduced during the first quarter of 2007. In addition, cost of product revenue as a percentage of related revenue was adversely impacted by the increase in non-cash stock-based compensation expense as well as $0.7 million associated with the amortization of inventory revaluation costs related to our acquisition of Solexa in January 2007. Non-cash stock-based compensation expense was $4.0 million and $1.3 million for the periods ended December 30, 2007 and December 31, 2006, respectively.
 
Cost of service revenue increased over the prior year primarily due to higher sequencing and genotyping services revenue. Cost of service revenue as a percentage of related revenue was 31% for the year ended December 30, 2007 compared to 28% for the year ended December 31, 2006. The increase in cost of service revenue as a percentage of related revenue was primarily related to unfavorable product mix driven by higher sales of our sequencing services, which were introduced during 2007.
 
Research and Development Expenses
 
                         
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
       
    December 30,
    December 31,
    Percentage
 
    2007     2006     Change  
    (In thousands)        
 
Research and development
  $ 73,943     $ 33,373       122 %
 
Our research and development expenses consist primarily of salaries and other personnel-related expenses, laboratory supplies and other expenses related to the design, development, testing and enhancement of our products. We expense our research and development expenses as they are incurred.
 
Research and development expenses increased to $73.9 million for the year ended December 30, 2007 compared to $33.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. Research and development expenses as a percentage of total revenue were 20% for the year ended December 30, 2007 compared to 18% for the year ended December 31, 2006. Of the increase for the year ended December 30, 2007, $27.0 million was due to higher research and development expenses associated with our acquisition of Solexa in January 2007. Costs to support our BeadArray technology research activities increased $8.5 million for the year ended December 30, 2007 compared to the year ended December 31, 2006, primarily due to an overall increase in personnel-related expenses and increased lab and material expenses. Several new Infinium chip products, including the Human 1M DNA Analysis BeadChip, HumanCNV370-Duo BeadChip and HumanHap550-Duo BeadChip, have been introduced to the market in 2007. In addition, non-cash stock-based compensation expense increased $6.1 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2006. These increases were partially offset by a $1.0 million decrease in research and development expenses related to the VeraCode technology compared to the year ended December 31, 2006. We began shipping our BeadXpress System, which is based on our VeraCode technology, during the first quarter of 2007. As a result of completing the development of this product, the related research and development expenses have decreased.
 
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
 
                         
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
       
    December 30,
    December 31,
    Percentage
 
    2007     2006     Change  
    (In thousands)        
 
Selling, general and administrative
  $ 101,256     $ 54,057       87 %


36


Table of Contents

Our selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel costs for sales and marketing, finance, human resources, business development, legal and general management, as well as professional fees, such as expenses for legal and accounting services. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased to $101.3 million for the year ended December 30, 2007 compared to $54.1 million for the year December 31, 2006.
 
Sales and marketing expense increased $24.5 million during the year ended December 30, 2007 compared to the year ended December 31, 2006. The increase is primarily due to increases of $18.6 million attributable to personnel-related expenses to support the growth of our business, $3.3 million of non-cash stock-based compensation expense and $2.6 million attributable to other non-personnel-related expenses consisting mainly of sales and marketing activities for our existing and new products.
 
General and administrative expense increased $22.7 million during the year ended December 30, 2007 compared to the year ended December 30, 2006 due to increases of $8.7 million in personnel-related expenses associated with the growth of our business, $7.2 million of non-cash stock-based compensation expense, $3.4 million in outside legal fees and $3.3 million in other outside service expenses, primarily due to increases in consulting fees and increased tax, audit, and other public company costs.
 
Amortization of Intangible Assets
 
                         
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
       
    December 30,
    December 31,
    Percentage
 
    2007     2006     Change  
    (In thousands)        
 
Amortization of intangible assets
  $ 2,429     $       N/A  
 
Amortization of intangible assets totaled $2.4 million for the year ended December 30, 2007. There was no amortization of acquired intangibles for the year ended December 31, 2006. The amount amortized in 2007 represents the amortization of our intangible assets acquired from Solexa in January 2007.
 
Acquired In-Process Research and Development
 
                         
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
       
    December 30,
    December 30,
    Percentage
 
    2007     2006     Change  
    (In thousands)        
 
Acquired in-process research and development
  $ 303,400     $       N/A  
 
During the year ended December 30, 2007, we recorded $303.4 million of acquired IPR&D resulting from the Solexa acquisition. At the acquisition date, Solexa’s ongoing research and development initiatives were primarily involved with the development of its genetic analysis platform for sequencing and expression profiling. These in-process research and development projects are comprised of Solexa’s reversible terminating nucleotide biochemistry platform, referred to as sequencing-by-synthesis (SBS) biochemistry, as well as Solexa’s reagent, analyzer and sequencing services related technologies, which were valued at $237.2 million, $44.2 million, $19.1 million and $2.9 million, respectively, at the acquisition date. Although these projects were approximately 95% complete at the acquisition date, they had not reached technological feasibility and had no alternative future use. Accordingly, the amounts allocated to those projects were written off in the first quarter of 2007, the period the acquisition was consummated. Acquisitions of businesses, products or technologies by us in the future may result in substantial charges for acquired IPR&D that may cause fluctuations in our interim or annual operating results. There were no charges resulting from any acquisitions during the same period in fiscal 2006.
 
Litigation Settlements
 
                         
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
       
    December 30,
    December 31,
    Percentage
 
    2007     2006     Change  
    (In thousands)        
 
Litigation settlements
  $ 54,536     $       N/A  


37


Table of Contents

During the year ended December 30, 2007, we recorded a charge of $54.5 million associated with two settlement agreements entered into subsequent to year-end. The total charge is comprised primarily of $54.0 million related to a $90.0 million settlement with Affymetrix entered into on January 9, 2008 for certain patent litigation between the parties. See Note 5 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding this settlement.
 
Interest Income
 
                         
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
       
    December 30,
    December 31,
    Percentage
 
    2007     2006     Change  
    (In thousands)        
 
Interest income
  $ 16,026     $ 5,368       199 %
 
Interest income on our cash and cash equivalents and investments was $16.0 million and $5.4 million for the years ended December 30, 2007 and December 31, 2006, respectively. The increase in interest income over the prior year was primarily driven by higher cash balances from the proceeds of our February 2007 convertible debt offering, cash acquired as part of the Solexa acquisition, and improved operating cash flow. In addition, we experienced higher effective interest rates on our cash equivalents and short-term investments.
 
Interest and Other Expense, Net
 
                         
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
       
    December 30,
    December 31,
    Percentage
 
    2007     2006     Change  
    (In thousands)        
 
Interest and other expense, net
  $ (3,610 )   $ (560 )     545 %
 
Interest and other expense, net, consists of interest expense and other income and expenses related to net foreign currency exchange transaction gains and losses. Interest and other expense, net, increased to $3.6 million for the year ended December 30, 2007, compared to $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2006.
 
Interest expense was $3.6 million for the year ended December 30, 2007, compared to an immaterial amount for the year ended December 31, 2006. The increase is primarily related to our convertible debt offering in February 2007. For the years ended December 30, 2007 and December 31, 2006, we recorded $0.5 million and $0.4 million, respectively, in net foreign currency transaction losses, respectively. In 2007, these foreign currency exchange losses were offset by $0.5 million of foreign currency exchange gains associated with the sale of our secured convertible debentures with Genizon BioSciences, Inc. in the fourth quarter of 2007.
 
Provision (benefit) for Income Taxes
 
                         
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
       
    December 30,
    December 31,
    Percentage
 
    2007     2006     Change  
    (In thousands)        
 
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
  $ (10,426 )   $ 2,652       (493 %)
 
The provision (benefit) for income taxes was ($10.4) million and $2.7 million for the years ended December 30, 2007 and December 31, 2006, respectively. The provision consists of federal, state, and foreign income tax expense offset in 2007 by the release of the valuation allowance against a significant portion of our U.S. deferred tax assets.
 
During the year ended December 30, 2007, we utilized $72.9 million and $10.8 million of our federal and state net operating loss carryforwards, respectively, to reduce our federal and state income taxes. As of December 30, 2007, we had net operating loss carryforwards for federal and state tax purposes of $28.7 million and $99.1 million, respectively, which begin to expire in 2025 and 2015, respectively, unless previously utilized. In addition, we also had U.S. federal and state research and development tax credit


38


Table of Contents

carryforwards of $9.2 million and $9.3 million respectively, which begin to expire in 2018 and 2019 respectively, unless previously utilized.
 
Pursuant to Section 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code, utilization of our net operating losses and credits may be subject to annual limitations in the event of any significant future changes in our ownership structure. These annual limitations may result in the expiration of net operating losses and credits prior to utilization. Previous limitations due to Section 382 and 383 have been reflected in the deferred tax assets as of December 30, 2007.
 
As of December 30, 2007, we concluded that it is more likely than not that a significant portion of our deferred tax assets will be realized and, accordingly we released a portion of our valuation allowance, $17.1 million of which was recorded as a reduction to the tax provision. In addition, we established current and long term deferred tax assets on the consolidated balance sheets of $26.8 million and $80.1 million, respectively, and decreased the goodwill balances recorded in conjunction with the CyVera and Solexa acquisitions by $2.1 million and $18.4 million, respectively. Based upon the available evidence as of December 30, 2007, we are not able to conclude it is more likely than not certain U.S. and foreign deferred tax assets will be realized. Therefore, we have recorded a valuation allowance of $2.9 million and $25.4 million against certain U.S. and foreign deferred tax assets, respectively.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
Cashflow
 
                         
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
 
    December 28,
    December 30,
    December 31,
 
    2008     2007     2006  
    (In thousands)  
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
  $ 87,882     $ 56,294     $ 39,000  
Net cash used in investing activities
    (277,249 )     (67,686 )     (160,735 )
Net cash provided by financing activities
    337,672       148,292       109,296  
Effect of foreign currency translation
    3,778       (345 )     3  
                         
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
  $ 152,083     $ 136,555     $ (12,436 )
                         
 
Historically, our sources of cash have included:
 
  •  issuance of equity and debt securities, including cash generated from the issuance of our convertible notes in February 2007, our public offering of common stock in August 2008 and the exercise of stock options and participation in our Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP);
 
  •  cash generated from operations; and
 
  •  interest income.
 
Our historical cash outflows have primarily been associated with:
 
  •  cash used for operating activities such as the purchase and growth of inventory, expansion of our sales and marketing and research and development infrastructure and other working capital needs;
 
  •  cash paid for litigation settlements;
 
  •  cash used for our stock repurchases;
 
  •  expenditures related to increasing our manufacturing capacity and improving our manufacturing efficiency;
 
  •  cash paid for acquisitions; and
 
  •  interest payments on our debt obligations.


39


Table of Contents

 
Other factors that impact our cash inflow and outflow include:
 
  •  significant increases in our product and services revenue. As our product sales have increased significantly since 2001, operating income has increased significantly as well, providing us with an increased source of cash to finance the expansion of our operations; and
 
  •  fluctuations in our working capital.
 
We currently invest our funds in treasury notes, commercial paper, auction rate securities, corporate bonds and U.S. dollar-based short maturity mutual funds. We do not hold securities backed by mortgages.
 
As of December 28, 2008, we had cash, cash equivalents and investments of $696.0 million compared to $386.1 million as of December 30, 2007. Included in the investment balance as of December 28, 2008 were auction rate securities of $55.9 million issued primarily by municipalities and universities. The markets for auction rate securities effectively ceased when the vast majority of auctions failed in February 2008, preventing investors from selling their auction rate securities. As of December 28, 2008, the securities continued to fail auction and remained illiquid. As a result, we have recorded an unrealized loss of $8.7 million for the year ended December 28, 2008, resulting in a reduction to the fair value of our auction rate securities to $47.2 million as of December 28, 2008. This value was determined in accordance with SFAS No. 157. We used Level 3 hierarchical inputs, due to the lack of actively traded market data, including management’s assumptions of pricing by market participants and assumptions about risk. We based our fair value determination on estimated discounted future cash flows of interest income over a projected period reflective of the length of time we anticipate it will take the securities to become liquid. Additionally, we classified these securities as long-term investments as of December 28, 2008 as we believe we may not be able to liquidate our investments within the next year. As of December 30, 2007, these securities were classified as short-term as the failures of these auctions did not occur until February 2008.
 
In November 2008, we signed a settlement agreement allowing us to sell our auction rate securities at par value to UBS at our discretion during the period of June 30, 2010 through July 2, 2012. To account for this settlement agreement, we recorded a put option of $8.7 million and recognized a corresponding gain in earnings during the fourth quarter of 2008. The fair value of the put option was determined using a discounted cash flow approach including estimates of interest rates, timing and amount of cash flow, with consideration given to UBS’s financial ability to repurchase the auction rate securities beginning June 30, 2010. The fair value of the put option approximates the difference between the par value and fair value of the auction rate securities. The auction rate securities were previously classified as available-for-sale, and unrealized gains and losses were recognized in other comprehensive income. By signing the settlement agreement, we no longer have the intent of holding the auction rate securities until recovery as we will now recover any unrealized loss through the settlement agreement. Accordingly, we elected a one-time transfer of the auction rate securities from available-for-sale to trading and reclassified previously recorded unrealized losses from other comprehensive income to earnings. We will continue to recognize gains and losses in earnings approximately equal to changes in the fair value of the auction rate securities at each balance sheet date. These gains and losses will likely be offset by changes in the fair value of the put option as we elect the fair value option subject to our assessment of the counterparties ability to perform. See Part I Item 1A: “Risk Factors — Negative conditions in the global credit markets may impair the liquidity of a portion of our investment portfolio.”
 
The primary inflow of cash during the year ended December 28, 2008 was from the sale of 8,050,000 shares of our common stock to the public in August 2008 at a public offering price of $43.75 per share, raising net proceeds to us of $342.6 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses. Additional cash inflows during this year resulted from the sale and maturity of our investments in available-for-sale securities of $411.8 million and $44.3 million from the exercise of our stock options.
 
The primary cash outflows during the year ended December 28, 2008 were attributable to the purchase of available-for-sale securities for $568.7 million, the one-time payment of $90.0 million made to Affymetrix in accordance with the settlement agreement, the repurchase of an aggregate of 3.1 million shares of our


40


Table of Contents

common stock for $70.8 million and $59.7 million in capital expenditures primarily for construction-in-progress associated with the expansion of our San Diego facilities, additions to manufacturing equipment as well as the development of our manufacturing facility in Singapore. Additionally, on August 1, 2008, we completed our acquisition of Avantome, Inc. As consideration for the acquisition, we paid $25.8 million in cash, including transaction costs, and may pay up to an additional $35.0 million in contingent cash consideration based on the achievement of certain milestones.
 
Our primary short-term needs for capital, which are subject to change, include expenditures related to:
 
  •  our facilities expansion needs, including costs of leasing additional facilities;
 
  •  the acquisition of equipment and other fixed assets for use in our current and future manufacturing and research and development facilities;
 
  •  support of our commercialization efforts related to our current and future products, including expansion of our direct sales force and field support resources both in the United States and abroad;
 
  •  potential strategic acquisitions and investments;
 
  •  the continued advancement of research and development efforts; and
 
  •  improvements in our manufacturing capacity and efficiency.
 
We expect that our product revenue and the resulting operating income, as well as the status of each of our new product development programs, will significantly impact our cash management decisions.
 
Our outstanding convertible notes became convertible into cash and, if applicable, shares of our common stock as of April 1, 2008. The notes continued to be convertible through December 31, 2008. Subsequent to year end, on December 29, 2008, a noteholder converted notes in an aggregate principal amount of $10.0 million. Generally, upon conversion of a note, we must pay the conversion value of the note in cash, up to the principal amount of the note. Any excess of the conversion value over the principal amount is payable in shares of our common stock. To reduce the potential equity dilution upon conversion of the notes, we entered into a hedge transaction. See Note 8 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of the terms of the Convertible Senior Notes. Beginning January 1, 2009 the notes ceased to be convertible since the trigger for convertibility was not met during the last calendar quarter of 2008. Fluctuations in our stock price could cause the conversion feature to trigger in future quarters, resulting in an impact on our working capital.
 
We anticipate that our current cash and cash equivalents and income from operations will be sufficient to fund our operating needs for at least the next twelve months, barring unforeseen circumstances. Operating needs include the planned costs to operate our business, including amounts required to fund working capital and capital expenditures. At the present time, we have no material commitments for capital expenditures other than development of our additional facility in Little Chesterford, United Kingdom. The development of this facility is estimated to cost $14.5 million during 2009 although actual costs may vary significantly from our current estimate. Our future capital requirements and the adequacy of our available funds will depend on many factors, including:
 
  •  our ability to successfully evolve our sequencing and Veracode technologies and to expand our sequencing and SNP genotyping product lines;
 
  •  scientific progress in our research and development programs and the magnitude of those programs;
 
  •  competing technological and market developments; and
 
  •  the need to enter into collaborations with other companies or acquire other companies or technologies to enhance or complement our product and service offerings.
 
As a result of the factors listed above, we may require additional funding in the future. Our failure to raise capital on acceptable terms, when needed, could have a material adverse effect on our business.


41


Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
 
We do not participate in any transactions that generate relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities (SPEs), which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes. During the fiscal year ended December 28, 2008, we were not involved in any “off balance sheet arrangements” within the meaning of the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
Contractual Obligations
 
Contractual obligations represent future cash commitments and liabilities under agreements with third parties, and exclude orders for goods and services entered into in the normal course of business that are not enforceable or legally binding. The following table represents our contractual obligations as of December 28, 2008, aggregated by type (amounts in thousands):
 
                                         
    Payments Due by Period (1),(2)  
          Less Than
                More Than
 
Contractual Obligation
  Total     1 Year     1 – 3 Years     3 – 5 Years     5 Years  
 
Long-term debt obligations(3)
  $ 413,750     $ 2,500     $ 5,000     $ 5,000     $ 401,250  
Operating leases
    158,240       11,032       22,945       23,378       100,885  
Amounts due under executive deferred compensation plan
    1,348                          
                                         
Total
  $ 573,338     $ 13,532     $ 27,945     $ 28,378     $ 502,135  
                                         
 
 
(1) Excludes $35.0 million of contingent cash consideration we may be required to pay pursuant to our purchase agreement with Avantome based on the achievement of certain milestones. We have not included this amount in the table above because the commitment does not have a fixed funding date and is subject to certain conditions. See Note 2 of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of our acquisition of Avantome.
 
(2) Excludes $23.8 million of uncertain tax benefits under FIN 48. We have not included this amount in the table above because we cannot make a reasonably reliable estimate regarding the timing of settlements with taxing authorities, if any. See Note 12 of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of our uncertain tax positions.
 
(3) The “long-term debt obligations” in the above table include the principal amount of our Convertible Senior Notes and interest payments totaling 0.625% per annum. See Note 8 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of the terms of the Convertible Senior Notes.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
Information with respect to recent accounting pronouncements is included in Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.
 
Interest Rate Sensitivity
 
Our exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates primarily to our investment portfolio. The fair market value of fixed rate securities may be adversely impacted by fluctuations in interest rates while income earned on floating rate securities may decline as a result of decreases in interest rates. Under our current policies, we do not use interest rate derivative instruments to manage exposure to interest rate changes. We attempt to ensure the safety and preservation of our invested principal funds by limiting default risk, market risk and reinvestment risk. We mitigate default risk by investing in investment grade securities. We have historically maintained a relatively short average maturity for our investment portfolio, and we believe a hypothetical 100 basis point adverse move in interest rates along the entire interest rate yield curve would not


42


Table of Contents

materially affect the fair value of our interest sensitive financial instruments. For example, if a 100 basis point change in overall interest rates were to occur in 2009, our interest income would change by approximately $6.4 million in relation to amounts we would expect to earn, based on our cash, cash equivalents, and short-term investments as of December 28, 2008.
 
Market Price Sensitive Instruments
 
In order to potentially reduce equity dilution, we entered into convertible note hedge transactions, entitling us to purchase up to 18,322,320 shares of our common stock at a strike price of $21.83 per share, subject to adjustment. In addition, we sold to the counterparties warrants exercisable on a net-share basis, for up to 18,322,320 shares of our common stock at a strike price of $31.435 per share, subject to adjustment. The anti-dilutive effect of the note hedge transactions, if any, could be partially or fully offset to the extent the trading price of our common stock exceeds the strike price of the warrants on the exercise dates of the warrants, which occur during 2014, assuming the warrants are exercised.
 
Foreign Currency Exchange Risk
 
We have operations in the Americas, Europe and Asia-Pacific. As a result, our financial position, results of operations and cash flows can be affected by fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. The functional currency for each of our subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar. Accordingly, we remeasure the monetary assets and liabilities of our foreign subsidiaries to the U.S. dollar at month-end exchange rates and remeasure the nonmonetary assets and liabilities to the U.S. dollar at historical rates. Income and expense amounts related to monetary assets and liabilities are remeasured to the U.S. dollar at the weighted average exchange rates in effect during the relevant period, and income and expense accounts related to nonmonetary assets and liabilities are remeasured to the U.S. dollar at historical exchange rates. Remeasurement gains and losses are recognized as income, or expense, in the period of occurrence.
 
In addition, many of our reporting entities conduct a portion of their business in currencies other than the entity’s U.S. functional currency. These transactions give rise to receivables and payables that are denominated in currencies other than the entity’s functional currency. The value of these receivables and payables is subject to changes in exchange rates because they may become worth more or less than they were worth at the time we entered into the transaction due to changes in exchange rates. Both realized and unrealized gains or losses on the value of these receivables and payables are included in the determination of net income. The net currency exchange gain recognized on business transactions was $1.9 million for the year ended December 28, 2008 and is included in other income and expense in the consolidated statements of operations.
 
Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
 
The Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, Financial Statements and Notes to Financial Statements begin on page F-1 immediately following the signature page and are incorporated herein by reference.
 
Item 9.    Changes In and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.
 
None.
 
Item 9A.    Controls and Procedures.
 
We design our internal controls to provide reasonable assurance that (1) our transactions are properly authorized; (2) our assets are safeguarded against unauthorized or improper use; and (3) our transactions are properly recorded and reported in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. We also maintain internal controls and procedures to ensure that we comply with applicable laws and our established financial policies.
 
We have carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, of the effectiveness of the design and


43


Table of Contents

operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act), as of December 28, 2008. Based upon that evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that, as of December 28, 2008, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that (a) the information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and (b) such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In designing and evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, our management recognized that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and our management have concluded that the disclosure controls and procedures are effective at the reasonable assurance level. Because of inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues, if any, within a company have been detected.
 
An evaluation was also performed under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, of any change in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the fourth quarter of 2008 and that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. The evaluation did not identify any such change.
 
MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
 
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f). Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect all misstatements. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.
 
We conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on our evaluation under the framework in Internal Control — Integrated Framework, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 28, 2008. The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 28, 2008 has been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included herein.


44


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
The Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Illumina, Inc.
 
We have audited Illumina, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 28, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Illumina, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
In our opinion, Illumina, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 28, 2008, based on the COSO criteria.
 
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Illumina, Inc. as of December 28, 2008 and December 30, 2007, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 28, 2008 of Illumina, Inc. and our report dated February 24, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
 
/s/   Ernst & Young LLP
 
San Diego, California
February 24, 2009


45


Table of Contents

Item 9B.    Other Information.
 
None.
 
PART III
 
Item 10.    Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.
 
(a) Identification of Directors. Information concerning our directors is incorporated by reference from the section entitled “Proposal One: Election of Directors” to be contained in our definitive Proxy Statement with respect to our 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC no later than April 27, 2009.
 
(b) Identification of Executive Officers. Information concerning our executive officers is set forth under “Executive Officers” in Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and is incorporated herein by reference.
 
(c) Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act. Information concerning compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is incorporated by reference from the section entitled “Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act” to be contained in our definitive Proxy Statement with respect to our 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC no later than April 27, 2009.
 
(d) Information concerning the audit committee financial expert as defined by the SEC rules adopted pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 is incorporated by reference from our definitive Proxy Statement with respect to our 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC no later than April 27, 2009.
 
Code of Ethics
 
We have adopted a code of ethics for our directors, officers and employees, which is available on our website at www.illumina.com in the Investor Information section under “Corporate.” The information on, or that can be accessed from, our website is not incorporated by reference into this report.
 
Item 11.    Executive Compensation.
 
Information concerning executive compensation is incorporated by reference from the sections entitled “Executive Compensation and Other Information” to be contained in our definitive Proxy Statement with respect to our 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC no later than April 27, 2009.
 
Item 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.
 
Information concerning the security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management and information covering securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans is incorporated by reference from the sections entitled “Ownership of Securities” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information” to be contained in our definitive Proxy Statement with respect to our 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC no later than April 27, 2009.
 
Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.
 
Information concerning certain relationships and related transactions, and director independence is incorporated by reference from the sections entitled “Proposal One: Election of Directors,” “Executive Compensation and Other Information” and “Certain Transactions” to be contained in our definitive Proxy Statement with respect to our 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC no later than April 27, 2009.


46


 

Item 14.    Principal Accountant Fees and Services.
 
Information concerning principal accountant fees and services is incorporated by reference from the sections entitled “Proposal Two: Ratification of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” to be contained in our definitive Proxy Statement with respect to our 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC no later than April 27, 2009.
 
PART IV
 
Item 15.    Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.
 
(a) The following documents are filed as a part of this report:
 
(1)  Consolidated Financial Statements:
 
         
    Page
 
    F-1  
    F-2  
    F-3  
    F-4  
    F-5  
    F-6  
    F-7  
       
    F-36  
       
 
 
         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Description of Document
 
  3 .1(2)   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.
  3 .2   Amended Bylaws.
  3 .3(5)   Certificate of Designation for Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock (included as an exhibit to exhibit 4.3).
  4 .1(1)   Specimen Common Stock Certificate.
  4 .2(1)   Second Amended and Restated Stockholders Rights Agreement, dated November 5, 1999, by and among the Registrant and certain stockholders of the Registrant.
  4 .3(5)   Rights Agreement, dated as of May 3, 2001, between the Registrant and Equiserve Trust Company, N.A.
  4 .4(35)   Indenture related to the 0.625% Convertible Senior Notes due 2014, dated as of February 16, 2007, between the Registrant and the Bank of New York, as trustee.
  4 .5(36)   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of February 16, 2007, between the Registrant and the Purchasers named therein.
  +10 .1(1)   Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its directors and officers.
  +10 .2(1)   1998 Incentive Stock Plan.
  +10 .3(7)   2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended and restated through July 20, 2006.
  10 .4(1)   Sublease Agreement dated August 1998 between Registrant and Gensia Sicor Inc. for the Registrant’s principal offices.
  10 .5(37)   License Agreement dated May 1998 between Tufts and Registrant.
  10 .6(10)   Master Loan and Security Agreement, dated March 6, 2000, by and between Registrant and FINOVA Capital Corporation.
  +10 .7(20)   2000 Stock Plan, as amended and restated through March 21, 2002.


47


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Description of Document
 
  10 .8(12)   Eastgate Pointe Lease, dated July 6, 2000, between Diversified Eastgate Venture and Registrant.
  10 .9(19)   Option Agreement and Joint Escrow Instructions, dated July 6, 2000, between Diversified Eastgate Venture and Registrant.
  10 .10(4)   First Amendment to Joint Development Agreement dated March 27, 2001 between Registrant and PE Corporation, now known as Applied Biosystems Group (with certain confidential portions omitted).
  10 .11(6)   First Amendment to Option Agreement and Escrow Instructions dated May 25, 2001 between Diversified Eastgate Venture and Registrant.
  10 .12(13)   Second Amendment to Option Agreement and Escrow Instructions dated July 18, 2001 between Diversified Eastgate Venture and Registrant.
  10 .13(14)   Third Amendment to Option Agreement and Escrow Instructions dated September 27, 2001 between Diversified Eastgate Venture and Registrant.
  10 .14(15)   First Amendment to Eastgate Pointe Lease dated September 27, 2001 between Diversified Eastgate Venture and Registrant.
  10 .15(8)   Replacement Reserve Agreement, dated as of January 10, 2002, between the Registrant and BNY Western Trust Company as Trustee for Washington Capital Joint Master Trust Mortgage Income Fund.
  10 .16(17)   Loan Assumption and Modification Agreement, dated as of January 10, 2002, between the Registrant, Diversified Eastgate Venture and BNY Western Trust Company as Trustee for Washington Capital Joint Master Trust Mortgage Income Fund.
  10 .17(18)   Tenant Improvement and Leasing Commission Reserve Agreement, dated as of January 10, 2002, between the Registrant and BNY Western Trust Company as Trustee for Washington Capital Joint Master Trust Mortgage Income Fund.
  +10 .18(42)   Solexa Share Option Plan for Consultants.
  +10 .19(43)   Solexa Enterprise Management Incentive Plan.
  10 .20(21)   Non-exclusive License Agreement dated January 2002 between Amersham Biosciences Corp. and Registrant (with certain confidential portions omitted).
  10 .21(22)   License Agreement dated June 2002 between Dade Behring Marburg GmbH and Registrant (with certain confidential portions omitted).
  10 .22(23)   Purchase and Sale Agreement and Escrow Instructions dated June 18, 2004 between Bernardo Property Advisors, Inc. and Registrant.
  10 .23(24)   Single Tenant Lease dated August 18, 2004 between BMR-9885 Towne Centre Drive LLC and Registrant.
  10 .24(25)   Settlement and Cross License Agreement dated August 18, 2004 between Applera Corporation and Registrant (with certain confidential portions omitted).
  10 .25   Amended Solexa 2005 Equity Incentive Plan
  10 .26   Amended Solexa 1992 Stock Option Plan
  10 .27(41)   Solexa Unapproved Company Share Option Plan
  10 .28(26)   Collaboration Agreement dated December 17, 2004 between Invitrogen Corporation and Registrant (with certain confidential portions omitted).
  10 .29(27)   Offer letter for Christian O. Henry dated April 26, 2005.
  10 .30(28)   Forms of Stock Option Agreement under 2000 Stock Plan.
  10 .31(29)   Secured Convertible Debenture Indenture between Genizon BioSciences Inc., Computershare Trust Company of Canada and the Registrant, dated March 24, 2006.
  10 .32(30)   Joint Development and Licensing Agreement dated May 15, 2006 between deCODE genetics, ehf. and Registrant (with certain confidential portions omitted).
  10 .33   Amended and Restated Change in Control Severance Agreement between the Registrant and Jay T Flatly.
  10 .34   Form of Change in Control Severance Agreement between the Registrant and its executive officers.
  10 .35   Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Non-Employee Directors under 2005 Stock and Incentive Plan.
  10 .36   [Reserved]
  10 .37   [Reserved]
  10 .38   [Reserved]
  10 .39(34)   Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 12, 2006, between Solexa, Inc. and the Registrant.
  10 .40(50)   Lease between The Irvine Company LLC and the Registrant, dated September 29, 2006.
  10 .41(37)   Amended and Restated Lease between BMR-9885 Towne Centre Drive LLC and the Registrant for the 9885 Towne Centre Drive property, dated January 26, 2007.
  10 .42(37)   Lease between BMR-9885 Towne Centre Drive LLC and the Registrant for the 9865 Towne Centre Drive property, dated January 26, 2007.

48


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Description of Document
 
  10 .43   Amended and Restated 2005 Stock and Incentive Plan.
  10 .44(9)   Settlement and Release Agreement between Affymetrix, Inc. and the Registrant, dated January 9, 2008.
  10 .45(44)   Confirmation of Convertible Bond Hedge Transaction, dated February 12, 2007, by and between the Registrant and Goldman, Sachs & Co.
  10 .46(45)   Confirmation of Convertible Bond Hedge Transaction, dated February 12, 2007, by and between the Registrant and Deutsche Bank AG London.
  10 .47(46)   Confirmation Issuer Warrant Transaction, dated February 12, 2007, by and between the Registrant and Goldman, Sachs & Co.
  10 .48(47)   Confirmation Issuer Warrant Transaction, dated February 12, 2007, by and between the Registrant and Deutsche Bank AG London.
  10 .49(48)   Amendment to the Confirmation of Issuer Warrant Transaction, dated February 13, 2007, by and between the Registrant and Goldman, Sachs & Co.
  10 .50(49)   Amendment to the Confirmation of Issuer Warrant Transaction, dated February 13, 2007, by and between the Registrant and Deutsche Bank AG London.
  10 .51(11)   New Hire Stock and Incentive Plan.
  10 .52(11)   Executive Transition Agreement between the Registrant and John R. Stuelpnagel, dated March 21, 2008.
  10 .53   [Reserved]
  10 .54   [Reserved]
  10 .55(3)   Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and Gregory F. Heath.
  10 .56(3)   Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and Joel McComb.
  14     Code of Ethics.
  21 .1   Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
  23 .1   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
  24 .1   Power of Attorney (included on the signature page).
  31 .1   Certification of Jay T. Flatley pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  31 .2   Certification of Christian O. Henry pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  32 .1   Certification of Jay T. Flatley pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  32 .2   Certification of Christian O. Henry pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
 
+ Management contract or corporate plan or arrangement
 
(1) Incorporated by reference to the same numbered exhibit filed with our Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-33922) filed April 3, 2000, as amended.
 
(2) Incorporated by reference to exhibit 3.1 filed with our Form 8-K (File No. 000-30361) filed on September 23, 2008.
 
(3) Incorporated by reference to the same numbered exhibit filed with our Form 10-Q (File No. 000-30361) for the quarterly period ended June 29, 2008 filed July 25, 2008.
 
(4) Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.13 filed with our Form 10-Q (File No. 000-30361) for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2001 filed May 8, 2001.
 
(5) Incorporated by reference to the same numbered exhibit filed with our Registration Statement on Form 8-A (File No. 000-30361) filed May 14, 2001.
 
(6) Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.15 filed with our Form 10-Q (File No. 000-30361) for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2001 filed August 13, 2001.
 
(7) Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.3 filed with our Form 10-Q (File No. 000-30361) for the quarterly period ended October 1, 2006 filed October 30, 2006.
 
(8) Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.18 filed with our Form 10-Q (File No. 000-30361) for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2002 filed May 13, 2002.
 
(9) Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.44 filed with our Form 10-K (File No. 000-30361) for the fiscal year ended December 30, 2007 filed February 26, 2008.

49


Table of Contents

 
(10) Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.9 filed with our Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (File No. 333-33922) filed July 3, 2000.
 
(11) Incorporated by reference to the same numbered exhibit filed with our Form 10-Q (File No. 000-30361) for the quarterly period ended March 30, 2008 filed April 28, 2008.
 
(12) Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.11 filed with our Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (File No. 333-33922) filed July 19, 2000.
 
(13) Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.16 filed with our Form 10-Q (File No. 000-30361) for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2001 filed November 14, 2001.
 
(14) Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.17 filed with our Form 10-Q (File No. 000-30361) for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2001 filed November 14, 2001.
 
(15) Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.18 filed with our Form 10-Q (File No. 000-30361) for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2001 filed November 14, 2001.
 
(16) Incorporated by reference to exhibit 2.1 filed with our Form 8-K (File No. 000-30361) filed November 13, 2006.
 
(17) Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.19 filed with our Form 10-Q (File No. 000-30361) for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2002 filed May 13, 2002.
 
(18) Incorporated by reference to the exhibit 10.20 filed with our Form 10-Q (File No. 000-30361) for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2002 filed May 13, 2002.
 
(19) Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.12 filed with our Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-33922) filed July 19, 2000.
 
(20) Incorporated by reference to the exhibit 10.22 filed with our Form 10-Q (File No. 000-30361) for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2002 filed May 13, 2002.
 
(21) Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.24 filed with Amendment No. 1 to our Registration Statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-111496) filed March 2, 2004.
 
(22) Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.23 filed with our Amendment No. 1 to our Registration Statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-111496) filed March 2, 2004.
 
(23) Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.25 filed with our Form 10-Q (File No. 000-30361) for the quarterly period ended June 27, 2004 filed August 6, 2004.
 
(24) Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.26 filed with our Form 10-Q (File No. 000-30361) for the quarterly period ended October 3, 2004 filed November 12, 2004.
 
(25) Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.27 filed with our Form 10-Q (File No. 000-30361) for the quarterly period ended October 3, 2004 filed November 12, 2004.
 
(26) Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.28 filed with our Form 10-K (File No. 000-30361) for the year ended January 2, 2005 filed March 8, 2005.
 
(27) Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.33 filed with our Form 10-Q (File No. 000-30361) for the quarterly period ended July 3, 2005 filed August 8, 2005.
 
(28) Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.29 filed with our Form 10-K (File No. 000-30361) for the year ended January 2, 2005 filed March 8, 2005.
 
(29) Incorporated by reference to the same numbered exhibit filed with our Form 10-Q (File No. 000-30361) for the quarterly period ended April 2, 2006 filed May 8, 2006.
 
(30) Incorporated by reference to the same numbered exhibit filed with our Form 10-Q (File No. 000-30361) for the quarterly period ended July 2, 2006 filed August 2, 2006.
 
(31) [Reserved]
 
(32) [Reserved]
 
(33) [Reserved]
 
(34) Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 filed with our Form 8-K (File No. 000-30361) filed November 13, 2006.


50


Table of Contents

 
(35) Incorporated by reference to exhibit 4.1 filed with our Form 8-K (File No. 000-30361) filed February 16, 2007.
 
(36) Incorporated by reference to exhibit 4.2 filed with our Form 8-K (File No. 000-30361) filed February 16, 2007.
 
(37) Incorporated by reference to the same numbered exhibit filed with our Form 10-Q (File No. 000-30361) for the quarterly period ended April 1, 2007 filed May 3, 2007.
 
(38) [Reserved]
 
(39) [Reserved]
 
(40) [Reserved]
 
(41) Incorporated by reference to exhibit 99.3 filed with our Form 8-K (File No. 000-30361) filed November 26, 2007.
 
(42) Incorporated by reference to exhibit 99.4 filed with our Form 8-K (File No. 000-30361) filed November 26, 2007.
 
(43) Incorporated by reference to exhibit 99.5 filed with our Form 8-K (File No. 000-30361) filed November 26, 2007.
 
(44) Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 filed with our Form 8-K (File No. 000-30361) filed February 16, 2007.
 
(45) Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 filed with our Form 8-K (File No. 000-30361) filed February 16, 2007.
 
(46) Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.3 filed with our Form 8-K (File No. 000-30361) filed February 16, 2007.
 
(47) Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.4 filed with our Form 8-K (File No. 000-30361) filed February 16, 2007.
 
(48) Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.5 filed with our Form 8-K (File No. 000-30361) filed February 16, 2007.
 
(49) Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.6 filed with our Form 8-K (File No. 000-30361) filed February 16, 2007.
 
(50) Incorporated by reference to the same numbered exhibit filed with our Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 000-30361) for the year ended December 31, 2006 filed February 28, 2007.
 
Supplemental Information
 
No Annual Report to stockholders or proxy materials has been sent to stockholders as of the date of this report. The Annual Report to stockholders and proxy material will be furnished to our stockholders subsequent to the filing of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and we will furnish such material to the SEC at that time.


51


Table of Contents

 
SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on February 25, 2009.
 
Illumina, Inc.
 
  By 
/s/   Jay T. Flatley
Jay T. Flatley
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
February 25, 2009
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENT, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Jay T. Flatley and Christian O. Henry, and each or any one of them, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes or substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Annual Report on Form 10-K has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
/s/   Jay T. Flatley

Jay T. Flatley
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)   February 25, 2009
         
/s/   Christian O. Henry

Christian O. Henry
  Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)   February 25, 2009
         
/s/   William H. Rastetter

William H. Rastetter
  Chairman of the Board of Directors   February 25, 2009
         
/s/   A. Blaine Bowman

A. Blaine Bowman
  Director   February 25, 2009
         
/s/   Daniel M. Bradbury

Daniel M. Bradbury
  Director   February 25, 2009
         
/s/   Karin Eastham

Karin Eastham
  Director   February 25, 2009


52


Table of Contents

             
/s/   Jack Goldstein

Jack Goldstein
  Director   February 25, 2009
         
/s/   Paul Grint

Paul Grint
  Director   February 25, 2009
         
/s/   David R. Walt

David R. Walt
  Director   February 25, 2009


53


 

 
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
         
    F-2  
    F-3  
    F-4  
    F-5  
    F-6  
    F-7  


F-1


Table of Contents

 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
 
The Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Illumina, Inc.
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Illumina, Inc. as of December 28, 2008 and December 30, 2007, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 28, 2008. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a)(2). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Illumina, Inc., at December 28, 2008 and December 30, 2007, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 28, 2008, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.
 
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Illumina, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 28, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 24, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
 
/s/   Ernst & Young LLP
 
San Diego, California
February 24, 2009


F-2


Table of Contents

 
ILLUMINA, INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
                 
    December 28,
    December 30,
 
    2008     2007  
    (In thousands)  
 
ASSETS
Current assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 327,024     $ 174,941  
Short-term investments
    313,051       211,141  
Accounts receivable, net
    133,266       83,119  
Inventory, net
    73,431       53,980  
Deferred tax assets — current portion
    8,635       26,934  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    9,530       12,640  
                 
Total current assets
    864,937       562,755  
Property and equipment, net
    89,436       46,274  
Long-term investments
    55,900        
Goodwill
    228,734       228,734  
Intangible assets, net
    47,755       58,116  
Deferred tax assets — long term portion
    78,321       80,245  
Other assets, net
    12,017       11,608  
                 
Total assets
  $ 1,377,100     $ 987,732  
                 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
               
Accounts payable
  $ 29,204     $ 24,311  
Litigation settlements payable
          90,536  
Accrued liabilities
    80,355       50,852  
Current portion of long-term debt
    399,999       16  
                 
Total current liabilities
    509,558       165,715  
Long-term debt, less current portion
          400,000  
Deferred gain on sale of land and building
    2,314       2,485  
Other long-term liabilities
    16,632       7,854  
Commitments and contingencies
               
Stockholders’ equity:
               
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding at December 28, 2008 and December 30, 2007
           
Common stock, $0.01 par value, 320,000,000 shares authorized, 138,936,582 shares issued and outstanding at December 28, 2008, 125,607,354 shares issued and outstanding at December 30, 2007
    1,389       1,256  
Additional paid-in capital
    1,499,708       1,043,674  
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    2,406       1,347  
Accumulated deficit
    (332,500 )     (382,977 )
Treasury stock, at cost (17,927,983 shares at December 28, 2008 and 14,819,090 shares at December 30, 2007)
    (322,407 )     (251,622 )
                 
Total stockholders’ equity
    848,596       411,678  
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 1,377,100     $ 987,732  
                 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements


F-3


Table of Contents

ILLUMINA, INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
                         
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
 
    December 28,
    December 30,
    December 31,
 
    2008     2007     2006  
    (In thousands, except per share amounts)  
 
Revenue
                       
Product revenue
  $ 532,390     $ 326,699     $ 155,811  
Service and other revenue
    40,835       40,100       28,775  
                         
Total revenue
    573,225       366,799       184,586  
                         
Costs and expenses:
                       
Cost of product revenue (excluding impairment of manufacturing equipment and amortization of intangible assets)
    192,868       119,991       51,271  
Cost of service and other revenue
    12,756       12,445       8,073  
Research and development
    99,963       73,943       33,373  
Selling, general and administrative
    148,014       101,256       54,057  
Impairment of manufacturing equipment
    4,069              
Amortization of intangible assets
    10,438       2,429        
Acquired in-process research and development
    24,660       303,400        
Litigation settlements
          54,536        
                         
Total costs and expenses
    492,768       668,000       146,774  
                         
Income (loss) from operations
    80,457       (301,201 )     37,812  
Interest income
    12,519       16,026       5,368  
Interest and other expense, net
    (2,070 )     (3,610 )     (560 )
                         
Income (loss) before income taxes
    90,906       (288,785 )     42,620  
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
    40,429       (10,426 )     2,652  
                         
Net income (loss)
  $ 50,477     $ (278,359 )   $ 39,968  
                         
Net income (loss) per basic share
  $ 0.43     $ (2.57 )   $ 0.45  
                         
Net income (loss) per diluted share
  $ 0.38     $ (2.57 )   $ 0.41  
                         
Shares used in calculating basic net income (loss) per share
    116,855       108,308       89,002  
                         
Shares used in calculating diluted net income (loss) per share
    133,607       108,308       97,508  
                         
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements


F-4


Table of Contents

 
ILLUMINA, INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
                                                                         
                            Accumulated
                         
                Additional
          Other
                      Total
 
    Common Stock     Paid-In
    Deferred
    Comprehensive
    Accumulated
    Treasury Stock     Stockholders’
 
    Shares     Amount     Capital     Compensation     Income     Deficit     Shares     Amount     Equity  
    (In thousands)  
 
Balance as of January 1, 2006
    82,588     $ 826     $ 216,353     $ (354 )   $ 258     $ (144,586 )         $     $ 72,497  
Issuance of common stock
    11,126       112       114,384                                     114,496  
May 2006 offering costs
                (6,530 )                                   (6,530 )
Stock-based compensation
                14,082       354                               14,436  
Incremental tax benefit related to stock options exercised
                1,439                                     1,439  
Comprehensive income:
                                                                       
Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities, net of deferred tax
                            10,693                         10,693  
Unrealized loss on hedging contracts
                            (10 )                       (10 )
Foreign currency translation adjustment
                            353                         353  
Net income
                                  39,968                   39,968  
                                                                         
Comprehensive income
                                                                    51,004  
                                                                         
Balance as of December 31, 2006
    93,714     $ 938     $ 339,728     $     $ 11,294     $ (104,618 )         $     $ 247,342  
Issuance of common stock
    4,654       46       30,044                                     30,090  
Issuance of common stock for the acquisition of Solexa, Inc. 
    26,442       264       530,460                                     530,724  
Fair value of options assumed from Solexa, Inc. 
                75,334                                     75,334  
Convertible note hedge
                (139,040 )                                   (139,040 )
Warrants issued in connection with the convertible debt issuance
                92,440                                     92,440  
Warrants exercised
    798       8       6,067                                     6,075  
Stock-based compensation
                33,926                                     33,926  
Incremental tax benefit related to stock options exercised
                20,086                                     20,086  
Incremental tax benefit related to convertible debt issuance
                54,629                                     54,629  
Repurchases of common stock
                                        (14,819 )     (251,622 )     (251,622 )
Comprehensive loss:
                                                                       
Unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities, net of deferred tax
                            (10,529 )                       (10,529 )
Foreign currency translation adjustment
                            582                         582  
Net loss
                                  (278,359 )                 (278,359 )
                                                                         
Comprehensive loss
                                                                    (288,306 )
                                                                         
Balance as of December 30, 2007
    125,608     $ 1,256     $ 1,043,674     $     $ 1,347     $ (382,977 )     (14,819 )   $ (251,622 )   $ 411,678  
Issuance of common stock in conjunction with secondary offering, net of issuance costs
    8,050       80       342,570                                     342,650  
Issuance of common stock under employee stock plans
    4,923       49       44,281                                     44,330  
Warrants exercised
    356       4       2,987                                     2,991  
Stock-based compensation
                47,695                                     47,695  
Incremental tax benefit related to stock options exercised
                18,501                                     18,501  
Repurchases of common stock
                                        (3,109 )     (70,785 )     (70,785 )
Comprehensive income:
                                                                       
Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities, net of deferred tax
                            920                         920  
Foreign currency translation adjustment
                            139                         139  
Net income
                                  50,477                   50,477  
                                                                         
Comprehensive income
                                                                    51,552  
                                                                         
Balance as of December 28, 2008
    138,937     $ 1,389     $ 1,499,708     $     $ 2,406     $ (332,500 )     (17,928 )   $ (322,407 )   $ 848,596  
                                                                         
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements


F-5


Table of Contents

 
ILLUMINA, INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
                         
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
 
    December 28,
    December 30,
    December 31,
 
    2008     2007     2006  
    (In thousands)  
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
                       
Net income (loss)
  $ 50,477     $ (278,359 )   $ 39,968  
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Acquired in-process research and development
    24,660       303,400        
Amortization of increase in inventory valuation
          942        
Amortization of intangible assets
    10,438       2,429        
Amortization of debt issuance costs
    1,374       1,176        
Depreciation expense
    17,285       11,464       6,032  
Loss on disposal of property and equipment
    262       15       116  
Impairment of manufacturing equipment
    4,069              
Stock-based compensation expense
    47,688       33,746       14,304  
Incremental tax benefit related to stock options exercised
    (18,501 )     (20,086 )     (1,439 )
Amortization of gain on sale of land and building
    (170 )     (187 )     (375 )
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
                       
Accounts receivable
    (57,672 )     (37,060 )     (21,733 )
Inventory
    (19,560 )     (27,130 )     (9,728 )
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    2,322       (6,127 )     (1,591 )
Deferred income taxes
    38,692       (11,408 )     (548 )
Other assets
    (1,815 )     2,612       (5,212 )
Accounts payable
    4,840       12,262       2,438  
Litigation settlements payable
    (54,536 )     54,536        
Accrued income taxes
    2,377       1,586       1,809  
Accrued liabilities
    29,339       15,901       9,066  
Other long-term liabilities
    6,313       (3,418 )     5,893  
                         
Net cash provided by operating activities
    87,882       56,294       39,000  
                         
Cash flows from investing activities:
                       
Cash (paid for) obtained in acquisition, including cash paid for transaction costs
    (24,666 )     72,075        
Investment in secured convertible debentures
                (3,036 )
Sale of secured convertible debentures
          3,593        
Investment in Solexa
                (50,000 )
Purchases of available-for-sale securities
    (568,707 )     (598,383 )     (236,331 )
Sales and maturities of available-for-sale securities
    411,817       479,415       143,846  
Purchase of property and equipment
    (59,693 )     (24,301 )     (15,114 )
Cash paid for intangible assets
    (36,000 )     (85 )     (100 )
                         
Net cash used in investing activities
    (277,249 )     (67,686 )     (160,735 )
                         
Cash flows from financing activities:
                       
Payments on long-term debt
    (15 )     (95 )     (109 )
Proceeds from issuance of convertible debt, net of issuance costs
          390,269        
Purchase of convertible note hedges
          (139,040 )      
Proceeds from warrant exercises
    2,991       98,515        
Common stock repurchases
    (70,785 )     (251,622 )      
Proceeds from secondary offering, net of issuance cost
    342,650              
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
    44,330       30,179       107,966  
Incremental tax benefit related to stock options exercised
    18,501       20,086       1,439  
                         
Net cash provided by financing activities
    337,672       148,292       109,296  
                         
Effect of foreign currency translation on cash and cash equivalents
    3,778       (345 )     3  
                         
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    152,083       136,555       (12,436 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year
    174,941       38,386       50,822  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year
  $ 327,024     $ 174,941     $ 38,386  
                         
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
                       
Cash paid for interest
  $ 2,553     $ 1,378     $ 11  
                         
Cash (refunded) paid for income taxes
  $ (1,653 )   $ 2,581     $ 1,392  
                         
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements


F-6


Table of Contents

ILLUMINA, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1.   Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
Organization and Business
 
Illumina, Inc. (the Company) was incorporated on April 28, 1998. The Company is a leading developer, manufacturer and marketer of integrated systems for the large-scale analysis of genetic variation and biological function. Using the Company’s proprietary technologies, the Company provides a comprehensive line of products and services that currently serve the sequencing, genotyping and gene expression markets. The Company also expects to enter the market for molecular diagnostics. The Company’s customers include leading genomic research centers, pharmaceutical companies, academic institutions, clinical research organizations and biotechnology companies. The Company’s tools provide researchers around the world with the performance, throughput, cost effectiveness and flexibility necessary to perform the billions of genetic tests needed to extract valuable medical information from advances in genomics and proteomics. The Company believes this information will enable researchers to correlate genetic variation and biological function, which will enhance drug discovery and clinical research, allow diseases to be detected earlier and permit better choices of drugs for individual patients.
 
Basis of Presentation
 
The consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.
 
Fiscal Year
 
The Company’s fiscal year is 52 or 53 weeks ending the Sunday closest to December 31, with quarters of 13 or 14 weeks ending the Sunday closest to March 31, June 30, and September 30. The years ended December 28, 2008, December 30, 2007 and December 31, 2006 were all 52 weeks.
 
Use of Estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements requires that management make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
Cash Equivalents and Investments
 
Cash equivalents are comprised of short-term, highly liquid investments with maturities of 90 days or less from the date of purchase.
 
Short-term investments consist of U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agency securities, municipal notes, corporate notes and bonds and commercial paper. All short-term investments have been designated as available-for-sale securities recorded at estimated fair value with the related unrealized gains and losses included in accumulated other comprehensive income, a component of stockholders’ equity. The Company accounts for investments in debt and equity instruments in accordance with SFAS, No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities and FASB Staff Position, or FSP, No. 115-1, The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments , or FSP 115-1. Management determines the appropriate classification of such securities at the time of purchase and reevaluates such classification as of each balance sheet date. The Company follows the guidance provided by FSP 115-1, to assess whether investments with unrealized loss positions are other than temporarily impaired. Realized gains and losses and declines in value judged to be other than temporary are determined based on the specific identification method and are reported in Interest and other expense, net in the consolidated statements of operations.


F-7


Table of Contents

ILLUMINA, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Long-term investments are comprised of the Company’s auction rate securities and a put option related to the Company’s settlement agreement with UBS that gives the Company the right to sell its auction rate securities to UBS at par value at a future date. Both the auction rate securities and the put option are recorded at estimated fair value and unrealized gains and losses, if any, are recognized in Interest income on the consolidated statements of operations. Historically, the Company’s auction rate securities were classified as available-for-sale securities, however, during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, the Company reclassified the auction rate securities from available-for-sale to trading securities. See Note 4 for further detailed discussion.
 
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
The carrying amounts of financial instruments such as cash equivalents, foreign cash accounts, accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other current assets, accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities approximate the related fair values due to the short-term maturities of these instruments. The estimated fair value of the convertible senior notes is determined by using available market information as of the latest trading date prior to the Company’s fiscal year-end provided by a third party financial institution. The fair value of the Company’s convertible notes at December 28, 2008 and December 30, 2007 are $473.0 million and $596.3 million, respectively.
 
Accounts Receivable
 
Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the net invoice value and are not interest bearing. The Company considers receivables past due based on the contractual payment terms. The Company reviews its exposure to amounts receivable and reserves specific amounts if collectibility is no longer reasonably assured. The Company also reserves a percentage of its trade receivable balance based on collection history and current economic trends that might impact the level of future credit losses. The Company re-evaluates such reserves on a regular basis and adjusts its reserves as needed.
 
Concentrations of Risk
 
The Company operates in markets that are highly competitive and rapidly changing. Significant technological changes, shifting customer needs, the emergence of competitive products or services with new capabilities and other factors could negatively impact the Company’s operating results.
 
The Company is also subject to risks related to its financial instruments including its cash and cash equivalents, investments and accounts receivable. Most of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents as of December 28, 2008 were deposited with financial institutions in the United States and the Company’s investment policy restricts the amount of credit exposure to any one issuer to 5% of the portfolio at the time of purchase and to any one industry sector, as defined by Bloomberg classifications, to 25% of the portfolio at the time of purchase. There is no limit to the percentage of the portfolio that may be maintained in securities issued by the U.S government and money market funds. The Company has historically not experienced significant credit losses from investments and accounts receivable. The Company performs a regular review of customer activity and associated credit risks.
 
The Company’s products require customized components that currently are available from a limited number of sources. The Company obtains certain key components included in its products from single vendors.
 
Shipments to customers outside the United States comprised 51%, 43% and 44% of the Company’s revenue for the years ended December 28, 2008, December 30, 2007 and December 31, 2006, respectively. Customers outside the United States represented 61% and 46% of the Company’s net accounts receivable balance as of December 28, 2008 and December 30, 2007, respectively. Sales to territories outside of the United States are generally denominated in U.S. dollars. International sales entail a variety of risks, including


F-8


Table of Contents

ILLUMINA, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
currency exchange fluctuations, longer payment cycles and greater difficulty in accounts receivable collection. The Company is also subject to general geopolitical risks, such as political, social and economic instability and changes in diplomatic and trade relations. The risks of international sales are mitigated in part by the extent to which sales are geographically distributed.
 
Inventories
 
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (on a first in, first out basis) or market. Inventory includes raw materials and finished goods that may be used in the research and development process and such items are expensed as consumed or expired. Provisions for slow moving, excess and obsolete inventories are provided based on product life cycle and development plans, product expiration and quality issues, historical experience and inventory levels.
 
Property and Equipment
 
Property and equipment are stated at cost, subject to review of impairment, and depreciated over the estimated useful lives of the assets (generally three to seven years) using the straight-line method. Amortization of leasehold improvements is computed over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life of the related assets. Maintenance and repairs are charged to operations as incurred. When assets are sold, or otherwise disposed of, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any gain or loss is included in operating expense.
 
Goodwill, Intangible Assets and Other Long-Lived Assets
 
Goodwill represents the excess of cost over fair value of net assets acquired. Intangible assets include acquired technology, customer relationships, other license agreements and licensed technology (capitalized as part of the Affymetrix litigation). The cost of identified intangible assets is amortized on a straight-line basis over periods ranging from three to ten years unless the expected benefit pattern is declining, in which case an accelerated method is used.
 
The Company regularly performs reviews to determine if the carrying values of the long-lived assets are impaired. In accordance with SFAS 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, goodwill and other intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives are reviewed for impairment at least annually during the second fiscal quarter, or more frequently if an event occurs indicating the potential for impairment. The Company performed its annual impairment test of goodwill as of May 30, 2008, utilizing a test that begins with an estimate of the fair value of the reporting unit or intangible asset, noting no impairment and has determined there has been no impairment indicators for goodwill through December 28, 2008. A review of intangible assets that have finite useful lives and other long-lived assets is performed when an event occurs indicating the potential for impairment in accordance with SFAS 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets . If indicators of impairment exist, the Company assesses the recoverability of the affected long-lived assets by determining whether the carrying value of such assets can be recovered through undiscounted future operating cash flows. If impairment is indicated, the Company measures the future discounted cash flows associated with the use of the asset and adjusts the value of the asset accordingly. Factors that would necessitate an impairment assessment include a significant decline in the Company’s stock price and market capitalization compared to its net book value, significant changes in the ability of a particular asset to generate positive cash flows and significant changes in the Company’s strategic business objectives and utilization of the asset.


F-9


Table of Contents

ILLUMINA, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Reserve for Product Warranties
 
The Company generally provides a one-year warranty on instrumentation. At the time revenue is recognized, the Company establishes an accrual for estimated warranty expenses associated with system sales. This expense is recorded as a component of cost of revenue.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
The Company’s revenue is generated primarily from the sale of products and services. Product revenue consists of sales of arrays, reagents, flow cells, instrumentation, oligonucleotides (oligos) and associated freight charges. Service and other revenue consists of revenue received for performing genotyping and sequencing services, extended warranty sales and amounts earned under research agreements with government grants, which are recognized in the period during which the related costs are incurred.
 
The Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, the seller’s price to the buyer is fixed or determinable and collectibility is reasonably assured. In instances where final acceptance of the product or system is required, revenue is deferred until all the acceptance criteria have been met. All revenue is recorded net of any applicable allowances for returns or discounts.
 
Revenue for product sales is recognized generally upon shipment and transfer of title to the customer, provided no significant obligations remain and collection of the receivables is reasonably assured. Revenue from the sale of instrumentation is recognized when earned, which is generally upon shipment. Revenue for genotyping and sequencing services is recognized when earned, which is generally at the time the genotyping or sequencing analysis data is delivered to the customer.
 
In order to assess whether the price is fixed and determinable, the Company ensures there are no refund rights. If payment terms are based on future performance, the Company defers revenue recognition until the price becomes fixed and determinable. The Company assesses collectibility based on a number of factors, including past transaction history with the customer and the creditworthiness of the customer. If the Company determines that collection of a payment is not reasonably assured, revenue recognition is deferred until the time collection becomes reasonably assured, which is generally upon receipt of payment.
 
Sales of instrumentation generally include a standard one-year warranty. The Company also sells separately priced maintenance (extended warranty) contracts, which are generally for one or two years, upon the expiration of the initial warranty. Revenue for extended warranty sales is recognized ratably over the term of the extended warranty period. Reserves are provided for estimated product warranty expenses at the time the associated revenue is recognized. If the Company were to experience an increase in warranty claims or if costs of servicing its warrantied products were greater than its estimates, gross margins could be adversely affected.
 
While the majority of its sales agreements contain standard terms and conditions, the Company does enter into agreements that contain multiple elements or non-standard terms and conditions. Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) No. 00-21, Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables, provides guidance on accounting for arrangements that involve the delivery or performance of multiple products, services, or rights to use assets within contractually binding arrangements. For arrangements with multiple elements, revenue recognition is based on the individual units of accounting determined to exist in the arrangement. A delivered item is considered a separate unit of accounting when the delivered item has value to the customer on a stand-alone basis and there is objective and reliable evidence of the fair value of the undelivered items. Items are considered to have stand-alone value when they are sold separately by any vendor or when the customer could resell the item on a stand-alone basis. The fair value of an item is generally the price charged for the product, if the item is regularly sold on a stand-alone basis. When objective and reliable evidence of fair value exists for all units of accounting in an arrangement, the arrangement consideration is generally allocated to each unit


F-10


Table of Contents

ILLUMINA, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
of accounting based upon its relative fair value. In those instances when objective and reliable evidence of fair value exists for the undelivered items but not for the delivered items, the residual method is used to allocate the arrangement consideration. Under the residual method, the amount of arrangement consideration allocated to the delivered items equals the total arrangement consideration less the aggregate fair value of the undelivered items. When the Company is unable to establish stand-alone value for delivered items or when fair value of undelivered items has not been established, revenue is deferred until all elements are delivered and services have been performed, or until fair value can objectively be determined for any remaining undelivered elements. The Company recognizes revenue for delivered elements only when it determines that the fair values of undelivered elements are known and there are no uncertainties regarding customer acceptance.
 
Shipping and Handling Expenses
 
Shipping and handling expenses are included in cost of product revenue and totaled $3.7 million, $2.2 million and $1.8 million for the years ended December 28, 2008, December 30, 2007 and December 31, 2006, respectively.
 
Research and Development
 
Research and development expenses consist of costs incurred for internal and grant-sponsored research and development. Research and development expenses include salaries, contractor fees, facilities costs, utilities and allocations of benefits. Expenditures relating to research and development are expensed in the period incurred.
 
Advertising Costs
 
The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred.   Advertising costs were $3.4 million, $2.8 million and $1.9 million for the years ended December 28, 2008, December 30, 2007 and December 31, 2006, respectively.
 
Income Taxes
 
In accordance with SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes , the provision for income taxes is computed using the asset and liability method, under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and for the expected future tax benefit to be derived from tax loss and credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined using the enacted tax rates in effect for the years in which those tax assets are expected to be realized. A valuation allowance is established when it is more likely than not the future realization of all or some of the deferred tax assets will not be achieved. The evaluation of the need for a valuation allowance is performed on a jurisdiction-by-jurisdiction basis, and includes a review of all available positive and negative evidence. Factors reviewed include projections of pre-tax book income over the foreseeable future, determination of cumulative pre-tax book income after permanent differences, history of earnings, and reliability of forecasting. As of December 28, 2008, the Company maintained a valuation allowance only against certain U.S. and foreign deferred tax assets that the Company concluded did not meet the “more likely than not” threshold required under SFAS No. 109.
 
Due to the adoption of SFAS No. 123R, the Company recognizes excess tax benefits associated with share-based compensation to stockholders’ equity only when realized. When assessing whether excess tax benefits relating to share-based compensation have been realized, the Company follows the with-and-without approach excluding any indirect effects of the excess tax deductions. Under this approach, excess tax benefits related to share-based compensation are not deemed to be realized until after the utilization of all other tax benefits available to the Company.


F-11


Table of Contents

ILLUMINA, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted FASB Interpretation (FIN) No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 , which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in tax positions. FIN No. 48 requires recognition of the impact of a tax position in the Company’s financial statements only if that position is more likely than not of being sustained upon examination by taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. Any interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions will be reflected in income tax expense.
 
Functional Currency
 
Historically, the Company identified the local currency as the functional currency in each of its foreign subsidiaries, and the effects of translation were recorded as other comprehensive income (loss). During the third quarter of 2008, the Company reorganized its international structure to execute a more efficient relationship between product development, product manufacturing and sales. The reorganization increased the foreign subsidiaries’ anticipated dependence on the U.S. entity for management decisions, financial support, production assets and inventory, thereby making the foreign subsidiaries more of a direct and integral component of the U.S. entity’s operations. As a result, the Company reassessed the primary economic environment of its foreign subsidiaries and determined the subsidiaries are more U.S. dollar based, resulting in a U.S. dollar functional currency determination. As a result of this change, beginning in the third quarter of 2008, the Company remeasures its foreign subsidiaries’ assets and liabilities and income and expense accounts related to nonmonetary assets and liabilities to the U.S. dollar and records the net gains or losses resulting from remeasurement in its consolidated statements of operations within interest and other expense, net.
 
Stock-Based Compensation
 
The Company accounts for share-based compensation using the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS 123(R), Share-Based Payment using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model to estimate the fair value of stock options granted and stock purchases under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP). This model incorporates various assumptions including volatility, expected life, and interest rates. Historically, the Company used an expected stock-price volatility assumption that was primarily based on historical realized volatility of the underlying stock during a period of time. Beginning the third quarter of 2007, volatility was determined by equally weighing the historical and implied volatility of the Company’s common stock. The historical volatility of the Company’s common stock over the most recent period is generally commensurate with the estimated expected life of the Company’s stock options, adjusted for the impact of unusual fluctuations not reasonably expected to recur and other relevant factors. The implied volatility is calculated from the implied market volatility of exchange-traded call options on the Company’s common stock. The expected life of an award is based on historical experience and on the terms and conditions of the stock awards granted to employees.


F-12


Table of Contents

ILLUMINA, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The assumptions used for the specified reporting periods and the resulting estimates of weighted-average fair value per share of options granted and for stock purchases under the ESPP during those periods are as follows:
 
             
    Year Ended
  Year Ended
  Year Ended
    December 28,
  December 30,
  December 31,
    2008   2007   2006
 
Interest rate — stock options
  2.31 - 3.52%   3.68 - 4.90%   4.73%
Interest rate — stock purchases
  1.88 - 4.71%   4.71 - 4.86%   4.08 -4.85%
Volatility — stock options
  51 - 65%   55 - 70%   76%
Volatility — stock purchases
  53 - 69%   69 - 76%   76 - 90%
Expected life — stock options
  5 - 6 years   6 years   6 years
Expected life — stock purchases
  6 - 12 months   6 - 12 months   6 - 12 months
Expected dividend yield
  0%   0%   0%
Weighted average fair value per share of options granted
  $18.31   $12.86   $9.44
Weighted average fair value per share of employee stock purchases
  $11.45   $7.33   $2.38
 
The fair value of restricted stock units granted during the years ended December 28, 2008 and December 30, 2007 was based on the market price of our common stock on the date of grant. No restricted stock units were granted during the year ended December 31, 2006.
 
As of December 28, 2008, $152.8 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options, restricted stock and ESPP shares issued to date is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 1.9 years.
 
Total share-based compensation expense for employee stock options and stock purchases consists of the following (in thousands, except per share data):
 
                         
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
 
    December 28,
    December 30,
    December 31,
 
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Cost of product revenue
  $ 4,710     $ 4,045     $ 1,289  
Cost of service and other revenue
    400       279       235  
Research and development
    14,086       10,016       3,891  
Selling, general and administrative
    28,492       19,406       8,889  
                         
Share-based compensation expense before taxes
    47,688       33,746       14,304  
Related income tax benefits
    (15,844 )     (11,005 )      
                         
Share-based compensation expense, net of taxes
  $ 31,844     $ 22,741     $ 14,304  
                         
Net share-based compensation expense per share of common stock:
                       
Basic
  $ 0.27     $ 0.21     $ 0.16  
                         
Diluted
  $ 0.24     $ 0.21     $ 0.15  
                         


F-13


Table of Contents

ILLUMINA, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Net Income ( Loss) per Share
 
On July 22, 2008, the Company announced a two-for-one stock split in the form of a 100% stock dividend with a record date of September 10, 2008 and a distribution date of September 22, 2008. Share and per share amounts have been restated to reflect the stock split for all periods presented.
 
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share of common stock is presented in conformity with SFAS No. 128, Earnings per Share, for all periods presented. In accordance with SFAS No. 128, basic net income (loss) per share is computed using the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period, less shares held in treasury and shares subject to repurchase. Diluted net income (loss) per share is computed using the weighted average number of common and dilutive common equivalent shares from the Company’s Convertible Senior Notes, equity awards, warrants sold in connection with the Convertible Senior Notes and warrants assumed in the acquisition of Solexa, Inc. (Solexa) using the treasury stock method. The following table presents the calculation of weighted-average shares used to calculate basic and diluted net income (loss) per share (in thousands):
 
                         
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
 
    December 28,
    December 30,
    December 31,
 
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Weighted-average shares outstanding
    116,855       108,328       89,074  
Less: Weighted-average shares of common stock subject to repurchase
          (20 )     (72 )
                         
Weighted-average shares used in calculating basic net income (loss) per share
    116,855       108,308       89,002  
Plus: Effect of dilutive Convertible Senior Notes
    6,653              
Plus: Effect of dilutive equity awards
    5,373             8,506  
Plus: Effect of dilutive warrants sold in connection with the Convertible Senior Notes
    2,487              
Plus: Effect of dilutive warrants assumed in the acquisition of Solexa
    2,239              
                         
Weighted-average shares used in calculating diluted net income (loss) per share
    133,607       108,308       97,508  
                         
Weighted average shares excluded from calculation due to anti-dilutive effect
    370       42,882       401  
 
Comprehensive Income
 
Comprehensive income (loss) is comprised of net income (loss) and other comprehensive income (loss). Other comprehensive income (loss) includes unrealized gains and losses on the Company’s available-for-sale securities and foreign currency translation adjustments. The Company has disclosed comprehensive income as a component of stockholders’ equity.
 
The components of accumulated other comprehensive income are as follows (in thousands):
 
                 
    December 28,
    December 30,
 
    2008     2007  
 
Foreign currency translation adjustments
  $ 2,103     $ 1,183  
Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities, net of deferred tax
    303       164  
                 
Total other comprehensive income
  $ 2,406     $ 1,347  
                 


F-14


Table of Contents

ILLUMINA, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
 
During fiscal 2008, the Company adopted SFAS No. 157, “ Fair Value Measurements ”. In February 2008, the FASB issued Staff Position No. FSP 157-2, Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157 (FSP 157-2), which provides a one year deferral of the effective date of SFAS No. 157 for non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities, except those that are recognized or disclosed in the financial statements at fair value at least annually. Therefore, the Company has adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 157 with respect to its financial assets and liabilities only. The adoption of this statement did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations or financial condition. On October 10, 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. 157-3, Determining the Fair Value of a Financial Asset When the Market for That Asset is Not Active (FSP 157-3) that clarifies the application of SFAS No. 157 in a market that is not active and provides an example to illustrate key considerations in determining the fair value of a financial asset when the market for that financial assets is not active. FSP 157-3 is effective for all periods presented in accordance with SFAS No. 157. The Company considered the additional guidance with respect to the valuation of its financial assets and liabilities and their corresponding designation within the fair value hierarchy. All short-term investments were valued using quoted prices in active markets or Level 1 hierarchical inputs. Long-term investments were valued using Level 3 hierarchical inputs due to the lack of trading in the secondary market of these instruments. Refer to Notes 3 and 4.
 
During fiscal 2008, the Company adopted SFAS No. 159 “ The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities ”. SFAS No. 159 allows an entity the irrevocable option to elect fair value for the initial and subsequent measurement for specified financial assets and liabilities on a contract-by-contract basis. The objective of the guidance is to improve financial reporting by providing entities with the opportunity to mitigate volatility in reported earnings caused by measuring related assets and liabilities differently without having to apply complex hedge accounting provisions. The adoption of SFAS No. 159 impacted the accounting for the put option recorded as a result of the signed settlement agreement with UBS AG (UBS) in November 2008. Refer to Note 4.
 
New Accounting Pronouncements
 
SFAS No. 141(R), Business Combinations , was issued in December of 2007. SFAS No. 141(R) establishes principles and requirements for how the acquirer of a business recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed and any non-controlling interest in the acquiree. SFAS No. 141(R) also provides guidance for recognizing and measuring the goodwill acquired in the business combination and sets forth what information to disclose to enable users of the financial statements to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination. The guidance will become effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the adoption of this pronouncement will have on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
SFAS No. 160, Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements — an amendment of ARB No. 51, which impacts the accounting for minority interest in the consolidated financial statements of filers, was also issued in December 2007. The statement requires the reclassification of minority interest to the equity section of the balance sheet and the results from operations attributed to minority interest to be included in net income. The related minority interest impact on earnings would then be disclosed in the summary of other comprehensive income. The statement is applicable for all fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008 and earlier adoption is prohibited. The adoption of this standard will require prospective treatment. The Company is currently evaluating the impact, if any, the adoption of this pronouncement will have on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.


F-15


Table of Contents

ILLUMINA, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
In December 2007 the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) ratified EITF Issue 07-1, Accounting for Collaborative Arrangements . EITF Issue 07-1 focuses on defining a collaborative arrangement as well as the accounting for transactions between participants in a collaborative arrangement and between the participants in the arrangement and third parties. The EITF concluded that both types of transactions should be reported in each participant’s respective income statement. EITF Issue 07-1 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years and should be applied retrospectively to all prior periods presented for all collaborative arrangements existing as of the effective date. The Company is currently evaluating the impact, if any, the adoption of this pronouncement will have on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
In May 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (FSP) Accounting Principles Board Opinions (APB) 14-1, Accounting for Convertible Debt Instruments that May be Settled in Cash upon Conversion (Including Partial Cash Settlement) (FSP APB 14-1 or the FSP) that significantly impacts the accounting for convertible debt. The FSP requires issuers of convertible debt that may be settled fully or partially in cash upon conversion to account separately for the liability and equity components of the convertible debt. The liability component is measured so that the effective interest expense associated with the convertible debt reflects the issuer’s borrowing rate at the date of issuance for similar debt instruments without the conversion feature. This FSP applies to our Convertible Senior Notes and will be effective for us beginning on December 29, 2009. This FSP will be applied retrospectively to all periods that will be presented in our consolidated financial statements beginning after December 29, 2009. Upon adoption, we will retrospectively record a decrease in the book value of our 0.625% Convertible Senior Notes of approximately $150.0 million as of December 28, 2008, an increase in additional paid-in capital and a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles in our consolidated financial statements, and we will begin recording an additional non-cash interest expense ranging from approximately $20.0 million to 30.0 million per year. The additional interest expense, net of taxes, will reduce net income by a range of approximately $13.0 million to $20.0 million per year. We will continue to record this additional interest expense over the expected life of the debt. These amounts represent management’s best estimates of the effects the adoption of this pronouncement will have on the Company’s consolidated financial statements, however actual amounts may vary significantly from our current estimate.
 
In October 2008, the FASB issued FASB FSP SFAS 157-3, Determining the Fair Value of a Financial Asset When the Market for That Asset Is Not Active . The FSP clarifies the application of FASB Statement No. 157, Fair Value Measurements , in a market that is not active and provides an example to illustrate key considerations in determining the fair value of a financial asset when the market for that financial asset is not active. The FSP is effective upon issuance, including for prior periods for which financial statements have not been issued. Revisions resulting from a change in the valuation technique or its application should be accounted for as a change in accounting estimate following the guidance in FASB Statement No. 154, Accounting Changes and Error Corrections . However, the disclosure provisions in Statement 154 for a change in accounting estimate are not required for revisions resulting from a change in valuation technique or its application. The Company believes the impact of this pronouncement on the Company’s consolidated financial statements to be immaterial.
 
2.   Acquisitions
 
Avantome, Inc.
 
On August 1, 2008, the Company completed its acquisition of Avantome, Inc. (Avantome), a privately-held Delaware corporation. As consideration for the acquisition, the Company paid $25.8 million in cash, including transaction costs, and may pay up to an additional $35.0 million in contingent cash consideration based on the achievement of certain milestones. The Company assumed $1.1 million in net assets, and recorded a charge of $24.7 million for purchased in-process research and development (IPR&D) primarily associated with the development of Avantome’s low-cost, long read-length sequencing technology. The amount


F-16


Table of Contents

ILLUMINA, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
allocated to IPR&D was expensed upon acquisition as it was determined that the underlying project had not reached technological feasibility and had no alternative future use. The Company has assessed the contingent consideration payable in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations , and EITF 95-8, Accounting for Contingent Consideration Paid to the Shareholders of an Acquired Enterprise in a Purchase Business Combination. Contingent consideration of $11.0 million will be recorded as compensation expense over a three-year period as this consideration is earned by the former primary shareholders of Avantome contingent upon their employment with the Company for three years. The remaining contingent consideration of $24.0 million will be recorded as additional purchase price if and when certain milestones are achieved or the amount due is determinable beyond a reasonable doubt.
 
The results of Avantome’s operations have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements since the acquisition date of August 1, 2008. Pro forma results of operations have not been presented because the effects of the acquisition were not material.
 
Solexa, Inc.
 
On January 26, 2007, the Company completed its acquisition of Solexa, a Delaware corporation, in a stock-for-stock merger transaction. The Company issued 26.2 million shares of its common stock as consideration for this merger.
 
The purchase price of the acquisition is as follows (in thousands):
 
         
Fair market value of securities issued
  $ 527,067  
Fair market value of change of control bonuses and related taxes
    8,182  
Transaction costs not included in Solexa net tangible assets acquired
    8,138  
Fair market value of vested stock options, warrants and restricted stock assumed
    75,334  
         
Total purchase price
  $ 618,721  
         
 
Based on the estimated fair values at the acquisition date, the Company allocated $303.4 million to IPR&D, $62.2 million to tangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed and $24.4 million to intangible assets. The remaining excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired of $228.7 million was allocated to goodwill.
 
The results of Solexa’s operations have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements since the acquisition date of January 26, 2007. The following unaudited pro forma information shows the results of the Company’s operations for the specified reporting periods as though the acquisition had occurred as of the beginning of that period (in thousands, except per share data):
 
                 
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
 
    December 30,
    December 31,
 
    2007     2006  
 
Revenue
  $ 366,854     $ 187,103  
Net income (loss)
  $ 17,388     $ (38,957 )
Net income (loss) per share, basic
  $ 0.16     $ (0.34 )
Net income (loss) per share, diluted
  $ 0.15     $ (0.34 )
 
The pro forma results have been prepared for comparative purposes only and are not necessarily indicative of the actual results of operations had the acquisition taken place as of the beginning of the period presented, or the results that may occur in the future. The pro forma results exclude the $303.4 million non-cash acquired IPR&D charge recorded upon the closing of the acquisition during the first quarter of 2007.


F-17


Table of Contents

ILLUMINA, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
3.   Balance Sheet Account Details
 
The following is a summary of short-term investments (in thousands):
 
                                 
          December 28, 2008        
          Gross
    Gross
       
    Amortized
    Unrealized
    Unrealized
    Estimated
 
    Cost     Gains     Losses     Fair Value  
 
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government agencies
  $ 218,964     $ 1,544     $     $ 220,508  
Corporate debt securities
    92,301       547       (305 )     92,543  
                                 
Total
  $ 311,265     $ 2,091     $ (305 )   $ 313,051  
                                 
 
                                 
          December 30, 2007        
          Gross
    Gross
       
    Amortized
    Unrealized
    Unrealized
    Estimated
 
    Cost     Gains     Losses     Fair Value  
 
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government agencies
  $ 42,648     $ 108     $     $ 42,756  
Debt securities issued by the states of the United States and political subdivisions of the states
    14,675                   14,675  
Corporate debt securities
    153,547       252       (89 )     153,710  
                                 
Total
  $ 210,870     $ 360     $ (89 )   $ 211,141  
                                 
 
Gross realized losses on sales of available-for-sale securities were immaterial for the years ended December 28, 2008, December 30, 2007 and December 31, 2006. Gross realized gains on sales of available-for-sale securities totaled $0.6 million for the year ended December 28, 2008 and were immaterial for the years ended December 30, 2007 and December 31, 2006. As of December 28, 2008, all of the Company’s investments in a gross unrealized loss position had been in such position for less than twelve months. Impairments are not considered other than temporary as the Company has the intent and ability to hold these investments until maturity.
 
Contractual maturities of short-term investments at December 28, 2008 were as follows (in thousands):
 
         
    Estimated
 
    Fair Value  
 
Due within one year
  $ 204,774  
After one but within five years
    108,277  
         
Total
  $ 313,051  
         
 
Accounts receivable consist of the following (in thousands):
 
                 
    December 28,
    December 30,
 
    2008     2007  
 
Accounts receivable from product and service sales
  $ 132,564     $ 82,144  
Other receivables
    1,840       1,515  
                 
      134,404       83,659  
Allowance for doubtful accounts
    (1,138 )     (540 )
                 
Total
  $ 133,266     $ 83,119  
                 


F-18


Table of Contents

ILLUMINA, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Inventory, net, consists of the following (in thousands):
 
                 
    December 28,
    December 30,
 
    2008     2007  
 
Raw materials
  $ 32,501     $ 27,098  
Work in process
    34,063       20,321  
Finished goods
    6,867       6,561  
                 
Total
  $ 73,431     $ 53,980  
                 
 
Property and equipment consist of the following (in thousands):
 
                 
    December 28,
    December 30,
 
    2008     2007  
 
Leasehold improvements
  $ 26,637     $ 4,531  
Manufacturing and laboratory equipment
    83,317       50,384  
Computer equipment and software
    27,490       18,772  
Furniture and fixtures
    4,167       3,691  
                 
      141,611       77,378  
Accumulated depreciation and amortization
    (52,175 )     (31,104 )
                 
Total
  $ 89,436     $ 46,274  
                 
 
Depreciation expense was $17.3 million, $11.5 million and $6.0 million for the years ended December 28, 2008, December 30, 2007 and December 31, 2006, respectively.
 
Accrued liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):
 
                 
    December 28,
    December 30,
 
    2008     2007  
 
Compensation
  $ 30,330     $ 17,410  
Short-term deferred revenue
    15,862       7,541  
Taxes
    9,456       8,298  
Reserve for product warranties
    8,203       3,716  
Customer deposits
    6,583       5,266  
Accrued royalties
    2,695       1,867  
Legal and other professional fees
    1,708       4,276  
Other
    5,518       2,478  
                 
Total
  $ 80,355     $ 50,852  
                 
 
4.   Long-term Investments
 
The Company has $55.9 million (at cost) in auction rate securities issued primarily by municipalities and universities. The auction rate securities are held in a brokerage account with UBS. These securities are debt instruments with a long-term maturity and with an interest rate that is reset in short intervals through auctions. The Company’s entire auction rate portfolio is currently rated AAA or AA by a rating agency.
 
The markets for auction rate securities effectively ceased when the vast majority of auctions failed in February 2008, preventing investors from selling their auction rate securities. As of December 28, 2008, the securities continued to fail auction and remained illiquid. As a result, the Company recorded an unrealized loss of $8.7 million for the year ended December 28, 2008, resulting in a reduction to the fair value of the


F-19


Table of Contents

ILLUMINA, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Company’s auction rate securities to $47.2 million. This unrealized loss was determined in accordance with SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements .
 
As a basis for considering market participant assumptions in fair value measurements, SFAS No. 157 establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three broad levels including the following:
 
  •  Level 1  — Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
 
  •  Level 2  — Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.
 
  •  Level 3  — Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.
 
The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to Level 1 and the lowest priority to Level 3. In determining the fair value of the Company’s auction rate securities, the Company considered trades in the secondary market. However, due to the recent auction failures of the auction rate securities in the marketplace and the lack of trading in the secondary market of these instruments, there was insufficient observable auction rate security market information available to directly determine the fair value of the Company’s investments. As a result, the value of these auction rate securities and resulting unrealized loss was determined using Level 3 hierarchical inputs. These inputs include management’s assumptions of pricing by market participants, including assumptions about risk. In accordance with SFAS No. 157, the Company used the concepts of fair value based on estimated discounted future cash flows of interest income over a projected five year period reflective of the length of time until the Company’s securities are expected to become liquid or potentially get repurchased. In preparing this model, the Company used historical data of the rates upon which a majority of the auction rate securities’ contractual rates were based, such as the LIBOR and average trailing twelve-month 90-day Treasury interest rate spreads, to estimate future interest rates. The Company also considered the discount factors, taking into account the credit ratings of the auction rate securities, using a discount rate of 5%. The Company obtained information from multiple sources, including UBS, to determine a reasonable range of assumptions to use in valuing the auction rate securities. The Company’s model was corroborated by a separate comparable cash flow analysis prepared by UBS. To understand the sensitivity of the Company’s valuation, the liquidity factor and estimated remaining life was varied. Variations in those results were evaluated and it was determined the factors and valuation method chosen were reasonable and representative of the Company’s auction rate security portfolio.
 
The Company classified these securities as long-term assets since the Company believes it may not be able to liquidate its investments without significant loss within the next year. As of December 30, 2007, these securities were classified as short-term since the failures of these auctions did not occur until February 2008.
 
As a result of the auction rate failures, various regulatory agencies initiated investigations into the sales and marketing practices of several banks and broker-dealers, including UBS, which sold auction rate securities, alleging violations of federal and state laws. Along with several other broker-dealers, UBS subsequently reached a settlement with the federal and state regulators that required them to repurchase auction rate securities from certain investors at par at some future date. In November 2008 the Company signed a settlement agreement to sell its auction rate securities at par value to UBS during the period of June 30, 2010 through July 2, 2012 (the Settlement). In accepting the Settlement, the Company released UBS from any claims relating to the marketing and sale of auction rate securities. Although the Company expects to sell its auction rates securities under the Settlement, if the Settlement is not exercised before July 2, 2012, it will expire and UBS will have no further rights or obligation to buy the Company’s auction rate securities. In lieu of the acceptance of the Settlement, the auction rate securities will continue to accrue interest as


F-20


Table of Contents

ILLUMINA, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
determined by the auction process or the terms outlined in the prospectus of the auction rate securities if the auction process fails. In addition to offering to repurchase the Company’s auction rate securities, as part of the Settlement, UBS has agreed to provide the Company with a “no net cost” loan up to 75% of the par value of the auction rate securities until June 30, 2010. Per the terms of the Settlement, the interest rate on the loan will approximate the weighted average interest or dividend rate payable to the Company by the issuer of any auction rate securities pledged as collateral.
 
UBS’s obligations under the Settlement are not secured by its assets and do not require UBS to obtain any financing to support its performance obligations under the Settlement. UBS has disclaimed any assurance that it will have sufficient financial resources to satisfy its obligations under the Settlement.
 
To account for the Settlement, the Company recorded a separate freestanding asset (put option) of $8.7 million and recognized a corresponding gain in earnings during the fourth quarter of 2008. The fair value of the put option is included in long-term investments on the balance sheet as of December 28, 2008 with the corresponding gain classified as interest income in the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 28, 2008. The put option does not meet the definition of a derivative instrument under SFAS No. 133, therefore, the Company elected to measure the put option at fair value under SFAS No. 159. The Company valued the put option using a discounted cash flow approach including estimates of interest rates, timing and amount of cash flow, with consideration given to UBS’s financial ability to repurchase the auction rate securities beginning June 30, 2010. These assumptions are volatile and subject to change as the underlying sources of these assumptions and market conditions change.
 
Prior to accepting the UBS offer, the Company recorded its auction rate securities as available-for-sale investments, and therefore recorded resulting unrealized gains or losses in accumulated other comprehensive income in its statements of stockholders’ equity. By signing the settlement agreement, the Company no longer had the intent of holding the auction rate securities until recovery as management now has the intent to exercise its put option during the period June 30, 2010 to July 3, 2012. As a result, the Company elected a one-time transfer of the auction rate securities from available-for-sale to trading in accordance with SFAS No. 115. Prior to its agreement with UBS, management’s intent was to hold the auction rate securities until the earlier of anticipated recovery in market value or maturity. Upon transfer to trading securities, the Company immediately recognized a loss of $8.7 million, included in interest income for the amount of the unrealized loss not previously recognized in earnings. The Company will continue to recognize gains and losses in earnings approximating the changes in the fair value of the auction rate securities at each balance sheet date. These gains and losses are expected to be approximately offset by changes in the fair value of the put option.
 
5.   Intangible Assets
 
The Company’s intangible assets are comprised primarily of acquired core technology and customer relationships from the acquisition of Solexa and licensed technology from the Affymetrix settlement entered into on January 9, 2008. As a result of this settlement, the Company agreed, without admitting liability, to make a one-time payment to Affymetrix of $90.0 million. In return, Affymetrix agreed to dismiss with prejudice all lawsuits it had brought against the Company, and the Company agreed to dismiss with prejudice its counterclaims in the relevant lawsuits. Affymetrix also agreed not to sue the Company or its affiliates or customers for making, using or selling any of the Company’s current products, evolutions of those products or services related to those products. In addition, Affymetrix agreed that, for four years, it will not sue the Company for making, using or selling the Company’s products or services that are based on future technology developments. The covenant not to sue covers all fields other than photolithography, the process by which Affymetrix manufactures its arrays and a field in which the Company does not operate.
 
Of the total $90.0 million payment made on January 25, 2008, $36.0 million was recorded as licensed technology and classified as an intangible asset. The remaining $54.0 million was charged to expense during


F-21


Table of Contents

ILLUMINA, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
the fourth quarter of 2007. This allocation was determined in accordance with SFAS No. 5, Accounting for Contingencies , and EITF 00-21 using the concepts of fair value based on the past and estimated future revenue streams related to the products covered by the patents previously under dispute. The value of the licensed technology is the benefit derived, calculated using estimated discounted cash flows and future revenue projections, from the perpetual covenant not to sue for damages related to the sale of the Company’s current products. The Company utilized an annual discount rate of 9.25% when preparing this model. The effective life of the licensed technology extends through 2015, the final expiry date of all patents considered in valuing the intangible asset. The related amortization is based on the higher of the percentage of usage or the straight-line method. The percentage of usage was determined using actual and projected revenues generated from products covered by the patents previously under dispute.
 
Acquired core technology and customer relationships are being amortized on a straight-line basis over their effective useful lives of ten and three years, respectively. The amortization of the Company’s intangible assets is excluded from cost of product revenue and is separately classified as amortization of intangible assets on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.
 
The following is a summary of the Company’s amortizable intangible assets as of the respective balance sheet dates (in thousands):
 
                                                 
    December 28, 2008     December 30, 2007  
    Gross Carrying
    Accumulated
    Intangibles,
    Gross Carrying
    Accumulated
    Intangibles,
 
    Amount     Amortization     Net     Amount     Amortization     Net  
 
Licensed technology
  $ 36,000     $ (7,788 )   $ 28,212     $ 36,000     $     $ 36,000  
Core technology
    23,500       (4,504 )     18,996       23,500       (2,154 )     21,346  
Customer relationships
    900       (575 )     325       900       (275 )     625  
License agreements
    1,154       (932 )     222       1,029       (884 )     145  
                                                 
Total intangible assets, net
  $ 61,554     $ (13,799 )   $ 47,755     $ 61,429     $ (3,313 )   $ 58,116  
                                                 
 
Amortization expense associated with the intangible assets was $10.4 million and $2.4 million for the years ended December 28, 2008 and December 30, 2007, respectively. There was no amortization of intangibles for the year ended January 1, 2006.
 
The estimated annual amortization of intangible assets for the next five years is shown in the following table (in thousands). Actual amortization expense to be reported in future periods could differ from these estimates as a result of acquisitions, divestitures, asset impairments and other factors.
 
         
2009
  $ 6,749  
2010
    6,462  
2011
    6,425  
2012
    6,618  
2013
    6,518  
Thereafter
    14,983  
         
Total
  $ 47,755  
         
 
6.   Impairment of Manufacturing Equipment
 
During fiscal 2008, the Company implemented next-generation imaging and decoding systems to be used in manufacturing. These systems were developed to increase existing capacity and allow the Company to transition to the Infinium High-Density (HD) product line. As a result of this transition, the demand for products manufactured on the previous infrastructure was reduced and certain systems were no longer being


F-22


Table of Contents

ILLUMINA, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
utilized. In accordance with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets , a non-cash impairment charge of $4.1 million was recorded in the second quarter of fiscal 2008 for the excess machinery. This charge is included as a separate line item in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations. There was no change to useful lives and related depreciation expense of the remaining assets as the Company believes these estimates are currently reflective of the period the assets will be used in operations.
 
7.   Warranties
 
The Company generally provides a one-year warranty on sequencing, genotyping and gene expression systems. At the time revenue is recognized, the Company establishes an accrual for estimated warranty expenses associated with system sales. This expense is recorded as a component of cost of product revenue. Estimated warranty expenses associated with extended maintenance contracts are recorded as cost of revenue ratably over the term of the maintenance contract.
 
Changes in the Company’s reserve for product warranties from January 1, 2006 through December 28, 2008 are as follows (in thousands):
 
         
Balance as of January 1, 2006
  $ 751  
Additions charged to cost of revenue
    1,379  
Repairs and replacements
    (1,134 )
         
Balance as of December 31, 2006
    996  
Additions charged to cost of revenue
    4,939  
Repairs and replacements
    (2,219 )
         
Balance as of December 30, 2007
    3,716  
Additions charged to cost of revenue
    13,044  
Repairs and replacements
    (8,557 )
         
Balance as of December 28, 2008
  $ 8,203  
         
 
8.   Convertible Senior Notes
 
On February 16, 2007, the Company issued $400.0 million principal amount of 0.625% Convertible Senior Notes due 2014 (the Notes), which included the exercise of the initial purchasers’ option to purchase up to an additional $50.0 million aggregate principal amount of Notes. The net proceeds from the offering, after deducting the initial purchasers’ discount and offering expenses, were $390.3 million. The Company will pay 0.625% interest per annum on the principal amount of the Notes, payable semi-annually in arrears in cash on February 15 and August 15 of each year. The Company made interest payments of $1.3 million and $1.2 million on February 15, 2008 and August 15, 2008, respectively. The Notes mature on February 15, 2014.
 
The Notes will be convertible into cash and, if applicable, shares of the Company’s common stock, $0.01 par value per share, based on a conversion rate, subject to adjustment, of 45.8058 shares per $1,000 principal amount of Notes (which represents a conversion price of $21.83 per share), only in the following circumstances and to the following extent: (1) during the five business-day period after any five consecutive trading period (the measurement period) in which the trading price per Note for each day of such measurement period was less than 97% of the product of the last reported sale price of the Company’s common stock and the conversion rate on each such day; (2) during any calendar quarter after the calendar quarter ending March 30, 2007, if the last reported sale price of the Company’s common stock for 20 or more trading days in a period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the immediately


F-23


Table of Contents

ILLUMINA, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
preceding calendar quarter exceeds 130% of the applicable conversion price in effect on the last trading day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter; (3) upon the occurrence of specified events; and (4) the Notes will be convertible at any time on or after November 15, 2013 through the third scheduled trading day immediately preceding the maturity date. The requirements of the second condition above were satisfied during the first, second and third quarters of 2008. Accordingly, the Company’s outstanding convertible notes became convertible into cash and, if applicable, shares of common stock, during the period from, and including April 1, 2008 through, and including, December 31, 2008. During the fourth quarter of 2008, the requirements of this same condition were no longer satisfied, accordingly, the Notes will no longer be convertible during the period from, and including January 1, 2009 through, and including March 31, 2009 unless another conversion condition is satisfied during this period. Generally, upon conversion of a Note, the Company will pay the conversion value of the Note in cash, up to the principal amount of the Note. Any excess of the conversion value over the principal amount is payable in shares of the Company’s common stock. As of December 28, 2008, the principal amount of these Notes was classified as current liabilities as the Notes were still convertible through December 31, 2008.
 
In connection with the offering of the Notes in February 2007, the Company entered into convertible note hedge transactions (the hedge) with the initial purchasers and/or their affiliates (the counterparties) entitling the Company to purchase up to 18,322,320 shares of the Company’s common stock at a strike price of $21.83 per share, subject to adjustment. In addition, the Company sold to these counterparties warrants (the warrants) exercisable, on a cashless basis, for up to 18,322,320 shares of the Company’s common stock at a strike price of $31.435 per share, subject to adjustment. The cost of the hedge that was not covered by the proceeds from the sale of the warrants was $46.6 million and was reflected as a reduction of additional paid-in capital. The hedge is expected to reduce the potential equity dilution upon conversion of the Notes to the extent the Company exercises the note hedges to purchase shares from the counterparties to deliver to converting noteholders. However, the warrants could have a dilutive effect on the Company’s earnings per share to the extent that the price of the Company’s common stock exceeds the strike price of the warrants on the exercise dates of the warrants, which occur during 2014, and the warrants are exercised.
 
9.   Commitments
 
Operating Leases
 
The Company leases office and manufacturing facilities under various noncancellable operating lease agreements. Facilities leases generally provide for periodic rent increases, and many contain escalation clauses and renewal options. Certain leases require the Company to pay property taxes and routine maintenance. The Company is headquartered in San Diego, California and leases facilities in Hayward, California, the United Kingdom, The Netherlands, Japan, Singapore, Australia and China.
 
Annual future minimum payments under these operating leases as of December 28, 2008 were as follows (in thousands):
 
         
2009
  $ 11,032  
2010
    11,122  
2011
    11,823  
2012
    11,920  
2013
    11,458  
Thereafter
    100,885  
         
Total
  $ 158,240  
         


F-24


Table of Contents

ILLUMINA, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Rent expense, net of amortization of the deferred gain on sale of property, was $10.7 million, $7.7 million and $4.7 million for the years ended December 28, 2008, December 30, 2007 and December 31, 2006, respectively.
 
10.   Stockholders’ Equity
 
Common Stock
 
On July 22, 2008, the Company announced a two-for-one stock split in the form of a 100% stock dividend with a record date of September 10, 2008 and a distribution date of September 22, 2008. Share and per share amounts have been restated to reflect the stock split for all periods presented.
 
On August 12, 2008, a total of 8,050,000 shares were sold to the public at a public offering price of $43.75 per share, raising net proceeds to the Company of $342.6 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses.
 
On December 28, 2008, the Company had 121,008,599 shares of common stock outstanding.
 
Stock Options
 
In June 2005, the stockholders of the Company approved the 2005 Stock and Incentive Plan (the 2005 Stock Plan). Upon adoption of the 2005 Stock Plan, issuance of options under the Company’s existing 2000 Stock Plan ceased. Additionally, in connection with the acquisition of Solexa, the Company assumed stock options granted under the 2005 Solexa Equity Incentive Plan (the 2005 Solexa Equity Plan). The 2005 Stock Plan and the 2005 Solexa Equity Plan initially provided that an aggregate of up to 24,571,238 shares of the Company’s common stock be reserved and available to be issued. The 2005 Stock Plan provides for an automatic annual increase in the shares reserved for issuance by the lesser of 5% of the outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year, 2,400,000 shares or such lesser amount as determined by the Company’s board of directors. Additionally, during the Company’s Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on May 16, 2008, the stockholders ratified an amendment to increase the maximum number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance under the 2005 Stock Plan by 2,400,000 shares. As of December 28, 2008, options to purchase 6,777,903 shares remained available for future grant under the 2005 Stock Plan and 2005 Solexa Equity Plan.
 
On January 29, 2008, the Company’s board of directors approved the New Hire Stock and Incentive Plan, which provides for the issuance of options and shares of restricted stock to newly hired employees. There is no set number of shares reserved for issuance under this Plan.


F-25


Table of Contents

ILLUMINA, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The Company’s stock option activity under all stock option plans from January 1, 2006 through December 28, 2008 is as follows:
 
                 
          Weighted-
 
          Average
 
    Options     Exercise Price  
 
Outstanding at January 1, 2006
    14,650,862     $ 3.98  
Granted
    5,242,100     $ 13.62  
Exercised
    (2,546,238 )   $ 3.64  
Cancelled
    (628,484 )   $ 6.22  
                 
Outstanding at December 31, 2006
    16,718,240     $ 6.97  
Options assumed through business combination
    2,848,664     $ 10.69  
Granted
    7,569,016     $ 20.32  
Exercised
    (4,358,572 )   $ 6.03  
Cancelled
    (1,929,480 )   $ 11.19  
                 
Outstanding at December 30, 2007
    20,847,868     $ 12.13  
Granted
    3,091,108     $ 34.23  
Exercised
    (4,571,855 )   $ 8.52  
Cancelled
    (1,232,917 )   $ 19.93  
                 
Outstanding at December 28, 2008
    18,134,204     $ 16.26  
                 
 
The following is a further breakdown of the options outstanding as of December 28, 2008:
 
                                         
                            Weighted
 
          Weighted
                Average
 
          Average
    Weighted
          Exercise Price
 
Range of
  Options
    Remaining Life
    Average
    Options
    of Options
 
Exercise Prices
  Outstanding     in Years     Exercise Price     Exercisable     Exercisable  
 
$0.05-3.95
    2,195,626       4.14     $ 2.94       1,706,512     $ 2.91  
$3.97-4.85
    1,813,554       5.38     $ 4.34       1,023,641     $ 4.37  
$4.94-10.49
    2,907,761       6.27     $ 8.44       1,496,162     $ 8.28  
$10.66-16.19
    1,890,491       7.35     $ 13.79       787,957     $ 13.50  
$16.27-19.61
    2,619,364       7.81     $ 18.24       893,047     $ 18.24  
$19.71-20.04
    2,227,638       7.22     $ 20.03       701,138     $ 20.04  
$20.12-29.78
    1,819,970       8.80     $ 24.51       336,421     $ 24.62  
$30.09-33.80
    1,840,600       9.12     $ 32.61       218,044     $ 32.51  
$34.43-42.02
    589,200       9.33     $ 38.51       5,000     $ 41.75  
$44.38
    230,000       9.60     $ 44.38           $  
                                         
$0.05-44.38
    18,134,204       7.06     $ 16.26       7,167,922     $ 10.94  
                                         
 
The weighted average remaining life in years of options exercisable is 6.37 years as of December 28, 2008.
 
The aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding and options exercisable as of December 28, 2008 was $192.4 million and $105.4 million, respectively. Aggregate intrinsic value represents the difference between the Company’s closing stock price per share on the last trading day of the fiscal period, which was $25.36 as of December 26, 2008, and the exercise price multiplied by the number of options outstanding. Total intrinsic value of options exercised was $136.6 million, $72.1 million and $34.0 million for the years ended December 28, 2008, December 30, 2007 and December 31, 2006, respectively.


F-26


Table of Contents

ILLUMINA, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
 
In February 2000, the board of directors and stockholders adopted the 2000 ESPP. A total of 15,467,426 shares of the Company’s common stock have been reserved for issuance under the ESPP. The ESPP permits eligible employees to purchase common stock at a discount, but only through payroll deductions, during defined offering periods.
 
The price at which stock is purchased under the ESPP is equal to 85% of the fair market value of the common stock on the first or last day of the offering period, whichever is lower. The initial offering period commenced in July 2000. In addition, beginning with fiscal 2001, the ESPP provides for annual increases of shares available for issuance by the lesser of 3% of the number of outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year, 3,000,000 shares or such lesser amount as determined by the Company’s board of directors. Shares totaling 276,198, 266,962 and 532,788 were issued under the ESPP during fiscal 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. As of December 28, 2008, there were 10,794,162 shares available for issuance under the ESPP.
 
Restricted Stock Units
 
In 2007 the Company began granting restricted stock units pursuant to its 2005 Stock and Incentive Plan as part of its periodic employee equity compensation review program. Restricted stock units are share awards that, upon vesting, will deliver to the holder shares of the Company’s common stock. Restricted stock units granted during 2007 vest over four years as follows: 15% vest on the first and second anniversaries of the grant date, 30% vest on the third anniversary of the grant date and 40% vest on the fourth anniversary of the grant date. Effective January 2008, the Company changed the vesting schedule for grants of new restricted stock units. Currently, restricted stock units vest 15% on the first anniversary of the grant date, 20% on the second anniversary of the grant date, 30% on the third anniversary of the grant date and 35% on the fourth anniversary of the grant date.
 
A summary of the Company’s restricted stock unit activity and related information in the fiscal year ended December 28, 2008 is as follows:
 
         
    Restricted Stock Units(1)  
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2006
     
Awarded
    395,500  
Vested
     
Cancelled
    (1,000 )
         
Outstanding at December 30, 2007
    394,500  
Awarded
    1,287,504  
Vested
    (55,638 )
Cancelled
    (47,090 )
         
Outstanding at December 28, 2008
    1,579,276  
         
 
 
(1) Each stock unit represents the fair market value of one share of common stock.
 
The weighted average grant-date fair value per share for the restricted stock units was $34.53 and $25.69 for the years ended December 28, 2008 and December 30, 2007, respectively. No restricted stock units were outstanding as of December 31, 2006.
 
Based on the closing price per share of the Company’s common stock of $25.36 on December 26, 2008, the total pretax intrinsic value of all outstanding restricted stock units on that date was $40.0 million.


F-27


Table of Contents

ILLUMINA, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Warrants
 
In conjunction with its acquisition of Solexa, Inc. on January 26, 2007, the Company assumed 4,489,686 warrants issued by Solexa prior to the acquisition. During the year ended December 28, 2008, there were 401,362 warrants exercised, resulting in cash proceeds to the Company of $3.0 million. As of December 28, 2008, 252,164 of the assumed warrants had expired.
 
A summary of all warrants outstanding as of December 28, 2008 is as follows:
 
                 
Number of Shares
  Exercise Price     Expiration Date  
 
238,510
  $ 7.27       4/25/2010  
864,040
  $ 7.27       7/12/2010  
809,246
  $ 10.91       11/23/2010  
1,125,734
  $ 10.91       1/19/2011  
18,322,320(1)
  $ 31.44       2/15/2014  
                 
21,359,850
               
                 
 
 
(1) Represents warrants sold in connection with the offering of the Company’s Convertible Senior Notes (See Note 8).
 
Treasury Stock
 
In connection with its issuance of $400.0 million principal amount of 0.625% Convertible Senior Notes due 2014 on February 16, 2007, the Company repurchased 11.6 million shares of its outstanding common stock for $201.6 million in privately negotiated transactions concurrently with the offering.
 
On February 20, 2007, the Company executed a Rule 10b5-1 trading plan to repurchase up to $75.0 million of its outstanding common stock over a period of six months. The Company repurchased 3.2 million shares of its common stock under this plan for $50.0 million. As of December 30, 2007, this plan had expired.
 
On October 23, 2008, the board of directors authorized a $120.0 million stock repurchase program. As of December 28, 2008 the Company had repurchased 3.1 million shares for $70.8 million under the plan in open-market transactions or through privately negotiated transactions in compliance with Rule 10b-18 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. As of December 28, 2008, $49.2 million remains authorized for future repurchases under the program.
 
Stockholder Rights Plan
 
On May 3, 2001, the board of directors of the Company declared a dividend of one preferred share purchase right (a Right) for each outstanding share of common stock of the Company. The dividend was payable on May 14, 2001 (the Record Date) to the stockholders of record on that date. Each Right entitles the registered holder to purchase from the Company one unit consisting of one-thousandth of a share of its Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock at a price of $100 per unit. The Rights will be exercisable if a person or group hereafter acquires beneficial ownership of 15% or more of the outstanding common stock of the Company or announces an offer for 15% or more of the outstanding common stock. If a person or group acquires 15% or more of the outstanding common stock of the Company, each Right will entitle its holder to purchase, at the exercise price of the right, a number of shares of common stock having a market value of two times the exercise price of the right. If the Company is acquired in a merger or other business combination transaction after a person acquires 15% or more of the Company’s common stock, each Right will entitle its holder to purchase, at the Right’s then-current exercise price, a number of common shares of the acquiring


F-28


Table of Contents

ILLUMINA, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
company which at the time of such transaction have a market value of two times the exercise price of the right. The board of directors will be entitled to redeem the Rights at a price of $0.01 per Right at any time before any such person acquires beneficial ownership of 15% or more of the outstanding common stock. The rights expire on May 14, 2011 unless such date is extended or the rights are earlier redeemed or exchanged by the Company.
 
11.   Litigation Settlements
 
In the recent past, the Company incurred substantial costs in defending against patent infringement claims and expects, going forward, to devote substantial financial and managerial resources to protect the Company’s intellectual property and to defend against any future claims asserted against the Company. From time to time, the Company may also be parties to other litigation in the ordinary course of business. While the results of any litigation are uncertain, management does not believe the ultimate resolution of its legal matters will result in a material adverse impact to the Company.
 
Applied Biosystems Litigation
 
On December 26, 2006, Applied Biosystems Inc. (Applied Biosystems), formerly known as Applera Corporation (currently known as Applied Biosystems LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of Life Technologies Corporation), filed suit in California Superior Court, Santa Clara County, against Solexa (which was acquired by the Company on January 26, 2007). This State Court action related to the ownership of several patents assigned in 1995 to Solexa’s predecessor company (Lynx Therapeutics) by a former employee (Dr. Stephen Macevicz), who is the inventor of these patents and is named as a co-defendant in the suit. The Macevicz patents are directed to methods for sequencing DNA (US Pat. Nos. 5,750,341 and 6,306,597) using successive rounds of oligonucleotide probe ligation (sequencing-by-ligation), and to a probe (5,969,119) used in connection with these sequencing methods. Lynx was originally a unit of Applied Biosystems but was spun out in 1992. On May 31, 2007, Applied Biosystems filed a second suit, this time against the Company, in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California. This second suit sought a declaratory judgment of non-infringement of the Macevicz patents that were the subject of the State Court action mentioned above. Both suits were later consolidated in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California, San Francisco Division. By these consolidated actions, Applied Biosystems was seeking ownership of the three Macevicz patents, unspecified costs and damages, and a declaration of non-infringement and invalidity of these patents. Applied Biosystems was not asserting any claim for patent infringement against the Company.
 
On January 5, 2009, the case went to trial in two phases. The first phase addressed the determination of ownership of the patents-in-suit, and the second phase addressed whether these patents were infringed and valid. On January 14, 2009, at the end of the first phase, a federal jury determined that Solexa was the rightful owner of all three Macevicz patents. On January 27, 2009, the same jury found that Applied Biosystems did not infringe the ’119 probe patent, and that the ’119 patent was valid. In August 2008, the court had ruled that Applied Biosystems’ two-base system did not infringe the ’341 and ’597 patents. Prior to the jury finding of non-infringement of the ’119 patent, Applied Biosystems conceded that its one-base system infringed claim 1 of the ’597 patent and Solexa conceded invalidity of that same claim under the court’s construction of that claim. Both parties reserved the right to appeal the court’s construction of claim 1 of the ’597 patent, among other things.
 
The Company’s Genome Analyzer products use a different technology, called Sequencing-by-Synthesis (SBS), which is not covered by any of the Macevicz patents. In addition, the Company has no plans to use any of the Sequencing-by-Ligation technologies covered by these patents.


F-29


Table of Contents

ILLUMINA, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
12.   Income Taxes
 
The income (loss) before income taxes summarized by region is as follows (in thousands):
 
                         
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
 
    December 28,
    December 30,
    December 31,
 
    2008     2007     2006  
 
United States
  $ 64,424     $ 58,445     $ 42,612  
Foreign
    26,482       (347,230 )     8  
                         
Total income (loss) before income taxes
  $ 90,906     $ (288,785 )   $ 42,620  
                         
 
The provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of the following (in thousands):
 
                         
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
 
    December 28,
    December 30,
    December 31,
 
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Current:
                       
Federal
  $ 13,868     $ 18,564     $ 1,125  
State
    2,134       4,801       1,177  
Foreign
    5,042       (2,172 )     903  
                         
Total current provision
    21,044       21,193       3,205  
Deferred:
                       
Federal
    17,656       (20,254 )      
State
    2,103       (11,622 )      
Foreign
    (374 )     257       (553 )
                         
Total deferred provision
    19,385       (31,619 )     (553 )
                         
Total tax provision (benefit)
  $ 40,429     $ (10,426 )   $ 2,652  
                         
 
The provision (benefit) for income taxes reconciles to the amount computed by applying the federal statutory rate to income (loss) before taxes as follows (in thousands):
 
                         
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
 
    December 28,
    December 30,
    December 31,
 
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Tax at federal statutory rate
  $ 31,817     $ (101,075 )   $ 14,945  
State, net of federal benefit
    4,242       (9,672 )     1,963  
Alternative minimum tax
                1,125  
Research and other credits
    (4,060 )     (3,118 )     (3,096 )
Acquired in-process research & development
    9,508       116,916        
Adjustments to deferred tax balances
                (3,258 )
Change in valuation allowance
    (149 )     (17,125 )     (10,038 )
Permanent differences
    1,449       653       573  
Foreign rate adjustments
    (2,619 )     3,160       430  
Other
    241       (165 )     8  
                         
Total tax provision (benefit)
  $ 40,429     $ (10,426 )   $ 2,652  
                         


F-30


Table of Contents

ILLUMINA, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in thousands):
 
                 
    December 28,
    December 30,
 
    2008     2007  
 
Deferred tax assets:
               
Net operating losses
  $ 18,557     $ 34,277  
Tax credits
    19,139       11,465  
Accrued litigation settlements
          21,427  
Other accruals and reserves
    11,341       6,326  
Stock compensation
    15,962       8,166  
Convertible debt
    42,456       49,137  
Other
    13,268       12,322  
                 
Total deferred tax assets
    120,723       143,120  
Valuation allowance on deferred tax assets
    (15,200 )     (28,343 )
                 
Net deferred tax assets
    105,523       114,777  
                 
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
Purchased intangible amortization
    (5,985 )     (7,084 )
Accrued litigation settlements
    (11,084 )      
Other
    (1,498 )     (514 )
                 
Total deferred tax liabilities
    (18,567 )     (7,598 )
                 
Net deferred tax assets
  $ 86,956     $ 107,179  
                 
 
A valuation allowance is established when it is more likely than not the future realization of all or some of the deferred tax assets will not be achieved. The evaluation of the need for a valuation allowance is performed on a jurisdiction-by-jurisdiction basis, and includes a review of all available positive and negative evidence. Based on the available evidence as of December 28, 2008, the Company was not able to conclude it is more likely than not certain U.S. and foreign deferred tax assets will be realized. Therefore, the Company recorded a valuation allowance of $2.8 million and $12.4 million against certain U.S. and foreign deferred tax assets, respectively. At December 30, 2007, the Company had concluded that it is more likely than not that a significant portion of its deferred tax assets will be realized and, accordingly the Company released a portion of its valuation allowance, $17.1 million of which was recorded as a reduction to the tax provision.
 
As of December 28, 2008, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards for federal and state tax purposes of $87.7 million and $148.3 million, respectively, which begin to expire in 2025 and 2013, respectively, unless previously utilized. In addition, the Company also had U.S. federal and state research and development tax credit carryforwards of $12.6 million and $13.9 million, respectively, which begin to expire in 2018 and 2019, respectively, unless previously utilized.
 
As of December 28, 2008, the valuation allowance includes $14.0 million of pre-acquisition deferred tax assets of Solexa. Prior to the adoption of SFAS 141(R) to the extent any of these assets were recognized, the adjustment would have been applied first to reduce to zero any goodwill related to the acquisition, and then an a reduction to the tax provision.
 
Pursuant to Section 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code, utilization of the Company’s net operating losses and credits may be subject to annual limitations in the event of any significant future changes in its ownership structure. These annual limitations may result in the expiration of net operating losses and credits prior to utilization. Previous limitations due to Section 382 and 383 have been reflected in the deferred tax assets as of December 28, 2008.


F-31


Table of Contents

ILLUMINA, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Due to the adoption of SFAS No. 123R, the Company recognizes excess tax benefits associated with share-based compensation to stockholders’ equity only when realized. When assessing whether excess tax benefits relating to share-based compensation have been realized, the Company follows the with-and-without approach excluding any indirect effects of the excess tax deductions. Under this approach, excess tax benefits related to share-based compensation are not deemed to be realized until after the utilization of all other tax benefits available to the Company. During 2008, the Company realized $18.5 million of such excess tax benefits, and accordingly recorded a corresponding credit to additional paid in capital. As of December 28, 2008, the Company has $36.5 million of unrealized excess tax benefits associated with share-based compensation. These tax benefits will be accounted for as a credit to additional paid-in capital, if and when realized, rather than a reduction of the tax provision.
 
The Company’s manufacturing operations in Singapore operate under various tax holidays and incentives that begin to expire in 2018. For the year ended December 28, 2008, these tax holidays and incentives resulted in an approximate $1.9 million decrease to the tax provision and an increase to net income per diluted share of $0.01.
 
Residual U.S. income taxes have not been provided on $14.7 million of undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries as of December 28, 2008, since the earnings are considered to be indefinitely invested in the operations of such subsidiaries.
 
Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted FIN No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 , which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in tax positions. FIN No. 48 requires recognition of the impact of a tax position in the Company’s financial statements only if that position is more likely than not of being sustained upon examination by taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The adoption of FIN No. 48 did not result in an adjustment to the Company’s opening stockholders’ equity since there was no cumulative effect from the change in accounting principle.
 
The following table summarizes the gross amount of the Company’s uncertain tax positions (in thousands):
 
         
Balance at December 31, 2007
  $ 21,376  
Increases related to current year tax positions
    2,402  
         
Balance at December 28, 2008
  $ 23,778  
         
 
As of December 28, 2008, $7.7 million of the Company’s uncertain tax positions would reduce the Company’s annual effective tax rate, if recognized.
 
The Company does not expect its uncertain tax positions to change significantly over the next 12 months. Any interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions will be reflected in income tax expense. As of December 28, 2008, no interest or penalties have been accrued related to the Company’s uncertain tax positions. Tax years 1992 to 2008 remain subject to future examination by the major tax jurisdictions in which the Company is subject to tax.
 
13.   Employee Benefit Plans
 
Retirement Plan
 
The Company has a 401(k) savings plan covering substantially all of its employees. Company contributions to the plan are discretionary. During the years ended December 28, 2008, December 30, 2007 and December 31, 2006, the Company made matching contributions of $2.6 million, $1.4 million and $0.4 million, respectively.


F-32


Table of Contents

ILLUMINA, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Executive Deferred Compensation Plan
 
For the Company’s executives and members of the board of directors, the Company adopted the Illumina, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (the Plan) that became effective January 1, 2008. Eligible participants can contribute up to 80% of their base salary and 100% of all other forms of compensation into the Plan, including bonus, commission and director fees. The Company has agreed to credit the participants’ contributions with earnings that reflect the performance of certain independent investment funds. On a discretionary basis, the Company may also make employer contributions to participant accounts in any amount determined by the Company. The vesting schedules of employer contributions are at the sole discretion of the Compensation Committee. However, all employer contributions shall become 100% vested upon the occurrence of the participant’s disability, death or retirement or a change in control of the Company. The benefits under this plan are unsecured. Participants are generally eligible to receive payment of their vested benefit at the end of their elected deferral period or after termination of their employment with the Company for any reason or at a later date to comply with the restrictions of Section 409A. As of December 28, 2008, no employer contributions were made to the Plan.
 
In January 2008, the Company also established a rabbi trust for the benefit of its directors and executives under the Plan. In accordance with FASB Interpretation (FIN) No. 46, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an Interpretation of ARB No. 51 , and EITF 97-14, Accounting for Deferred Compensation Arrangements Where Amounts Earned Are Held in a Rabbi Trust and Invested , the Company has included the assets of the rabbi trust in its consolidated balance sheet since the trust’s inception. As of December 28, 2008, the assets of the trust and liabilities of the Company were $1.3 million. The assets and liabilities are classified as other assets and accrued liabilities, respectively, on the Company’s balance sheet as of December 28, 2008. Changes in the values of the assets held by the rabbi trust accrue to the Company.
 
14.  Segment Information, Geographic Data and Significant Customers
 
During the first quarter of 2008, the Company reorganized its operating structure into a newly created Life Sciences Business Unit, which includes all products and services related to the research market, namely the BeadArray, BeadXpress and Sequencing product lines. The Company also created a Diagnostics Business Unit to focus on the emerging opportunity in molecular diagnostics. For the year ended December 28, 2008, the Company had limited activity related to the Diagnostics Business Unit, and operating results were reported on an aggregate basis to the chief operating decision maker of the Company, the chief executive officer. In accordance with SFAS No. 131, Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information , the Company operated in one reportable segment for the year ended December 28, 2008.
 
The Company had revenue in the following regions for the years ended December 28, 2008, December 30, 2007 and December 31, 2006 (in thousands):
 
                         
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
 
    December 28,
    December 30,
    December 31,
 
    2008     2007     2006  
 
United States
  $ 280,064     $ 207,692     $ 103,043  
United Kingdom
    67,973       34,196       22,840  
Other European countries
    127,397       75,360       32,600  
Asia-Pacific
    72,740       35,155       15,070  
Other markets
    25,051       14,396       11,033  
                         
Total
  $ 573,225     $ 366,799     $ 184,586  
                         
 
Net revenues are attributable to geographic areas based on the region of destination.


F-33


Table of Contents

ILLUMINA, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The majority of our product sales consist of consumables and instruments. For the years ended December 28, 2008, December 30, 2007, and December 31, 2006, consumable sales represented 58%, 53% and 54%, respectively, of total revenues and instrument sales comprised 32%, 33% and 23%, respectively, of total revenues. Our customers include leading genomic research centers, pharmaceutical companies, academic institutions, clinical research organizations and biotechnology companies. The Company had no customers that provided more than 10% of total revenue in the years ended December 28, 2008, December 30, 2007 and December 31, 2006.
 
Net long-lived assets exclude goodwill and other intangible assets since they are not allocated on a geographic basis. The Company had net long-lived assets consisting of property and equipment in the following regions as of December 28, 2008 and December 30, 2007 (in thousands):
 
                 
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
 
    December 28,
    December 30,
 
    2008     2007  
 
United States
  $ 65,630     $ 40,972  
United Kingdom
    9,849       4,809  
Other European countries
    1,055       230  
Singapore
    12,586        
Other Asia-Pacific countries
    316       263  
                 
Total
  $ 89,436     $ 46,274  
                 


F-34


Table of Contents

ILLUMINA, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
15.   Quarterly Financial Information (unaudited)
 
The following financial information reflects all normal recurring adjustments, except as noted below, which are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair statement of the results and cash flows of interim periods. Summarized quarterly data for fiscal 2008 and 2007 are as follows (in thousands except per share data):
 
                                 
    First Quarter(1)     Second Quarter     Third Quarter     Fourth Quarter  
 
2008:
                               
Total revenue
  $ 121,861     $ 140,177     $ 150,260     $ 160,927  
Total cost of revenue (excluding impairment of manufacturing equipment and amortization of intangible assets)
    46,081       50,459       54,430       54,654  
Net income (loss)
    13,428       15,398       (7,288 )     28,939  
Net income (loss) per share, basic
    0.12       0.14       (0.06 )     0.24  
Net income (loss) per share, diluted
    0.11       0.12       (0.06 )     0.22  
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
    (26,755 )     37,222       27,298       50,117  
Net cash used in investing activities
    (44,123 )     (37,384 )     (164,520 )     (31,222 )
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    15,979       14,171       356,936       (49,414 )
2007:
                               
Total revenue
  $ 72,150     $ 84,535     $ 97,510     $ 112,604  
Total cost of revenue (excluding amortization of intangible assets)
    25,120       30,141       37,078       40,097  
Net income (loss)
    (298,076 )     9,264       14,503       (4,050 )
Net income (loss) per share, basic
    (2.79 )     0.09       0.14       (0.04 )
Net income (loss) per share, diluted
    (2.79 )     0.08       0.12       (0.04 )
Net cash provided by operating activities
    14,643       24,482       5,316       11,853  
Net cash used in investing activities
    (34,410 )     (69,514 )     (32,143 )     68,381  
Net cash provided by financing activities
    104,950       2,464       10,433       30,445  
 
 
(1) The Company reclassified $36.0 million from cash provided by operating activities to cash used in investing activities in the first quarter of 2008 for the portion of the litigation payment relating to intangible assets.


F-35


Table of Contents

 
SCHEDULE II — VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
 
                 
    Allowance
       
    for Doubtful
    Reserve for
 
    Accounts     Inventory  
    (In thousands)  
 
Balance as of January 1, 2006
  $ 313     $ 1,095  
Charged to expense
    179       127  
Utilizations
    (154 )     (372 )
                 
Balance as of December 31, 2006
    338       850  
Acquired through business acquisition
          439  
Charged to expense
    237       1,863  
Utilizations
    (35 )     (1,063 )
                 
Balance as of December 30, 2007
    540       2,089  
Charged to expense
    893       7,154  
Utilizations
    (295 )     (2,812 )
                 
Balance as of December 28, 2008
  $ 1,138     $ 6,431  
                 


F-36

Exhibit 3.2
BYLAWS
OF
ILLUMINA, INC.

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
             
        Page
 
           
ARTICLE I CORPORATE OFFICES     1  
 
           
1.1
  REGISTERED OFFICE     1  
1.2
  OTHER OFFICES     1  
 
           
ARTICLE II MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS     1  
 
           
2.1
  PLACE OF MEETINGS     1  
2.2
  ANNUAL MEETING     1  
2.3
  SPECIAL MEETING     1  
2.4
  NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS     1  
2.5
  MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE; AFFIDAVIT OF NOTICE     2  
2.6
  QUORUM     2  
2.7
  ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE     2  
2.8
  VOTING     2  
2.9
  WAIVER OF NOTICE     2  
2.10
  RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDER NOTICE; VOTING; GIVING CONSENTS     2  
2.11
  PROXIES     3  
2.12
  LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE     3  
 
           
ARTICLE III DIRECTORS     3  
 
           
3.1
  POWERS     3  
3.2
  NUMBER OF DIRECTORS; ELECTION; AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS     4  
3.3
  QUALIFICATION OF DIRECTORS     4  
3.4
  RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES     4  
3.5
  PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE     5  
3.6
  FIRST MEETINGS     5  
3.7
  REGULAR MEETINGS     5  
3.8
  SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE     5  
3.9
  QUORUM     5  
3.10
  WAIVER OF NOTICE     6  
3.11
  ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE     6  
3.12
  BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING     6  
3.13
  FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS     6  
3.14
  APPROVAL OF LOANS TO OFFICERS     6  
3.15
  REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS     6  
 
           
ARTICLE IV COMMITTEES     7  
 
           
4.1
  COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS     7  
4.2
  COMMITTEE MINUTES     7  
4.3
  MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES     7  
 
           
ARTICLE V OFFICERS     8  
 
           
5.1
  OFFICERS     8  
5.2
  ELECTION OF OFFICERS     8  

i  


 

             
        Page
 
           
5.3
  SUBORDINATE OFFICERS     8  
5.4
  REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS     8  
5.5
  VACANCIES IN OFFICES     8  
5.6
  CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD     8  
5.7
  PRESIDENT     9  
5.8
  VICE PRESIDENT     9  
5.9
  SECRETARY     9  
5.10
  TREASURER     9  
5.11
  ASSISTANT SECRETARY     10  
5.12
  ASSISTANT TREASURER     10  
5.13
  AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS     10  
 
           
ARTICLE VI INDEMNITY     10  
 
           
6.1
  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS     10  
6.2
  INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS     10  
6.3
  INSURANCE     11  
 
           
ARTICLE VII RECORDS AND REPORTS     11  
 
           
7.1
  MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF RECORDS     11  
7.2
  INSPECTION BY DIRECTORS     11  
7.3
  ANNUAL STATEMENT TO STOCKHOLDERS     11  
7.4
  REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS     12  
 
           
ARTICLE VIII GENERAL MATTERS     12  
 
           
8.1
  CHECKS     12  
8.2
  EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS     12  
8.3
  STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES     12  
8.4
  SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES     13  
8.5
  LOST CERTIFICATES     13  
8.6
  CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS     13  
8.7
  DIVIDENDS     13  
8.8
  FISCAL YEAR     13  
8.9
  SEAL     13  
8.10
  TRANSFER OF STOCK     14  
8.11
  STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS     14  
8.12
  REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS     14  
 
           
ARTICLE IX AMENDMENTS     14  
 
           
ARTICLE X DISSOLUTION     14  
 
           
ARTICLE XI CUSTODIAN     15  
 
           
11.1
  APPOINTMENT OF A CUSTODIAN IN CERTAIN CASES     15  
11.2
  DUTIES OF CUSTODIAN     15  

ii  


 

BYLAWS
OF
ILLUMINA, INC.
ARTICLE I
CORPORATE OFFICES
1.1 REGISTERED OFFICE
          The registered office of the corporation shall be 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware. The name of the registered agent of the corporation at such location is Corporation Trust Company.
1.2 OTHER OFFICES
          The board of directors may at any time establish other offices at any place or places where the corporation is qualified to do business.
ARTICLE II
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
2.1 PLACE OF MEETINGS
          Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, designated by the board of directors. In the absence of any such designation, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the registered office of the corporation.
2.2 ANNUAL MEETING
          The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held each year on a date and at a time designated by the board of directors. In the absence of such designation, the annual meeting of stockholders shall be held on the Second Tuesday of May in each year at 10:00 a.m. However, if such day falls on a legal holiday, then the meeting shall be held at the same time and place on the next succeeding full business day. At the meeting, directors shall be elected and any other proper business may be transacted.
2.3 SPECIAL MEETING
          A special meeting of the stockholders may be called, at any time for any purpose or purposes, by the board of directors.
2.4 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS
          All notices of meetings with stockholders shall be in writing and shall be sent or otherwise given in accordance with Section 2.5 of these bylaws not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. The notice shall specify the place, date, and hour of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

 


 

2.5 MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE; AFFIDAVIT OF NOTICE
          Written notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation. An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent of the corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.
2.6 QUORUM
          The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If, however, such quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed.
2.7 ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE
          When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, unless these bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the corporation may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.
2.8 VOTING
          The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.11 of these bylaws, subject to the provisions of Sections 217 and 218 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock and to voting trusts and other voting agreements).
          Except as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder.
2.9 WAIVER OF NOTICE
          Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the General Corporation Law of Delaware or of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.
2.10 RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDER NOTICE; VOTING; GIVING CONSENTS
          In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any

2


 

dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the board of directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action.
          If the board of directors does not so fix a record date:
          (a) The record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.
          (b) The record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the board of directors is necessary, shall be the day on which the first written consent is expressed.
          (c) The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.
          A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the board of directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
2.11 PROXIES
          Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action may authorize another person or persons to act for him by a written proxy, signed by the stockholder and filed with the secretary of the corporation, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A proxy shall be deemed signed if the stockholder’s name is placed on the proxy (whether by manual signature, typewriting, telegraphic transmission or otherwise) by the stockholder or the stockholder’s attorney-in-fact. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212(c) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.
2.12 LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE
          The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of a corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.
ARTICLE III
DIRECTORS
3.1 POWERS
          Subject to the provisions of the General Corporation Law of Delaware and any limitations in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws relating to action required to be approved by

3


 

the stockholders or by the outstanding shares, the business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the direction of the board of directors.
3.2 NUMBER OF DIRECTORS; ELECTION; AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS
           The board of directors shall consist of nine (9) members. The number of directors may be changed by an amendment to this bylaw, duly adopted by the board of directors or by the stockholders, or by a duly adopted amendment to the certificate of incorporation. Upon the closing of the first sale of the corporation’s common stock pursuant to a firmly underwritten registered public offering (the “IPO”), the directors shall be divided into three classes, with the term of office of the first class, which class shall initially consist of two (2) directors, to expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders held after IPO; the term of office of the second class, which shall initially consist of two (2) directors, to expire at the second annual meeting of stockholders held after the IPO; the term of office of the third class, which class shall initially consist of three (3) directors, to expire at the third annual meeting of stockholders held after the IPO; and thereafter for each such term to expire at each third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders held after such election.
           No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.
           Each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier resignation or removal.
3.3 QUALIFICATION OF DIRECTORS
          Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, wherein other qualifications for directors may be prescribed.
3.4 RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES
          Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the corporation.
          Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws:
          (a) Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. Such directors or director shall have the authority to appoint any newly appointed director to serve as a member of a particular class of directors.
          (b) Whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series may be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected. Directors appointed to fill a vacancy of such class or classes or series will be appointed to serve in the same class of directors as the director he or she is being appointed to replace.
          If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, the corporation should have no directors in office, then any officer or any stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee or guardian of a stockholder, or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of stockholders in accordance with the provisions of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, or may apply to the Court of Chancery for a decree summarily ordering an election as provided in Section 211 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

4


 

          If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of the whole board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), then the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten (10) percent of the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware as far as applicable.
3.5 PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE
          The board of directors of the corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.
          Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the board of directors, or any committee designated by the board of directors, may participate in a meeting of the board of directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.
3.6 FIRST MEETINGS
          The first meeting of each newly elected board of directors shall be held at such time and place as shall be fixed by the vote of the stockholders at the annual meeting and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. In the event of the failure of the stockholders to fix the time or place of such first meeting of the newly elected board of directors, or in the event such meeting is not held at the time and place so fixed by the stockholders, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the board of directors, or as shall be specified in a written waiver signed by all of the directors.
3.7 REGULAR MEETINGS
          Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the board.
3.8 SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE
          Special meetings of the board may be called by the president on three (3) days’ notice to each director, either personally or by mail, telegram, telex, or telephone; special meetings shall be called by the president or secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of two (2) directors unless the board consists of only one (1) director, in which case special meetings shall be called by the president or secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of the sole director.
3.9 QUORUM
          At all meetings of the board of directors, a majority of the authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the board of directors, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

5


 

3.10 WAIVER OF NOTICE
          Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the General Corporation Law of Delaware or of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the directors, or members of a committee of directors, need be specified in any written waiver of notice unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.
3.11 ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE
          If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the board of directors, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.
3.12 BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING
          Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the board of directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee.
3.13 FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
          Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the board of directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.
3.14 APPROVAL OF LOANS TO OFFICERS
          The corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiary, including any officer or employee who is a director of the corporation or its subsidiary, whenever, in the judgment of the directors, such loan, guaranty or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guaranty or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the board of directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing contained in this section shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.
3.15 REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS
          Unless otherwise restricted by statute, by the certificate of incorporation or by these bylaws, any director or the entire board of directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.
          No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.

6


 

ARTICLE IV
COMMITTEES
4.1 COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS
          The board of directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole board, designate one or more committees, with each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the board of directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the board of directors or in the bylaws of the corporation, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the board of directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) amend the certificate of incorporation (except that a committee may, to the extent authorized in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of shares of stock adopted by the board of directors as provided in Section 151(a) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, fix any of the preferences or rights of such shares relating to dividends, redemption, dissolution, any distribution of assets of the corporation or the conversion into, or the exchange of such shares for, shares of any other class or classes or any other series of the same or any other class or classes of stock of the corporation), (ii) adopt an agreement of merger or consolidation under Sections 251 or 252 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, (iii) recommend to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the corporation’s property and assets, (iv) recommend to the stockholders a dissolution of the corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or (v) amend the bylaws of the corporation; and, unless the board resolution establishing the committee, the bylaws or the certificate of incorporation expressly so provide, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend, to authorize the issuance of stock, or to adopt a certificate of ownership and merger pursuant to Section 253 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.
4.2 COMMITTEE MINUTES
          Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the board of directors when required.
4.3 MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES
          Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of Article III of these bylaws, Section 3.5 (place of meetings and meetings by telephone), Section 3.7 (regular meetings), Section 3.8 (special meetings and notice), Section 3.9 (quorum), Section 3.10 (waiver of notice), Section 3.11 (adjournment and notice of adjournment), and Section 3.12 (action without a meeting), with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the board of directors and its members; provided, however, that the time of regular meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the board of directors and that notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The board of directors may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

7


 

ARTICLE V
OFFICERS
5.1 OFFICERS
          The officers of the corporation shall be a president, one or more vice presidents, a secretary, and a treasurer. The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the board of directors, a chairman of the board, one or more assistant vice presidents, assistant secretaries, assistant treasurers, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.
5.2 ELECTION OF OFFICERS
          The officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Sections 5.3 or 5.5 of these bylaws, shall be chosen by the board of directors, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment.
5.3 SUBORDINATE OFFICERS
          The board of directors may appoint, or empower the president to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the corporation may require, each of whom shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the board of directors may from time to time determine.
5.4 REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS
          Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the board of directors at any regular or special meeting of the board or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the board of directors, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the board of directors.
          Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the corporation. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice; and, unless otherwise specified in that notice, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.
5.5 VACANCIES IN OFFICES
          Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the board of directors.
5.6 CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD
          The chairman of the board, if such an officer be elected, shall, if present, preside at meetings of the board of directors and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may from time to time be assigned to him by the board of directors or as may be prescribed by these bylaws. If there is no president, then the chairman of the board shall also be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall have the powers and duties prescribed in Section 5.7 of these bylaws.

8


 

5.7 PRESIDENT
          Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the board of directors to the chairman of the board, if there be such an officer, the president shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the board of directors, have general supervision, direction, and control of the business and the officers of the corporation. He shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, in the absence or nonexistence of a chairman of the board, at all meetings of the board of directors. He shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of president of a corporation and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or these bylaws.
5.8 VICE PRESIDENT
          In the absence or disability of the president, the vice presidents, if any, in order of their rank as fixed by the board of directors or, if not ranked, a vice president designated by the board of directors, shall perform all the duties of the president and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the president. The vice presidents shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them respectively by the board of directors, these bylaws, the president or the chairman of the board.
5.9 SECRETARY
          The secretary shall keep or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the corporation or such other place as the board of directors may direct, a book of minutes of all meetings and actions of directors, committees of directors, and stockholders. The minutes shall show the time and place of each meeting, whether regular or special (and, if special, how authorized and the notice given), the names of those present at directors’ meetings or committee meetings, the number of shares present or represented at stockholders’ meetings, and the proceedings thereof.
          The secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the corporation or at the office of the corporation’s transfer agent or registrar, as determined by resolution of the board of directors, a share register, or a duplicate share register, showing the names of all stockholders and their addresses, the number and classes of shares held by each, the number and date of certificates evidencing such shares, and the number and date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation.
          The secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and of the board of directors required to be given by law or by these bylaws. He shall keep the seal of the corporation, if one be adopted, in safe custody and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or by these bylaws.
5.10 TREASURER
          The treasurer shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct books and records of accounts of the properties and business transactions of the corporation, including accounts of its assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses, capital, retained earnings, and shares. The books of account shall at all reasonable times be open to inspection by any director.
          The treasurer shall deposit all money and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the corporation with such depositaries as may be designated by the board of directors. He shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the board of directors, shall render to the president and directors, whenever they request it, an account of all of his transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation, and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or these bylaws.

9


 

5.11 ASSISTANT SECRETARY
          The assistant secretary, or, if there is more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order determined by the stockholders or board of directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the secretary or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors or the stockholders may from time to time prescribe.
5.12 ASSISTANT TREASURER
          The assistant treasurer, or, if there is more than one, the assistant treasurers, in the order determined by the stockholders or board of directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the treasurer or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors or the stockholders may from time to time prescribe.
5.13 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS
          In addition to the foregoing authority and duties, all officers of the corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the corporation as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors or the stockholders.
ARTICLE VI
INDEMNITY
6.1 INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
          The corporation shall, to the maximum extent and in the manner permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware, indemnify each of its directors and officers against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, settlements, and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any proceeding, arising by reason of the fact that such person is or was an agent of the corporation. For purposes of this Section 6.1, a “director” or “officer” of the corporation includes any person (i) who is or was a director or officer of the corporation, (ii) who is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or (iii) who was a director or officer of a corporation which was a predecessor corporation of the corporation or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation.
6.2 INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS
          The corporation shall have the power, to the extent and in the manner permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware, to indemnify each of its employees and agents (other than directors and officers) against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, settlements, and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any proceeding, arising by reason of the fact that such person is or was an agent of the corporation. For purposes of this Section 6.2, an “employee” or “agent” of the corporation (other than a director or officer) includes any person (i) who is or was an employee or agent of the corporation, (ii) who is or was serving at the request of the corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or (iii) who was an employee or agent of a corporation which was a predecessor corporation of the corporation or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation.

10


 

6.3 INSURANCE
          The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.
ARTICLE VII
RECORDS AND REPORTS
7.1 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF RECORDS
          The corporation shall, either at its principal executive office or at such place or places as designated by the board of directors, keep a record of its stockholders listing their names and addresses and the number and class of shares held by each stockholder, a copy of these bylaws as amended to date, accounting books, and other records.
          Any stockholder of record, in person or by attorney or other agent, shall, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, have the right during the usual hours for business to inspect for any proper purpose the corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records and to make copies or extracts therefrom. A proper purpose shall mean a purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a stockholder. In every instance where an attorney or other agent is the person who seeks the right to inspection, the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or such other writing that authorizes the attorney or other agent to so act on behalf of the stockholder. The demand under oath shall be directed to the corporation at its registered office in Delaware or at its principal place of business.
          The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of a corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.
7.2 INSPECTION BY DIRECTORS
          Any director shall have the right to examine the corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records for a purpose reasonably related to his position as a director. The Court of Chancery is hereby vested with the exclusive jurisdiction to determine whether a director is entitled to the inspection sought. The Court may summarily order the corporation to permit the director to inspect any and all books and records, the stock ledger, and the stock list and to make copies or extracts therefrom. The Court may, in its discretion, prescribe any limitations or conditions with reference to the inspection, or award such other and further relief as the Court may deem just and proper.
7.3 ANNUAL STATEMENT TO STOCKHOLDERS
          The board of directors shall present at each annual meeting, and at any special meeting of the stockholders when called for by vote of the stockholders, a full and clear statement of the business and condition of the corporation.

11


 

7.4 REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS
          The chairman of the board, the president, any vice president, the treasurer, the secretary or assistant secretary of this corporation, or any other person authorized by the board of directors or the president or a vice president, is authorized to vote, represent, and exercise on behalf of this corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of this corporation. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.
ARTICLE VIII
GENERAL MATTERS
8.1 CHECKS
          From time to time, the board of directors shall determine by resolution which person or persons may sign or endorse all checks, drafts, other orders for payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness that are issued in the name of or payable to the corporation, and only the persons so authorized shall sign or endorse those instruments.
8.2 EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS
          The board of directors, except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the board of directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.
8.3 STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES
          The shares of a corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the board of directors of the corporation may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the corporation. Notwithstanding the adoption of such a resolution by the board of directors, every holder of stock represented by certificates and upon request every holder of uncertificated shares shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by the chairman or vice-chairman of the board of directors, or the president or vice-president, and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of such corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.
          The corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares, upon the books and records of the corporation in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

12


 

8.4 SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES
          If the corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, however, that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.
8.5 LOST CERTIFICATES
          Except as provided in this Section 8.5, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the corporation and cancelled at the same time. The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.
8.6 CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS
          Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the Delaware General Corporation Law shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “person” includes both a corporation and a natural person.
8.7 DIVIDENDS
          The directors of the corporation, subject to any restrictions contained in the certificate of incorporation, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of its capital stock pursuant to the General Corporation Law of Delaware. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the corporation’s capital stock.
          The directors of the corporation may set apart out of any of the funds of the corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve. Such purposes shall include but not be limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, and meeting contingencies.
8.8 FISCAL YEAR
          The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the board of directors and may be changed by the board of directors.
8.9 SEAL
          The seal of the corporation shall be such as from time to time may be approved by the board of directors.

13


 

8.10 TRANSFER OF STOCK
          Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate, and record the transaction in its books.
8.11 STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS
          The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the General Corporation Law of Delaware.
8.12 REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS
          The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner, shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.
ARTICLE IX
AMENDMENTS
          The original or other bylaws of the corporation may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote; provided, however, that the corporation may, in its certificate of incorporation, confer the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws upon the directors. The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.
ARTICLE X
DISSOLUTION
          If it should be deemed advisable in the judgment of the board of directors of the corporation that the corporation should be dissolved, the board, after the adoption of a resolution to that effect by a majority of the whole board at any meeting called for that purpose, shall cause notice to be mailed to each stockholder entitled to vote thereon of the adoption of the resolution and of a meeting of stockholders to take action upon the resolution.
          At the meeting a vote shall be taken for and against the proposed dissolution. If a majority of the outstanding stock of the corporation entitled to vote thereon votes for the proposed dissolution, then a certificate stating that the dissolution has been authorized in accordance with the provisions of Section 275 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware and setting forth the names and residences of the directors and officers shall be executed, acknowledged, and filed and shall become effective in accordance with Section 103 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware. Upon such certificate’s becoming effective in accordance with Section 103 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, the corporation shall be dissolved.
          Whenever all the stockholders entitled to vote on a dissolution consent in writing, either in person or by duly authorized attorney, to a dissolution, no meeting of directors or stockholders shall be necessary. The consent shall be filed and shall become effective in accordance with Section 103 of the

14


 

General Corporation Law of Delaware. Upon such consent’s becoming effective in accordance with Section 103 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, the corporation shall be dissolved. If the consent is signed by an attorney, then the original power of attorney or a photocopy thereof shall be attached to and filed with the consent. The consent filed with the Secretary of State shall have attached to it the affidavit of the secretary or some other officer of the corporation stating that the consent has been signed by or on behalf of all the stockholders entitled to vote on a dissolution; in addition, there shall be attached to the consent a certification by the secretary or some other officer of the corporation setting forth the names and residences of the directors and officers of the corporation.
ARTICLE XI
CUSTODIAN
11.1 APPOINTMENT OF A CUSTODIAN IN CERTAIN CASES
          The Court of Chancery, upon application of any stockholder, may appoint one or more persons to be custodians and, if the corporation is insolvent, to be receivers, of and for the corporation when:
          (a) at any meeting held for the election of directors the stockholders are so divided that they have failed to elect successors to directors whose terms have expired or would have expired upon qualification of their successors; or
          (b) the business of the corporation is suffering or is threatened with irreparable injury because the directors are so divided respecting the management of the affairs of the corporation that the required vote for action by the board of directors cannot be obtained and the stockholders are unable to terminate this division; or
          (c) the corporation has abandoned its business and has failed within a reasonable time to take steps to dissolve, liquidate or distribute its assets.
11.2 DUTIES OF CUSTODIAN
          The custodian shall have all the powers and title of a receiver appointed under Section 291 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, but the authority of the custodian shall be to continue the business of the corporation and not to liquidate its affairs and distribute its assets, except when the Court of Chancery otherwise orders and except in cases arising under Sections 226(a)(3) or 352(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

15


 

CERTIFICATE OF ADOPTION OF BYLAWS
OF
ILLUMINA, INC.
Adoption by Incorporator
          The undersigned person appointed in the Certificate of Incorporation to act as the Incorporator of Illumina, Inc. hereby adopts the foregoing bylaws, comprising 20 pages, as the Bylaws of the corporation.
Executed as of                      , 2000.
         
     
        
    Martin J. Waters, Incorporator   
       
 
Certificate by Secretary of Adoption by Incorporator
          The undersigned hereby certifies that he is the duly elected, qualified, and acting Secretary of Illumina, Inc. and that the foregoing Bylaws, comprising 20 pages, were adopted as the Bylaws of the corporation on                      , 2000, by the person appointed in the Certificate of Incorporation to act as the Incorporator of the corporation.
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand and affixed the corporate seal this ____ day of _______, 2000.
         
     
        
    Michael J. O’Donnell, Secretary   
       

16


 

         
(ALTERNATIVE)
CERTIFICATE OF ADOPTION OF BYLAWS
OF
ILLUMINA, INC.
Certificate by Secretary of Adoption by Stockholders’ Vote
          The undersigned hereby certifies that he is the duly elected, qualified, and acting Secretary of Illumina, Inc. and that the foregoing Bylaws, comprising 20 pages, were submitted to the stockholders at their first meeting held on                      , 2000, and recorded in the minutes thereof and were ratified by the vote of stockholders entitled to exercise the majority of the voting power of the corporation.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand and affixed the corporate seal this ____ day of ______ 2000.
         
     
        
    Michael J. O’Donnell, Secretary   
       
 

17

Exhibit 10.25
SOLEXA, INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED 2005 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
TERMINATION DATE: JUNE 2, 2015
1. PURPOSES.
      (a)       Eligible Stock Award Recipients . The persons eligible to receive Stock Awards are Employees, Directors and Consultants.
      (b)       Available Stock Awards . The Plan provides for the grant of the following Stock Awards: (i) Incentive Stock Options, (ii) Nonstatutory Stock Options, (iii) Stock Purchase Awards, (iv) Stock Bonus Awards, (v) Stock Appreciation Rights, (vi) Stock Unit Awards and (vii) Other Stock Awards.
      (c)       General Purpose . The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to secure and retain the services of the group of persons eligible to receive Stock Awards, to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and its Affiliates and to provide a means by which such eligible recipients may be given an opportunity to benefit from increases in value of the Common Stock through the granting of Stock Awards.
2. DEFINITIONS.
      (a)      “ Affiliate ” means any parent corporation or subsidiary corporation of the Company, as of the day of determination, as those terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f), respectively, of the Code.
      (b)      “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
      (c)      “ Capitalization Adjustment ” has the meaning ascribed to that term in Section 11(a).
      (d)      “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:
                (i)      any Exchange Act Person becomes the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities other than by virtue of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur (A) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by an investor, any affiliate thereof or any other Exchange Act Person from the Company in a transaction or series of related transactions the primary purpose of which is to obtain financing for the Company through the issuance of equity securities, or (B) solely because the level of Ownership held by any Exchange Act Person (the “Subject Person”) exceeds the designated percentage threshold of the outstanding voting securities as a result of a repurchase or other acquisition of voting securities by the Company reducing the number of shares outstanding, provided that if a Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a

1


 

result of the acquisition of voting securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition, the Subject Person becomes the Owner of any additional voting securities that, assuming the repurchase or other acquisition had not occurred, increases the percentage of the then outstanding voting securities Owned by the Subject Person over the designated percentage threshold, then a Change in Control shall be deemed to occur;
                (ii)      there is consummated a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving (directly or indirectly) the Company and, immediately after the consummation of such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior thereto do not Own, directly or indirectly, either (A) outstanding voting securities representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined outstanding voting power of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction or (B) more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined outstanding voting power of the parent of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, in each case in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction;
                (iii)      the stockholders of the Company approve or the Board approves a plan of complete dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or a complete dissolution or liquidation of the Company shall otherwise occur; or
                (iv)      there is consummated a sale, lease, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, other than a sale, lease, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries to an Entity, more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are Owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such sale, lease, license or other disposition.
     The term Change in Control shall not include a sale of assets, merger or other transaction effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Plan, the definition of Change in Control (or any analogous term) in an individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant shall supersede the foregoing definition with respect to Stock Awards subject to such agreement (it being understood, however, that if no definition of Change in Control or any analogous term is set forth in such an individual written agreement, the foregoing definition shall apply).
      (e)      “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
      (f)      “ Committee ” means a committee of one (1) or more members of the Board appointed by the Board in accordance with Section 3(c).
      (g)      “ Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.
      (h)      “ Company ” means Solexa, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

2


 

      (i)      “ Consultant ” means any person, including an advisor, who (i) is engaged by the Company or an Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services and is compensated for such services or (ii) is serving as a member of the Board of Directors of an Affiliate and is compensated for such services. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such service, shall not cause a Director to be considered a “Consultant” for purposes of the Plan.
      (j)      “ Continuous Service ” means that the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, whether as an Employee, Director or Consultant, is not interrupted or terminated. A change in the capacity in which the Participant renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee, Consultant or Director or a change in the entity for which the Participant renders such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, shall not terminate a Participant’s Continuous Service. For example, a change in status from an employee of the Company to a consultant of an Affiliate or to a Director shall not constitute an interruption of Continuous Service. The Board or the chief executive officer of the Company, in that party’s sole discretion, may determine whether Continuous Service shall be considered interrupted in the case of any leave of absence approved by that party, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal leave. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a leave of absence shall be treated as Continuous Service for purposes of vesting in a Stock Award only to such extent as may be provided in the Company’s leave of absence policy or in the written terms of the Participant’s leave of absence.
      (k)      “ Corporate Transaction ” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:
                (i)      a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries;
                (ii)      a sale or other disposition of at least fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding securities of the Company;
                (iii)      a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or
                (iv)      a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.
      (l)      “ Covered Employee ” means the chief executive officer and the four (4) other highest compensated officers of the Company for whom total compensation is required to be reported to stockholders under the Exchange Act, as determined for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code.
      (m)      “ Director ” means a member of the Board.
      (n)      “ Disability ” means the permanent and total disability of a person within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

3


 

      (o)      “ Employee ” means any person employed by the Company or an Affiliate. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such service, shall not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.
      (p)      “ Entity ” means a corporation, partnership or other entity.
      (q)      “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
      (r)      “ Exchange Act Person ” means any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act), except that “Exchange Act Person” shall not include (i) the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, or (iv) an Entity Owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of stock of the Company; or (v) any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act) that, as of the effective date of the Plan as set forth in Section 14, is the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities.
      (s)      “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined as follows and, if applicable, in a manner consistent with Section 260.140.50 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations:
                (i)      If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or traded on the Nasdaq National Market, the Nasdaq SmallCap Market or over-the-counter market, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or market (or the exchange or market with the greatest volume of trading in the Common Stock) on the last market trading day prior to the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Board deems reliable.
                (ii)      In the absence of such markets for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Board in good faith.
      (t)      “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
      (u)      “ Non-Employee Director ” means a Director who either (i) is not a current employee or officer of the Company or an Affiliate, does not receive compensation, either directly or indirectly, from the Company or an Affiliate for services rendered as a consultant or in any capacity other than as a Director (except for an amount as to which disclosure would not be required under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act (“Regulation S-K”)), does not possess an interest in any other transaction for which disclosure would be required under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K, and is not engaged in a business

4


 

relationship for which disclosure would be required pursuant to Item 404(b) of Regulation S-K; or (ii) is otherwise considered a “non-employee director” for purposes of Rule 16b-3.
      (v)      “ Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.
      (w)      “ Officer ” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
      (x)      “ Option ” means a stock option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.
      (y)      “ Option Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and an Optionholder evidencing the terms and conditions of an Option grant. Each Option Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.
      (z)      “ Optionholder ” means a person to whom an Option is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Option.
      (aa)      “ Other Stock Award ” means an award based in whole or in part by reference to the Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 7(e).
      (bb)      “ Other Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of an Other Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of an Other Stock Award grant. Each Other Stock Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.
      (cc)      “ Outside Director ” means a Director who either (i) is not a current employee of the Company or an “affiliated corporation” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 162(m) of the Code), is not a former employee of the Company or an “affiliated corporation” who receives compensation for prior services (other than benefits under a tax-qualified retirement plan) during the taxable year, has not been an officer of the Company or an “affiliated corporation,” and does not receive remuneration from the Company or an “affiliated corporation,” either directly or indirectly, in any capacity other than as a Director or (ii) is otherwise considered an “outside director” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code.
      (dd)      “ Own ,” “ Owned ,” “ Owner ,” “ Ownership ” A person or Entity shall be deemed to “Own,” to have “Owned,” to be the “Owner” of, or to have acquired “Ownership” of securities if such person or Entity, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting, with respect to such securities.
      (ee)      “ Participant ” means a person to whom a Stock Award is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Stock Award.
      (ff)      “ Plan ” means this Solexa, Inc. 2005 Equity Incentive Plan.

5


 

      (gg)      “ Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect from time to time.
      (hh)      “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
      (ii)      “ Stock Appreciation Right ” means a right to receive the appreciation on Common Stock that is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 7(d).
      (jj)      “ Stock Appreciation Right Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Stock Appreciation Right evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Appreciation Right grant. Each Stock Appreciation Right Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.
      (kk)      “ Stock Award ” means any right granted under the Plan, including an Option, a Stock Purchase Award, Stock Bonus Award, a Stock Appreciation Right, a Stock Unit Award or any Other Stock Award.
      (ll)      “ Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Award grant. Each Stock Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.
      (mm)      “ Stock Bonus Award ” means an award of shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 7(b).
      (nn)      “ Stock Bonus Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Stock Bonus Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Bonus Award grant. Each Stock Bonus Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.
      (oo)      “ Stock Purchase Award ” means an award of shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 7(a).
      (pp)      “ Stock Purchase Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Stock Purchase Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Purchase Award grant. Each Stock Purchase Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.
      (qq)      “ Stock Unit Award ” means a right to receive shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 7(c).
      (rr)      “ Stock Unit Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Stock Unit Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Unit Award grant. Each Stock Unit Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.
      (ss)      “ Subsidiary ” means, with respect to the Company, (i) any corporation of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time,

6


 

stock of any other class or classes of such corporation shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time, directly or indirectly, Owned by the Company, and (ii) any partnership in which the Company has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting or participation in profits or capital contribution) of more than fifty percent (50%).
      (tt)      “ Ten Percent Stockholder ” means a person who Owns (or is deemed to Own pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of any of its Affiliates.
3. ADMINISTRATION.
      (a)       Administration by Board . The Board shall administer the Plan unless and until the Board delegates administration of the Plan to a Committee, as provided in Section 3(c).
      (b)       Powers of Board . The Board shall have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:
                (i)      To determine from time to time which of the persons eligible under the Plan shall be granted Stock Awards; when and how each Stock Award shall be granted; what type or combination of types of Stock Award shall be granted; the provisions of each Stock Award granted (which need not be identical), including the time or times when a person shall be permitted to receive Common Stock pursuant to a Stock Award; and the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which a Stock Award shall be granted to each such person.
                (ii)      To construe and interpret the Plan and Stock Awards granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for its administration. The Board, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Stock Award Agreement, in a manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan fully effective.
                (iii)      To amend the Plan or a Stock Award as provided in Section 12.
                (iv)      To terminate or suspend the Plan as provided in Section 13.
                (v)      Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Board deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and that are not in conflict with the provisions of the Plan.
                (vi)      To adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States.
      (c)       Delegation to Committee .
                (i)       General . The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees of one (1) or more members of the Board, and the term “ Committee ” shall apply to any person or persons to whom such authority has been delegated. If

7


 

administration is delegated to a Committee, the Committee shall have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board shall thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with the Committee and may, at any time, revest in the Board some or all of the powers previously delegated.
                (ii)       Section  162(m) and Rule 16b-3 Compliance . In the sole discretion of the Board, the Committee may consist solely of two or more Outside Directors, in accordance with Section 162(m) of the Code, and/or solely of two or more Non-Employee Directors, in accordance with Rule 16b-3. In addition, the Board or the Committee, in its sole discretion, may (1) delegate to a committee of one or more members of the Board who need not be Outside Directors the authority to grant Stock Awards to eligible persons who are either (a) not then Covered Employees and are not expected to be Covered Employees at the time of recognition of income resulting from such Stock Award, or (b) not persons with respect to whom the Company wishes to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code, and/or (2) delegate to a committee of one or more members of the Board who need not be Non-Employee Directors the authority to grant Stock Awards to eligible persons who are not then subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.
      (d)       Delegation to an Officer . The Board may delegate to one or more Officers of the Company the authority to do one or both of the following (i) designate Officers and Employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to be recipients of Stock Awards and (ii) determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to such Stock Awards granted to such Officers and Employees of the Company; provided , however , that the Board resolutions regarding such delegation shall specify the total number of shares of Common Stock that may be subject to the Stock Awards granted by such Officer and that such Officer may not grant a Stock Award to himself or herself. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 3(d), the Board may not delegate to an Officer authority to determine the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock pursuant to Section 2(s)(ii) above.
      (e)       Effect of Board’s Decision . All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith shall not be subject to review by any person and shall be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.
4. SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.
      (a)       Initial Share Reserve . Subject to the provisions of Section 11(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to Stock Awards shall not exceed in the aggregate one million nine hundred seventy-eight thousand seven hundred sixty-seven (1,978,767) shares of Common Stock (which includes a total of one hundred seventy-eight thousand seven hundred sixty-seven (178,767) shares of Common Stock that were previously held in reserve under the Lynx Therapeutics, Inc. 1992 Stock Option Plan, but which were unused, and which have been transferred to this Plan). Additionally, if any outstanding stock options granted under the Lynx Therapeutics, Inc. 1992 Stock Option Plan shall for any

8


 

reason expire or otherwise terminate, in whole or in part, without having been exercised in full, the shares of Common Stock that are not acquired under any such stock options shall revert to, and become available for issuance under this Plan. The maximum aggregate number of additional shares of Common Stock that may revert to this Plan under this provision is one million one hundred seventy-one thousand seven hundred thirty-seven (1,171,737) shares.
      (b)       Reversion of Shares to the Share Reserve . If any Stock Award under this Plan shall for any reason expire or otherwise terminate, in whole or in part, without having been exercised in full, or if any shares of Common Stock issued to a Participant pursuant to a Stock Award are forfeited to or repurchased by the Company, including, but not limited to, any repurchase or forfeiture caused by the failure to meet a contingency or condition required for the vesting of such shares, then the shares of Common Stock not issued under such Stock Award, or forfeited to or repurchased by the Company, shall revert to and again become available for issuance under the Plan. If any shares subject to a Stock Award are not delivered to a Participant because such shares are withheld for the payment of taxes or the Stock Award is exercised through a reduction of shares subject to the Stock Award ( i.e. , “net exercised”), the number of shares that are not delivered to the Participant shall remain available for issuance under the Plan. If the exercise price of any Stock Award is satisfied by tendering shares of Common Stock held by the Participant (either by actual delivery or attestation), then the number of shares so tendered shall remain available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4(b), subject to the provisions of Section 11 (a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options shall be three million one hundred fifty thousand five hundred four (3,150,504) shares of Common Stock (which includes a total of one million one hundred seventy-one thousand seven hundred thirty-seven (1,171,737) shares of Common Stock that may revert to this Plan under Section 4(a)).
      (c)       Source of Shares . The shares of Common Stock subject to the Plan may be unissued shares or reacquired shares, bought on the market or otherwise.
      (d)       Share Reserve Limitation . Notwithstanding Section 4(a), to the extent required by Section 260.140.45 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations, the total number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of all outstanding Options and the total number of shares of Common Stock provided for under any stock bonus or similar plan of the Company shall not exceed the applicable percentage as calculated in accordance with the conditions and exclusions of Section 260.140.45 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations, based on the shares of Common Stock of the Company that are outstanding at the time the calculation is made.
5. ELIGIBILITY.
      (a)       Eligibility for Specific Stock Awards . Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees. Stock Awards other than Incentive Stock Options may be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants.

9


 

      (b)       Ten Percent Stockholders .
                (i)      A Ten Percent Stockholder shall not be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless the exercise price of such Option is at least one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant and the Option is not exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the date of grant.
                (ii)      To the extent Section 260.140.41 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations is applicable, a Ten Percent Stockholder shall not be granted a Nonstatutory Stock Option unless the exercise price of the Option is at least (a) one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant, or (b) such lower percentage of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant as is permitted by Section 260.140.41 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations at the time of the grant of the Option.
                (iii)      To the extent Section 260.140.42 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations is applicable, a Ten Percent Stockholder shall not be granted a Stock Purchase Award, Stock Appreciation Right (if such award could be settled in shares of Common Stock), or a Stock Unit Award (if such award could be settled in shares of Common Stock), unless the purchase price of the stock is at least (i) one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant, or (ii) such lower percentage of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant as is permitted by Section 260.140.42 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations at the time of the grant of the award.
      (c)       Section  162(m) Limitation on Annual Grants . Subject to the provisions of Section 11(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, no Employee shall be eligible to be granted Options or Stock Appreciation Rights covering more than one million five hundred thousand (1,500,000) shares of Common Stock during any calendar year.
      (d)       Consultants . A Consultant shall not be eligible for the grant of a Stock Award if, at the time of grant, a Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act (“ Form S-8 ”) is not available to register either the offer or the sale of the Company’s securities to such Consultant because of the nature of the services that the Consultant is providing to the Company, because the Consultant is not a natural person, or because of any other rule governing the use of Form S-8.
6. OPTION PROVISIONS.
     Each Option shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. All Options shall be separately designated Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options at the time of grant, and, if certificates are issued, a separate certificate or certificates shall be issued for shares of Common Stock purchased on exercise of each type of Option. The provisions of separate Options need not be identical, provided , however , that each Option Agreement shall include (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the Option or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

10


 

      (a)       Term . The Board shall determine the term of an Option; provided , however , that subject to the provisions of Section 5 (b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, no Incentive Stock Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date on which it was granted.
      (b)       Exercise Price of an Incentive Stock Option . Subject to the provisions of Section 5(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, the exercise price of each Incentive Stock Option shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option on the date the Option is granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Incentive Stock Option may be granted with an exercise price lower than that set forth in the preceding sentence if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner satisfying the provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code.
      (c)       Exercise Price of a Nonstatutory Stock Option . Subject to the provisions of Section 5(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, the exercise price of each Nonstatutory Stock Option shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option on the date the Option is granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Nonstatutory Stock Option may be granted with an exercise price lower than that set forth in the preceding sentence if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner consistent with the provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code.
      (d)       Consideration . The purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to an Option shall be paid, to the extent permitted by applicable statutes and regulations, either (i) in cash at the time the Option is exercised or (ii) at the sole discretion of the Board at the time of the grant of the Option (or subsequently in the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option) (1) by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of other Common Stock at the time the Option is exercised, (2) by a “net exercise” of the Option (as further described below), (3) pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of Common Stock, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds, or (4) in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board. Unless otherwise specifically provided in the Option, the purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to an Option that is paid by delivery to the Company of other Common Stock acquired, directly or indirectly from the Company, shall be paid only by shares of the Common Stock of the Company that have been held for more than six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid a charge to earnings for financial accounting purposes). At any time that the Company is incorporated in Delaware, payment of the Common Stock’s “par value,” as defined in the Delaware General Corporation Law, shall not be made by deferred payment.
     In the case of a “net exercise” of an Option, the Company will not require a payment of the exercise price of the Option from the Participant but will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issued upon the exercise by the largest number of whole shares that has a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price. With respect to any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price, the Company shall accept a cash payment from the

11


 

Participant. Shares of Common Stock will no longer be outstanding under an Option (and will therefore not thereafter be exercisable) following the exercise of such Option to the extent of (i) shares used to pay the exercise price of an Option under the “net exercise,” (ii) shares actually delivered to the Participant as a result of such exercise and (iii) shares withheld for purposes of tax withholding.
      (e) Transferability of an Incentive Stock Option . An Incentive Stock Option shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Optionholder only by the Optionholder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionholder may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form provided by or otherwise satisfactory to the Company, designate a third party who, in the event of the death of the Optionholder, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise the Option.
      (f) Transferability of a Nonstatutory Stock Option . A Nonstatutory Stock Option shall be transferable pursuant to a domestic relations order and to such further extent provided in the Option Agreement; provided , however , if the Nonstatutory Stock Option does not provide for transferability, then the Nonstatutory Stock Option shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Optionholder only by the Optionholder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionholder may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form provided by or otherwise satisfactory to the Company, designate a third party who, in the event of the death of the Optionholder, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise the Option. Notwithstanding the above, to the extent Section 260.140.41(d) of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations is applicable at the time of grant of the Nonstatutory Stock Option, the Option shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise permitted by Section 260.141.41(d) and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Optionholder only by the Optionholder.
      (g) Vesting Generally . The total number of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option may vest and therefore become exercisable in periodic installments that may be equal. The Option may be subject to such other terms and conditions on the time or times when it may be exercised (which may be based on performance or other criteria) as the Board may deem appropriate. The vesting provisions of individual Options may vary. The provisions of this Section 6(g) are subject to any Option provisions governing the minimum number of shares of Common Stock as to which an Option may be exercised.
      (h) Minimum Vesting . Notwithstanding the foregoing Section 6(g), to the extent that the following restrictions on vesting are required by Section 260.140.41(f) of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations at the time of the grant of the Option, then:
           (i) Options granted to an Employee who is not an Officer, Director or Consultant shall provide for vesting of the total number of shares of Common Stock at a rate of at least twenty percent (20%) per year over five (5) years from the date the Option was granted, subject to reasonable conditions such as continued employment; and

12


 

           (ii) Options granted to Officers, Directors or Consultants may be made fully exercisable, subject to reasonable conditions such as continued employment, at any time or during any period established by the Company.
      (i) Termination of Continuous Service . In the event that an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates (other than upon the Optionholder’s death or Disability), the Optionholder may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of termination of Continuous Service) but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement, or (ii) the date three (3) months following the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement, which period shall not be less than thirty (30) days in the case of an Option subject to Section 260.140.41(g) of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations, unless such termination is for cause). If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Optionholder does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein or in the Option Agreement (as applicable), the Option shall terminate.
      (j) Extension of Termination Date . An Optionholder’s Option Agreement may provide that if the exercise of the Option following the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service (other than upon the Optionholder’s death or Disability) would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of shares of Common Stock would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, then the Option shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of the term of the Option set forth in the Option Agreement or (ii) the expiration of a period of three (3) months after the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service during which the exercise of the Option would not be in violation of such registration requirements.
      (k) Disability of Optionholder . In the event that an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Optionholder’s Disability, the Optionholder may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of termination of Continuous Service), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement, or (ii) the date twelve (12) months following such termination of Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement, which period shall not be less than six (6) months in the case of an Option subject to Section 260.140.41(g) of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations). If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Optionholder does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein or in the Option Agreement (as applicable), the Option shall terminate.
      (l) Death of Optionholder . In the event that (i) an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Optionholder’s death, or (ii) the Optionholder dies within the period (if any) specified in the Option Agreement after the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service, then the Option may be exercised (to the extent the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of death) by the Optionholder’s estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated to exercise the option upon the Optionholder’s death pursuant to Sections 6(e) or 6(f), but only within the period ending on the earlier of (i) the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth

13


 

in the Option Agreement or (ii) the date eighteen (18) months following the date of death (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement, which period shall not be less than six (6) months in the case of an Option subject to Section 260.140.41(g) of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations). If, after the Optionholder’s death, the Option is not exercised within the time specified herein or in the Option Agreement (as applicable), the Option shall terminate.
      (m) Early Exercise . The Option may include a provision whereby the Optionholder may elect at any time before the Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates to exercise the Option as to any part or all of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option prior to the full vesting of the Option.
     Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 10(i), any unvested shares of Common Stock so purchased may be subject to a repurchase option in favor of the Company or to any other restriction the Board determines to be appropriate. Provided that the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 10(i) is not violated, the Company shall not be required to exercise its repurchase option until at least six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid a charge to earnings for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following exercise of the Option unless the Board otherwise specifically provides in the Option.
      (n)  [Deleted and Reserved]
      (o) Right of First Refusal . The Option may, but need not, include a provision whereby the Company may elect to exercise a right of first refusal following receipt of notice from the Optionholder of the intent to transfer all or any part of the shares of Common Stock received upon the exercise of the Option. Except as expressly provided in this Section 6(n) or in the Stock Award Agreement for the Option, such right of first refusal shall otherwise comply with any applicable provisions of the Bylaws of the Company. The Company will not exercise its right of first refusal until at least six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid a charge to earnings for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following exercise of the Option unless otherwise specifically provided in the Option.
7.      PROVISIONS OF STOCK AWARDS OTHER THAN OPTIONS.
      (a) Stock Purchase Awards . Each Stock Purchase Award Agreement shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. At the Board’s election, shares of Common Stock may be (i) held in book entry form subject to the Company’s instructions until any restrictions relating to the Stock Purchase Award lapse, or (ii) evidenced by a certificate, which certificate shall be held in such form and manner as determined by the Board. The terms and conditions of Stock Purchase Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Stock Purchase Award Agreements need not be identical, provided , however , that each Stock Purchase Award Agreement shall include (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:
           (i) Purchase Price . At the time of the grant of a Stock Purchase Award, the Board will determine the price to be paid by the Participant for each share subject to the Stock Purchase Award. To the extent required by applicable law, the price to be paid by the Participant for each share of the Stock Purchase Award will not be less than the par value of a share of Common Stock.
           (ii) Consideration . At the time of the grant of a Stock Purchase Award, the Board will determine the consideration permissible for the payment of the purchase price of the Stock Purchase Award. The purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the Stock Purchase Award shall be paid either: (i) in cash at the time of purchase, or (ii) in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board in its sole discretion and permissible under applicable law.

14


 

           (iii) Vesting . Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 10(i), shares of Common Stock acquired under a Stock Purchase Award may be subject to a share repurchase right or option in favor of the Company in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the Board.
           (iv) Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service . Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 10(i), in the event that a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates, the Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to repurchase or otherwise reacquire, any or all of the shares of Common Stock held by the Participant that have not vested as of the date of termination under the terms of the Stock Purchase Award Agreement. At the Board’s election, the repurchase right may be the lesser of: (i) the Fair Market Value on the relevant date, or (ii) the Participant’s original cost. Provided that the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 10(i) is not violated, the Company shall not be required to exercise its repurchase option until at least six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid a charge to earnings for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following the purchase of the restricted stock unless otherwise determined by the Board or provided in the Stock Purchase Award Agreement.
           (v) Transferability . Rights to purchase or receive shares of Common Stock granted under a Stock Purchase Award shall be transferable by the Participant only upon such terms and conditions as are set forth in the Stock Purchase Award Agreement, as the Board shall determine in its sole discretion, and so long as Common Stock awarded under the Stock Purchase Award remains subject to the terms of the Stock Purchase Award Agreement.
      (b) Stock Bonus Awards. Each Stock Bonus Award Agreement shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. At the Board’s election, shares of Common Stock may be (i) held in book entry form subject to the Company’s instructions until any restrictions relating to the Stock Bonus Award lapse; or evidenced by a certificate, which certificate shall be held in such form and manner as determined by the Board. The terms and conditions of Stock Bonus Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Stock Bonus Award Agreements need not be identical, provided , however , that each Stock Bonus Award Agreement shall include (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:
           (i) Consideration . A Stock Bonus Award may be awarded in consideration for (i) past services actually rendered to the Company or an Affiliate or (ii) any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board in its sole discretion and permissible under applicable law.
           (ii) Vesting . Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 10(i), shares of Common Stock awarded under the Stock Bonus Award Agreement may be subject to forfeiture to the Company in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the Board.
           (iii) Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service . Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 10(i), in the event a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates, the Company may receive via a forfeiture condition, any or all of the shares of Common Stock held by the Participant which have not vested as of the date of termination of Continuous Service under the terms of the Stock Bonus Award Agreement.

15


 

           (iv) Transferability . Rights to acquire shares of Common Stock under the Stock Bonus Award Agreement shall be transferable by the Participant only upon such terms and conditions as are set forth in the Stock Bonus Award Agreement, as the Board shall determine in its sole discretion, so long as Common Stock awarded under the Stock Bonus Award Agreement remains subject to the terms of the Stock Bonus Award Agreement.
      (c) Stock Unit Awards . Each Stock Unit Award Agreement shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. The terms and conditions of Stock Unit Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Stock Unit Award Agreements need not be identical, provided , however , that each Stock Unit Award Agreement shall include (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:
           (i) Consideration . At the time of grant of a Stock Unit Award, the Board will determine the consideration, if any, to be paid by the Participant upon delivery of each share of Common Stock subject to the Stock Unit Award. The consideration to be paid (if any) by the Participant for each share of Common Stock subject to a Stock Unit Award may be paid in any form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board in its sole discretion and permissible under applicable law.
           (ii) Vesting . At the time of the grant of a Stock Unit Award, the Board may impose such restrictions or conditions to the vesting of the Stock Unit Award as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate; provided, however , that a Stock Unit Award that could be settled in shares of Common Stock shall be subject to the provisions of section 10 (i).
           (iii) Payment . A Stock Unit Award may be settled by the delivery of shares of Common Stock, their cash equivalent, any combination thereof or in any other form of consideration as determined by the Board and contained in the Stock Unit Award Agreement.
           (iv) Additional Restrictions . At the time of the grant of a Stock Unit Award, the Board, as it deems appropriate, may impose such restrictions or conditions that delay the delivery of the shares of Common Stock (or their cash equivalent) subject to a Stock Unit Award after the vesting of such Stock Unit Award.
           (v) Dividend Equivalents . Dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares of Common Stock covered by a Stock Unit Award, as determined by the Board and contained in the Stock Unit Award Agreement. At the sole discretion of the Board, such dividend equivalents may be converted into additional shares of Common Stock covered by the Stock Unit Award in such manner as determined by the Board. Any additional shares covered by the Stock Unit Award credited by reason of such dividend equivalents will be subject to all the terms and conditions of the underlying Stock Unit Award Agreement to which they relate.
           (vi) Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service . Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Stock Unit Award Agreement, such portion of the Stock Unit Award that has not vested will be forfeited upon the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service.
      (d) Stock Appreciation Rights . Each Stock Appreciation Right Agreement shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate.

16


 

The terms and conditions of Stock Appreciation Right Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Stock Appreciation Right Agreements need not be identical, provided , however , that each Stock Appreciation Right Agreement shall include (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:
           (i) Strike Price and Calculation of Appreciation . Each Stock Appreciation Right will be denominated in share of Common Stock equivalents. The appreciation distribution payable on the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right will be not greater than an amount equal to the excess of (A) the aggregate Fair Market Value (on the date of the exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right) of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of share of Common Stock equivalents in which the Participant is vested under such Stock Appreciation Right, and with respect to which the Participant is exercising the Stock Appreciation Right on such date, over (B) an amount (the strike price) that will be determined by the Board at the time of grant of the Stock Appreciation Right.
           (ii) Vesting . At the time of the grant of a Stock Appreciation Right, the Board may impose such restrictions or conditions to the vesting of such Stock Appreciation Right as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate; provided, however, that a Stock Appreciation Right that could be settled in shares of Common Stock shall be subject to the provision of Section 10 (i).
           (iii) Exercise . To exercise any outstanding Stock Appreciation Right, the Participant must provide written notice of exercise to the Company in compliance with the provisions of the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement evidencing such Stock Appreciation Right.
           (iv) Payment . The appreciation distribution in respect to a Stock Appreciation Right may be paid in Common Stock, in cash, in any combination of the two or in any other form of consideration as determined by the Board and contained in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement evidencing such Stock Appreciation Right.
           (v) Termination of Continuous Service . In the event that a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates, the Participant may exercise his or her Stock Appreciation Right (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Stock Appreciation Right as of the date of termination) but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date three (3) months following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement) or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Stock Appreciation Right as set forth in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement. If, after termination, the Participant does not exercise his or her Stock Appreciation Right within the time specified herein or in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement (as applicable), the Stock Appreciation Right shall terminate.
      (e) Other Stock Awards . Other forms of Stock Awards valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, Common Stock may be granted either alone or in addition to Stock Awards provided for under Section 6 and the preceding provisions of this Section 7. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board shall have sole and complete authority to determine the persons to whom and the time or times at which such Other Stock Awards will be granted, the number of shares of Common Stock (or the cash equivalent thereof) to be granted

17


 

pursuant to such Other Stock Awards and all other terms and conditions of such Other Stock Awards.
8.      COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.
      (a) Availability of Shares . During the terms of the Stock Awards, the Company shall keep available at all times the number of shares of Common Stock required to satisfy such Stock Awards.
      (b) Securities Law Compliance . The Company shall seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Stock Awards and to issue and sell shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Stock Awards; provided , however , that this undertaking shall not require the Company to register under the Securities Act the Plan, any Stock Award or any Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to any such Stock Award. If, after reasonable efforts, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority which counsel for the Company deems necessary for the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, the Company shall be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Stock Awards unless and until such authority is obtained.
9.      USE OF PROCEEDS FROM STOCK.
     Proceeds from the sale of Common Stock pursuant to Stock Awards shall constitute general funds of the Company.
10.    MISCELLANEOUS.
      (a) Acceleration of Exercisability and Vesting . The Board shall have the power to accelerate the time at which a Stock Award may first be exercised or the time during which a Stock Award or any part thereof will vest in accordance with the Plan, notwithstanding the provisions in the Stock Award stating the time at which it may first be exercised or the time during which it will vest.
      (b) Stockholder Rights . No Participant shall be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock subject to such Stock Award unless and until such Participant has satisfied all requirements for exercise of the Stock Award pursuant to its terms.
      (c) No Employment or other Service Rights . Nothing in the Plan, any Stock Award Agreement or other instrument executed thereunder or any Stock Award granted pursuant thereto shall confer upon any Participant any right to continue to serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Stock Award was granted or shall affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate (i) the employment of an Employee with or without notice and with or without cause, (ii) the service of a Consultant pursuant to the terms of such Consultant’s agreement with the Company or an Affiliate or (iii) the service of a Director pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the corporate law of the state in which the Company or the Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may be.

18


 

      (d) Incentive Stock Option $100,000 Limitation . To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionholder during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and its Affiliates) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), the Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options, notwithstanding any contrary provision of the applicable Option Agreement(s).
      (e) Investment Assurances . The Company may require a Participant, as a condition of exercising or acquiring Common Stock under any Stock Award, (i) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company as to the Participant’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and/or to employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Company who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters and that he or she is capable of evaluating, alone or together with the purchaser representative, the merits and risks of exercising the Stock Award; and (ii) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company stating that the Participant is acquiring Common Stock subject to the Stock Award for the Participant’s own account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the Common Stock. The foregoing requirements, and any assurances given pursuant to such requirements, shall be inoperative if (1) the issuance of the shares of Common Stock upon the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under the Stock Award has been registered under a then currently effective registration statement under the Securities Act or (2) as to any particular requirement, a determination is made by counsel for the Company that such requirement need not be met in the circumstances under the then applicable securities laws. The Company may, upon advice of counsel to the Company, place legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan as such counsel deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with applicable securities laws, including, but not limited to, legends restricting the transfer of the Common Stock.
      (f) Withholding Obligations . To the extent provided by the terms of a Stock Award Agreement, the Company may in its sole discretion, satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to a Stock Award by any of the following means (in addition to the Company’s right to withhold from any compensation paid to the Participant by the Company) or by a combination of such means: (i) causing the Participant to tender a cash payment; (ii) withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to the Participant in connection with the Stock Award; or (iii) by such other method as may be set forth in the Stock Award Agreement.
      (g) Electronic Delivery . Any reference herein to a “written” agreement or document shall include any agreement or document delivered electronically or posted on the Company’s intranet.
      (h) Information Obligation . To the extent required by Section 260.140.46 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations, the Company shall deliver financial statements to Participants at least annually. This Section 10(h) shall not apply to key Employees whose duties in connection with the Company assure them access to equivalent information.
      (i) [Deleted and Reserved]

19


 

11.    ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN STOCK.
      (a) Capitalization Adjustments . If any change is made in, or other event occurs with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Stock Award without the receipt of consideration by the Company (through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or other transaction not involving the receipt of consideration by the Company (each a “Capitalization Adjustment”), the Plan will be appropriately adjusted in the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Sections 4(a) and 4(b) and the maximum number of securities subject to award to any person pursuant to Section 5(c), and the outstanding Stock Awards will be appropriately adjusted in the class(es) and number of securities and price per share of Common Stock subject to such outstanding Stock Awards. The Board shall make such adjustments, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive. (Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as a transaction “without receipt of consideration” by the Company.)
      (b) Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, all outstanding Stock Awards (other than Stock Awards consisting of vested and outstanding shares of Common Stock not subject to the Company’s right of repurchase) shall terminate immediately prior to the completion of such dissolution or liquidation, and the shares of Common Stock subject to the Company’s repurchase option may be repurchased by the Company notwithstanding the fact that the holder of such Stock Award is providing Continuous Service, provided , however , that the Board may, in its sole discretion, cause some or all Stock Awards to become fully vested, exercisable and/or no longer subject to repurchase or forfeiture (to the extent such Stock Awards have not previously expired or terminated) before the dissolution or liquidation is completed but contingent on its completion.
      (c) Corporate Transaction . In the event of a Corporate Transaction, any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation may assume or continue any or all Stock Awards outstanding under the Plan or may substitute similar stock awards for Stock Awards outstanding under the Plan (including but not limited to, awards to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders of the Company, as the case may be, pursuant to the Corporate Transaction), and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company in respect of Common Stock issued pursuant to Stock Awards may be assigned by the Company to the successor of the Company (or the successor’s parent company), if any, in connection with such Corporate Transaction. A surviving corporation or acquiring corporation may not choose to assume or continue only a portion of a Stock Award or substitute a similar stock award for only a portion of a Stock Award. The terms of any assumption, continuation or substitution shall be set by the Board in accordance with the provisions of Section 3. In the event that any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation does not assume or continue all such outstanding Stock Awards or substitute similar stock awards for all such outstanding Stock Awards, then with respect to Stock Awards that have been not assumed, continued or substituted and that are held by Participants whose Continuous Service has not terminated prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction, the vesting of such Stock Awards (and, if applicable, the time at which such Stock Awards may be exercised) shall (contingent upon the effectiveness of the Corporate Transaction) be accelerated in full to a date prior to the effective time of such Corporate Transaction as the Board shall determine (or, if

20


 

the Board shall not determine such a date, to the date that is five (5) days prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction), and such Stock Awards shall terminate if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to such effective time, and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to such Stock Awards shall (contingent upon the effectiveness of the Corporate Transaction) lapse. With respect to any other Stock Awards outstanding under the Plan that have not been assumed, continued or substituted, the vesting of such Stock Awards (and, if applicable, the time at which such Stock Award may be exercised) shall not be accelerated, unless otherwise provided in a written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the holder of such Stock Award, and such Stock Awards (other than Stock Awards consisting of vested and outstanding shares of Common Stock not subject to the Company’s right of repurchase) shall terminate if not exercised (if applicable) prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction.
      (d) Change in Control . A Stock Award may be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability upon or after a Change in Control as may be provided in the Stock Award Agreement for such Stock Award or as may be provided in any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant, but in the absence of such provision, no such acceleration shall occur.
12.    AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN AND STOCK AWARDS.
      (a) Amendment of Plan . Subject to the limitations, if any, of applicable law, the Board at any time, and from time to time, may amend the Plan. However, except as provided in Section 11(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, no amendment shall be effective unless approved by the stockholders of the Company to the extent stockholder approval is necessary to satisfy applicable law.
      (b) Stockholder Approval . The Board, in its sole discretion, may submit any other amendment to the Plan for stockholder approval, including, but not limited to, amendments to the Plan intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code and the regulations thereunder regarding the exclusion of performance-based compensation from the limit on corporate deductibility of compensation paid to Covered Employees.
      (c) Contemplated Amendments . It is expressly contemplated that the Board may amend the Plan in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable to provide eligible Employees with the maximum benefits provided or to be provided under the provisions of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder relating to Incentive Stock Options and/or to bring the Plan and/or Incentive Stock Options granted under it into compliance therewith.
      (d) No Impairment of Rights . Rights under any Stock Award granted before amendment of the Plan shall not be impaired by any amendment of the Plan unless (i) the Company requests the consent of the Participant and (ii) the Participant consents in writing.
      (e) Amendment of Stock Awards . The Board at any time, and from time to time, may amend the terms of any one or more Stock Awards, including, but not limited to, amendments to provide terms more favorable than previously provided in the agreement evidencing a Stock Award, subject to any specified limits in the Plan that are not subject to

21


 

Board discretion; provided , however , that the rights under any Stock Award shall not be impaired by any such amendment unless (i) the Company requests the consent of the Participant and (ii) the Participant consents in writing.
13.    TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE PLAN.
      (a) Plan Term . The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Unless sooner terminated, the Plan shall terminate on the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the date the Plan is adopted by the Board or approved by the stockholders of the Company, whichever is earlier. No Stock Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.
      (b) No Impairment of Rights . Suspension or termination of the Plan shall not impair rights and obligations under any Stock Award granted while the Plan is in effect except with the written consent of the Participant.
14.    EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN.
     The Plan shall become effective on June 3, 2005, but no Stock Award shall be exercised (or, in the case of a stock bonus, shall be granted) unless and until the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, which approval shall be within twelve (12) months before or after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board.
15.    CHOICE OF LAW.
     The law of the State of Delaware shall govern all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Plan, without regard to such state’s conflict of laws rules.

22

Exhibit 10.26
SOLEXA, INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED 1992 STOCK OPTION PLAN
Termination Date: March 11, 2006
1.      Purposes.
      (a) Eligible Option Recipients . The persons eligible to receive Options are the Employees, Directors and Consultants of the Company and its Affiliates.
      (b) Available Options . The purpose of the Plan is to provide a means by which eligible recipients of Options may be given an opportunity to benefit from increases in value of the Common Stock through the granting of the following Options: (i) Incentive Stock Options, and (ii) Nonstatutory Stock Options.
      (c) General Purpose . The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to retain the services of the group of persons eligible to receive Options, to secure and retain the services of new members of this group and to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and its Affiliates.
2.      Definitions.
      (a) “ Affiliate means any parent corporation or subsidiary corporation of the Company, whether now or hereafter existing, as those terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f), respectively, of the Code.
      (b) “ Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.
      (c) “ Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
      (d) “ Committee means a Committee appointed by the Board in accordance with subsection 3(c).
      (e) “ Common Stock means the common stock of the Company.
      (f) “ Company means Solexa , Inc., a Delaware corporation.
      (g) “ Consultant means any person, including an advisor, (1) engaged by the Company or an Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services and who is compensated for such services or (2) who is a member of the Board of Directors of an Affiliate. However, the term “Consultant” shall not include either Directors of the Company who are not compensated by the Company for their services as Directors or Directors of the Company who are merely paid a director’s fee by the Company for their services as Directors.
      (h) “ Continuous Service means that the Optionholder’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, whether as an Employee, Director or Consultant, is not interrupted or terminated. The Optionholder’s Continuous Service shall not be deemed to have terminated merely because of a change in the capacity in which the Optionholder renders service to the Company or an

1


 

Affiliate as an Employee, Consultant or Director or a change in the entity for which the Optionholder renders such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service. For example, a change in status from an Employee of the Company to a Consultant of an Affiliate or a Director of the Company will not constitute an interruption of Continuous Service. The Board or the chief executive officer of the Company, in that party’s sole discretion, may determine whether Continuous Service shall be considered interrupted in the case of any leave of absence approved by that party, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal leave.
      (i) “ Covered Employee means the chief executive officer and the four (4) other highest compensated officers of the Company for whom total compensation is required to be reported to stockholders under the Exchange Act, as determined for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code.
      (j) “ Director means a member of the Board of Directors of the Company.
      (k) “ Disability means the permanent and total disability of a person with in the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code; provided , however , that to the extent that Section 260.140.41 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations applies to an Option, “Disability” shall mean the inability of a person, in the opinion of a qualified physician acceptable to the Company, to perform the major duties of that person’s position with the Company or an Affiliate because of the sickness or injury of the person and such inability results in termination of employment by the Company or an Affiliate.
      (l) “ Employee means any person employed by the Company or an Affiliate. Mere service as a Director or payment of a director’s fee by the Company or an Affiliate shall not be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company or an Affiliate.
      (m) “ Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
      (n) “ Fair Market Value means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined as follows and in each case in a manner consistent with Section 260.140.50 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations:
           (i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or traded on the Nasdaq National Market, Nasdaq SmallCap Market or Over The Counter Bulletin Board system the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange, market or system (or the exchange, market or system with the greatest volume of trading the Common Stock) on the last market trading day prior to determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Board deems reliable.
           (ii) In the absence of an established market or system for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value shall be determined in good faith by the Board.
      (o) “ Incentive Stock Option means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

2


 

      (p) “ Non-Employee Director means a Director of the Company who either (i) is not a current Employee or Officer of the Company or its parent or a subsidiary, does not receive compensation (directly or indirectly) from the Company or its parent or a subsidiary for services rendered as a consultant or in any capacity other than as a Director (except for an amount as to which disclosure would not be required under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act (“Regulation S-K”)), does not possess an interest in any other transaction as to which disclosure would be required under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K and is not engaged in a business relationship as to which disclosure would be required under Item 404(b) of Regulation S-K; or (ii) is otherwise considered a “non-employee director” for purposes of Rule 16b-3.
      (q)  Nonstatutory Stock Option means an Option not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.
      (r) “ Officer means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
      (s) “ Option means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option granted pursuant to the Plan.
      (t) “ Option Agreement means a written agreement between the Company and an Optionholder evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Option grant. Each Option Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.
      (u) “ Optionholder means a person to whom an Option is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Option.
      (v) “ Outside Director means a Director of the Company who either (i) is not a current employee of the Company or an “affiliated corporation” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 162(m) of the Code), is not a former employee of the Company or an “affiliated corporation” receiving compensation for prior services (other than benefits under a tax qualified pension plan), was not an officer of the Company or an “affiliated corporation” at any time and is not currently receiving direct or indirect remuneration from the Company or an “affiliated corporation” for services in any capacity other than as a Director or (ii) is otherwise considered an “outside director” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code.
      (w) “ Plan means this SOLEXA, Inc. 1992 Stock Option Plan.
      (x) “ Rule 16b-3 means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect from time to time.
      (y) “ Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
      (z) “ Ten Percent Stockholder means a person who owns (or is deemed to own pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of any of its Affiliates.
3.      Administration.

3


 

      (a) Administration by Board . The Board will administer the Plan unless and until the Board delegates administration to a Committee, as provided in subsection 3(c).
      (b) Powers of Board . The board shall have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:
           (i) To determine from time to time which of the persons eligible under the Plan shall be granted Options; when and how each Option shall be granted; what type or combination of types of Option shall be granted; the provisions of each Option granted (which need not be identical), including the time or times when a person shall be permitted to receive stock pursuant to an Option; and the number of shares with respect to which an Option shall be granted to each such person.
           (ii) To construe and interpret the Plan and Options granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for its administration. The Board, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Option Agreement, in a manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan fully effective.
           (iii) To amend the Plan or an Option as provided in Section 11.
           (iv) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Board deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company which are not in conflict with the provisions of the Plan.
      (c) Delegation to Committee .
           (i) General . The Board may delegate administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees of one or more members of the Board, and the term “Committee” shall apply to any person or persons to whom such authority has been delegated. If administration is delegated to a Committee, the Committee shall have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board shall thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. The Board may abolish the Committee at any time and revest in the Board the administration of the Plan.
           (ii) Committee Composition when Common Stock is Publicly Traded . At such time as the Common Stock is publicly traded, in the discretion of the Board, a Committee may consist solely of two or more Outside Directors, in accordance with Section 162(m) of the Code, and/or solely of two or more Non-Employee Directors, in accordance with Rule 16b-3. Within the scope of such authority, the Board or the Committee may (i) delegate to a committee of one or more members of the Board who are not Outside Directors, the authority to grant Options to eligible persons who are either (a) not then Covered Employees and are not expected to be Covered Employees at the time of recognition of income resulting from such Option or (b) not persons with respect to whom the Company wishes to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code and/or (ii) delegate to a committee of one or more members of the Board who are not Non-

4


 

Employee Directors the authority to grant Options to eligible persons who are not then subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.
4.      Shares Subject to the Plan.
      (a) Share Reserve . Subject to the provisions of Section 10 relating to adjustments upon changes in stock and Section 4(d) below, the stock that may be issued pursuant to Options shall not exceed in the aggregate one million five hundred thirty-five thousand five hundred twenty-six (1,535,526) shares of Common Stock less any shares of Common Stock remaining outstanding which were originally issued to Employees, Officers or Directors of, or Consultants to, the Company pursuant to stock purchase agreements or similar compensatory arrangements approved by the Board.
      (b) Reversion of Shares to the Share Reserve . If any Option shall for any reason expire or otherwise terminate, in whole or in part, without having been exercised in full, the stock not acquired under such Option shall revert to and again become available for issuance under the Plan. If any Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option shall for any reason be repurchased by the Company under an unvested share repurchase option provided under the Plan, the stock repurchased by the Company under such repurchase option shall not revert to and again become available for issuance under the Plan.
      (c) Source of Shares . The stock subject to the Plan may be unissued shares or reacquired shares, bought on the market or otherwise.
      (d) Reserve Limitation . Notwithstanding Section 4(a), if at the time of each grant of a Stock Award under the Plan, the Company is subject to Section 260.140.45 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations (“Section 260.140.45”), and to the extent required by Section 260.140.45 the total number of securities issuable upon exercise of all outstanding options of the Company and the total number of shares provided for under this Plan or any other equity incentive, stock bonus or similar plan or agreement of the Company shall not exceed thirty percent (30%) of the then outstanding capital stock of the Company (as measured as set forth in Section 260.140.45), unless stockholder approval to exceed thirty percent (30%) has been obtained in compliance with Section 260.140.45, in which case the limit shall be such higher percentage as approved by the stockholders.
5.      Eligibility.
      (a) Eligibility for Specific Options . Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees. Nonstatutory Stock Options may be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants.
      (b) Ten Percent Stockholders .
           (i) So long as the Company is subject to Section 260.140.41 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations, no Ten Percent Stockholder shall be eligible for the grant of a Nonstatutory Stock Option unless the exercise price of such Option is at least one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at the date of grant and the Option is not exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the date of grant; provided ,

5


 

however , that a Nonstatutory Stock Option may be granted at a lower exercise price and a longer term if a lower percentage of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant and a longer term is permitted by Section 260.140.41 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations at the time of the grant of the Nonstatutory Stock Option.
           (ii) No Ten Percent Stockholder shall be eligible for the grant of a Nonstatutory Stock Option unless the exercise price of such Option is at least one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at the date of grant and the Option is not exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the date of grant.
           (iii) So long as the Company is subject to Section 260.140.42 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations, a Ten Percent Stockholder shall not be granted a restricted stock award unless the purchase price of the restricted stock is at least (A) one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant or (B) such lower percentage of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant as is permitted by Section 260.140.42 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations at the time of the grant of the restricted stock award.
      (c) Section  162(m) Limitation . Subject to the provisions of Section 10 relating to adjustments upon changes in stock, no employee shall be eligible to be granted Options covering more than one hundred forty two thousand eight hundred fifty seven (142,857) shares of the Common Stock during any calendar year.
      (d) Consultants .
           (i) A Consultant shall not be eligible for the grant of an Option if, at the time of grant, a Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act (“Form S-8”) is not available to register either the offer or the sale of the Company’s securities to such Consultant because of the nature of the services that the Consultant is providing to the Company, or because the Consultant is not a natural person, or as otherwise provided by the rules governing the use of Form S-8, unless the Company determines both (i) that such grant (A) shall be registered in another manner under the Securities Act ( e.g. , on a Form S-3 Registration Statement) or (B) does not require registration under the Securities Act in order to comply with the requirements of the Securities Act, if applicable, and (ii) that such grant complies with the securities laws of all other relevant jurisdictions.
           (ii) Form S-8 generally is available to consultants and advisors only if (i) they are natural persons; (ii) they provide bona fide services to the issuer, its parents, its majority-owned subsidiaries or majority-owned subsidiaries of the issuer’s parent; and (iii) the services are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction, and do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the issuer’s securities.
6.      Option Provisions.
     Each Option shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. All Options shall be separately designated Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options at the time of grant, and a separate certificate or certificates will be issued for shares purchased on exercise of each type of Option. The

6


 

provisions of separate Options need not be identical, but each Option shall include (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the Option or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:
      (a) Term . Subject to the provisions of subsection 5(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date it was granted.
      (b) Exercise Price of an Incentive Stock Option . Subject to the provisions of subsection 5(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, the exercise price of each Incentive Stock Option shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the stock subject to the Option on the date the Option is granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Incentive Stock Option may be granted with an exercise price lower than that set forth in the preceding sentence if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner satisfying the provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code.
      (c) Exercise Price of a Nonstatutory Stock Option . Subject to the provisions of subsection 5(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, the exercise price of each Nonstatutory Stock Option shall be not less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of the stock subject to the Option on the date the Option is granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Nonstatutory Stock Option may be granted with an exercise price lower than that set forth in the preceding sentence if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner satisfying the provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code.
      (d) Consideration . The purchase price of stock acquired pursuant to an Option shall be paid, to the extent permitted by applicable statutes and regulations, either (i) in cash at the time the Option is exercised or (ii) at the discretion of the Board at the time of the grant of the Option (or subsequently in the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option) by delivery to the Company of other Common Stock, according to a deferred payment or other arrangement (which may include, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the use of other Common Stock) with the Optionholder or in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board; provided , however , that at any time that the Company is incorporated in Delaware, payment of the Common Stock’s “par value,” as defined in the Delaware General Corporation Law, shall not be made by deferred payment.
     In the case of any deferred payment arrangement, interest shall be compounded at least annually and shall be charged at the minimum rate of interest necessary to avoid the treatment as interest, under any applicable provisions of the Code, of any amounts other than amounts stated to be interest under the deferred payment arrangement or at such higher rate of interest necessary in order to avoid variable award treatment for financial accounting purposes.
      (e) Transferability of an Incentive Stock Option . An Incentive Stock Option shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Optionholder only by the Optionholder. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this subsection 6(e), the Optionholder may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form satisfactory to the Company, designate a third party who, in the event of the death of the Optionholder, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise the Option.

7


 

      (f) Transferability of a Nonstatutory Stock Option . A Nonstatutory Stock Option shall be transferable to the extent provided in the Option Agreement; provided however , to the extent that the Company is subject to Section 260.140.41(d) of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations at the time of the grant of the Nonstatutory Stock Option, the Nonstatutory Stock Option shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Optionholder only by the Optionholder. If the Nonstatutory Stock Option does not provide for transferability, then the Nonstatutory Stock Option shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Optionholder only by the Optionholder. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this subsection 6(f), the Optionholder may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form satisfactory to the Company, designate a third party who, in the event of the death of the Optionholder, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise the Option.
      (g) Vesting Generally . The total number of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option may, but need not, vest and therefore become exercisable in periodic installments which may, but need not, be equal. The Option may be subject to such other terms and conditions on the time or times when it may be exercised (which may be based on performance or other criteria) as the Board may deem appropriate. The vesting provisions of individual Options may vary. The provisions of this subsection 6(g) are subject to any Option provisions governing the minimum number of shares as to which an Option may be exercised. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the Company is subject to the following restrictions on vesting under Section 260.140.41(f) of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations at the time of the grant of the Option, then an Option granted to an Employee who is not an Officer or Director on the date of grant shall provide for vesting of the total number of shares of Common Stock at a rate of at least twenty percent (20%) per year over five (5) years from the date the Option was granted, subject to reasonable conditions such as continued employment.
      (h) Termination of Continuous Service . In the event an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates (other than upon the Optionholder’s death or Disability), the Optionholder may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the Optionholder was entitled to exercise it as of the date of termination) but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date three (3) months following the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement), which period, for so long as the Company is subject to Section 260.140.41(g) of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations, shall not be less than thirty (30) days unless such termination is for cause), or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after termination, the Optionholder does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified in the Option Agreement, the Option shall terminate.
      (i) Extension of Termination Date . An Optionholder’s Option Agreement may also provide that if the exercise of the Option following the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service (other than upon the Optionholder’s death or Disability) would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of shares would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, then the Option shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of the term of the Option set forth in subsection 6(a) or (ii) the expiration of a period of three (3)

8


 

months after the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service during which the exercise of the Option would not be in violation of such registration requirements.
      (j) Disability of Optionholder . In the event an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Optionholder’s Disability, the Optionholder may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the Optionholder was entitled to exercise it as of the date of termination), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date twelve (12) months following such termination (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement, which period, for so long as the Company is subject to Section 260.140.41(g) of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations, shall not be less than six (6) months) or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after termination, the Optionholder does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.
      (k) Death of Optionholder . In the event (i) an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Optionholder’s death or (ii) the Optionholder dies within the period (if any) specified in the Option Agreement after the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service for a reason other than death, then the Option may be exercised (to the extent the Optionholder was entitled to exercise the Option as of the date of death) by the Optionholder’s estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated to exercise the option upon the Optionholder’s death pursuant to subsection 6(e) or 6(f), but only within the period ending on the earlier of (1) the date twelve (12) months following the date of death (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement, which period, for so long as the Company is subject to Section 260.140.41(g) of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations, shall not be less than six (6) months) or (2) the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after death, the Option is not exercised within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.
      (l) Early Exercise . The Option may, but need not, include a provision whereby the Optionholder may elect at any time before the Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates to exercise the Option as to any part or all of the shares subject to the Option prior to the full vesting of the Option. Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” of Section 9(h) (for so long as the Company is subject to Sections 260.140.41 and 260.140.42 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations), any unvested shares so purchased may be subject to an unvested share repurchase option in favor of the Company or to any other restriction the Board determines to be appropriate. Provided that the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 9(h) is not violated (for so long as the Company is subject to Section 260.140.41 and 260.140.42 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations), the Company will not exercise its repurchase option until at least six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid a charge to earnings for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following exercise of the Option unless the Board otherwise specifically provides in the Option.
7.      Covenants of the Company.
      (a) Availability of Shares . During the terms of the Options, the Company shall keep available at all times the number of shares of Common Stock required to satisfy such Options.
      (b) Securities Law Compliance . The Company shall seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Options and to issue and sell shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Options; provided , however , that this undertaking shall not require the Company to register under the Securities Act the Plan, any Option or any stock issued or issuable pursuant to any such Option. If, after reasonable efforts, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority which counsel for the Company deems necessary

9


 

for the lawful issuance and sale of stock under the Plan, the Company shall be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell stock upon exercise of such Options unless and until such authority is obtained.
8.      Use of Proceeds from Stock.
     Proceeds from the sale of stock pursuant to Options shall constitute general funds of the Company.
9.      Miscellaneous.
      (a) Acceleration of Exercisability and Vesting . The Board shall have the power to accelerate the time at which an Option may first be exercised or the time during which an Option or any part thereof will vest in accordance with the Plan, notwithstanding the provisions in the Option stating the time at which it may first be exercised or the time during which it will vest.
      (b) Stockholder Rights . No Optionholder shall be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares subject to such Option unless and until such Optionholder has satisfied all requirements for exercise of the Option pursuant to its terms.
      (c) No Employment or other Service Rights . Nothing in the Plan or any instrument executed or Option granted pursuant thereto shall confer upon any Optionholder or other holder of Options any right to continue to serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Option was granted or shall affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate (i) the employment of an Employee with or without notice and with or without cause, (ii) the service of a Consultant pursuant to the terms of such Consultant’s agreement with the Company or an Affiliate or (iii) the service of a Director pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the corporate law of the state in which the Company or the Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may be.
      (d) Incentive Stock Option $100,000 Limitation . To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionholder during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and its Affiliates) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), the Options or portions thereof which exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options.
      (e) Investment Assurances . The Company may require an Optionholder, as a condition of exercising or acquiring stock under any Option, (i) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company as to the Optionholder’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and/or to employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Company who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters and that he or she is capable of evaluating, alone or together with the purchaser representative, the merits and risks of exercising the Option; and (ii) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company stating that the Optionholder is acquiring the stock subject to the Option for the Optionholder’s own account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the stock. The foregoing requirements, and any assurances given pursuant to such requirements, shall be

10


 

inoperative if (iii) the issuance of the shares upon the exercise or acquisition of stock under the Option has been registered under a then currently effective registration statement under the Securities Act or (iv) as to any particular requirement, a determination is made by counsel for the Company that such requirement need not be met in the circumstances under the then applicable securities laws. The Company may, upon advice of counsel to the Company, place legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan as such counsel deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with applicable securities laws, including, but not limited to, legends restricting the transfer of the stock.
      (f) Withholding Obligations . To the extent provided by the terms of an Option Agreement, the Optionholder may satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to the exercise or acquisition of stock under an Option by any of the following means (in addition to the Company’s right to withhold from any compensation paid to the Optionholder by the Company) or by a combination of such means: (i) tendering a cash payment; (ii) authorizing the Company to withhold shares from the shares of the Common Stock otherwise issuable to the Optionholder as a result of the exercise or acquisition of stock under the Option; or (iii) delivering to the Company owned and unencumbered shares of the Common Stock.
      (g) Information Obligation . To the extent required by Section 260.140.46 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations, the Company shall deliver financial statements to Participants at least annually. This Section 9(g) shall not apply to key Employees whose duties in connection with the Company assure them access to equivalent information.
      (h)  [Deleted and Reserved]
      (i) Fair Market Value . If the repurchase option gives the Company the right to repurchase the shares of Common Stock upon termination of Continuous Service at not less than the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock to be purchased on the date of termination of Continuous Service, then (i) the right to repurchase shall be exercised for cash or cancellation of purchase money indebtedness for the shares of Common Stock within ninety (90) days of termination of Continuous Service (or in the case of shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of Stock Awards after such date of termination, within ninety (90) days after the date of the exercise) or such longer period as may be agreed to by the Company and the Participant (for example, for purposes of satisfying the requirements of Section 1202(c)(3) of the Code regarding “qualified small business stock”) and (ii) the right terminates when the shares of Common Stock become publicly traded.
      (j) Original Purchase Price . If the repurchase option gives the Company the right to repurchase the shares of Common Stock upon termination of Continuous Service at the lower of (i) the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the date of repurchase or (ii) their original purchase price, then (x) the right to repurchase at the original purchase price shall lapse at the rate of at least twenty percent (20%) of the shares of Common Stock per year over five (5) years from the date the Stock Award is granted (without respect to the date the Stock Award was exercised or became exercisable) and (y) the right to repurchase shall be exercised for cash or cancellation of purchase money indebtedness for the shares of Common Stock within ninety (90) days of termination of Continuous Service (or in the case of shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of Options after such date of termination, within ninety (90) days after the date of the exercise) or such longer period as may be agreed to by the Company and the Participant (for example, for purposes of satisfying the requirements of Section 1202(c)(3) of the Code regarding “qualified small business stock”).
10.      Adjustments upon Changes in Stock.
      (a) Capitalization Adjustments . If any change is made in the stock subject to the Plan, or subject to any Option, without the receipt of consideration by the Company (through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or other transaction not involving the receipt of consideration by the Company), the Plan will be appropriately adjusted in the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to subsection 4(a) and the maximum number of securities subject to award to any person pursuant to subsection 5(c), and the outstanding Options will be appropriately adjusted in the class(es) and number of securities and price per share of stock subject to such outstanding Options. Such adjustments shall be made by the Board, the determination of which shall be final, binding and conclusive. (The conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as a transaction “without receipt of consideration” by the Company.)
      (b) Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, then such Options shall be terminated if not exercised (if applicable) prior to such event.
      (c) Asset Sale, Merger, Consolidation or Reverse Merger . In the event of (1) a sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company, (2) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving corporation or (3) a reverse merger in which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the

11


 

merger are converted by virtue of the merger into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise, then any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation shall assume any Options outstanding under the Plan or shall substitute similar Options (including an award to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders in the transaction described in this subsection) for those outstanding under the Plan. In the event any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation refuses to assume such Options or to substitute similar Options for those outstanding under the Plan, then with respect to Options held by Optionholders whose Continuous Service has not terminated, the vesting shall be accelerated in full, and the Options shall terminate if not exercised at or prior to such event. With respect to any other Options outstanding under the Plan, such Options shall terminate if not exercised prior to such event.
11.      Amendment of the Plan and Options.
      (a) Amendment of Plan . The Board at any time, and from time to time, may amend the Plan. However, except as provided in Section 10 relating to adjustments upon changes in stock, no amendment shall be effective unless approved by the stockholders of the Company to the extent stockholder approval is necessary to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code, Rule 16b-3 or any Nasdaq or securities exchange listing requirements.
      (b) Stockholder Approval . The Board may, in its sole discretion, submit any other amendment to the Plan for stockholder approval, including, but not limited to, amendments to the Plan intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code and the regulations thereunder regarding the exclusion of performance-based compensation from the limit on corporate deductibility of compensation paid to certain executive officers.
      (c) Contemplated Amendments . It is expressly contemplated that the Board may amend the Plan in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable to provide eligible Employees with the maximum benefits provided or to be provided under the provisions of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder relating to Incentive Stock Options and/or to bring the Plan and/or Incentive Stock Options granted under it into compliance therewith.
      (d) No Impairment of Rights . Rights under any Option granted before amendment of the Plan shall not be impaired by any amendment of the Plan unless (i) the Company requests the consent of the Optionholder and (ii) the Optionholder consents in writing.
      (e) Amendment of Options . The Board at any time, and from time to time, may amend the terms of any one or more Options; provided , however , that the rights under any Option shall not be impaired by any such amendment unless (i) the Company requests the consent of the Optionholder and (ii) the Optionholder consents in writing.
12.      Termination or Suspension of the Plan.
      (a) Plan Term . The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Unless sooner terminated, the Plan shall terminate on March 11, 2006. No Options may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

12


 

      (b) No Impairment of Rights . Rights and obligations under any Option granted while the Plan is in effect shall not be impaired by suspension or termination of the Plan, except with the written consent of the Optionholder.
13.      Effective Date of Plan.
     The Plan shall become effective as determined by the Board, but no Option shall be exercised unless and until the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, which approval shall be within twelve (12) months before or after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board.

13

Exhibit 10.33
ILLUMINA, INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED CHANGE IN CONTROL
SEVERANCE AGREEMENT
          This AMENDED AND RESTATED CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”), is made as of the 22 nd day of October 2008 by and between ILLUMINA, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and Jay T. Flatley (the “ Executive ”).
          WHEREAS, the Executive is a key member of the management of the Company, and the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) considers it to be in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to foster the retention of its key management personnel;
          WHEREAS, it is expected that from time to time the Board may consider the possibility of a Change in Control of the Company, and the Board recognizes that a Change in Control and the uncertainties that it may raise among management could result in the departure or distraction of management personnel to the detriment of the Company;
          WHEREAS, this Agreement is intended to create an incentive for the Executive to remain in the employ of the Company and to maximize the value of the Company for the benefit of the stockholders in connection with a Change in Control;
          WHEREAS, the Executive and the Company are parties to a Change in Control Severance Agreement, dated August 21, 2006 (the “ Change in Control Agreement ”); and
          WHEREAS, the Executive and the Company desire to amend and restate the Change in Control Agreement.
          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants herein contained and the continued employment of the Executive, the parties hereto agree as follows:
     1. Agreement Term
          This Agreement became effective on August 21, 2006 (the “Effective Date”) and shall continue to be effective for the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the date that is the third anniversary of the Effective Date, provided that such period shall be automatically extended for an additional year on each anniversary of the Effective Date, unless written notice of non-extension is provided by either party to the other party at least 90 days prior to such anniversary (the “ Agreement Term ”).
          In the event of a Change in Control occurring during the Agreement Term, the provisions of this Agreement relating to severance rights and benefits of the Executive shall apply with respect to any Covered Termination that occurs during the Protection Period that follows the Change in Control, as provided in Section 3 hereof. The obligations of the Company hereunder with respect to any such Covered Termination shall survive the expiration of the Agreement Term.
     2. Change in Control
          For purposes of this Agreement, “ Change in Control ” shall mean the occurrence of one of the following during the Agreement Term:

 


 

          (a) any merger or consolidation in which the Company shall not be the surviving entity (or survives only as a subsidiary of another entity whose stockholders did not own all or substantially all of the Company’s common stock in substantially the same proportions as immediately prior to such transaction);
          (b) the sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to any other person or entity (other than a wholly-owned subsidiary);
          (c) the acquisition of beneficial ownership of a controlling interest (including, without limitation, power to vote) in the outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock by any person or entity (including a “group” as defined by or under Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended);
          (d) a contested election of directors of the Company, as a result of which or in connection with which the persons who were directors before such election or their nominees (the “ Incumbent Directors ”) cease to constitute a majority of the Board; provided , however that if the election, or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, of any new director was approved by a vote of at least fifty percent (50%) of the Incumbent Directors, such new director shall be considered as an Incumbent Director, or
          (e) any other event specified by the Board.
     3. Covered Terminations
     (a)  General . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Covered Termination ” shall mean the occurrence of one of the following during the period beginning on the date of the event that constitutes a Change in Control and ending on the second anniversary of such date (the “ Protection Period ”):
     (i) termination of employment by the Company other than for “ Cause ” (as defined in Section 3(b) below); or
     (ii) termination of employment by the Executive on account of “ Good Reason ” (as defined in Section 3(c) below).
     In addition, if the Executive is terminated by the Company other than for Cause following the execution of a definitive agreement or the occurrence of such other definitive event which if consummated will result in a Change in Control, but prior to the consummation of the Change in Control, such termination will be deemed a Covered Termination to the extent the Board, in its discretion, determines such termination to be at the direction or request of a party to the Change in Control transaction or is otherwise related to such pending Change in Control.
     A Covered Termination shall not include termination of employment of the Executive for Cause or by reason of death or Disability, nor a termination of employment by the Executive other than for Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Disability ” shall mean the inability to perform the Executive’s duties due to physical or mental illness or impairment continuing for a period of six consecutive months.
     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, for purposes of this Agreement, any reference to “ termination ,” as it relates to a Covered Termination, shall refer to a termination of employment which constitutes a “ separation from service ” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”).
     (b)  Termination For Cause . For purposes of this Agreement, a termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company shall be deemed a termination for “ Cause ” in the event of:

 


 

  (A)   the Executive’s repeated failure or refusal to materially perform the Executive’s duties to the Company (other than by reason of temporary illness or other excused absence), as such duties existed immediately prior to the Change in Control;
 
  (B)   the Executive’s criminal conviction or a plea of nolo contendere with respect to a crime constituting a felony or a crime of moral turpitude; or
 
  (C)   the Executive’s engagement in an act of malfeasance, fraud or dishonesty in connection with the Company that materially damages the business or reputation of the Company.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive’s employment shall be considered to have been terminated for Cause only if, prior to such termination for Cause, (1) the Company shall have given to the Executive written notice stating with specificity the reason for the Executive’s termination and the provision of this Section 3(b) that is relied upon, and (2) if such reason for termination is item (i) or (iii) above, then a period of 15 days from the giving of such notice shall have elapsed without the Executive’s having cured or remedied such reason for termination during such 15-day period, unless such reason for termination cannot be cured or remedied within 15 days, in which case the period for remedy or cure shall be extended for a reasonable time (not to exceed 15 days), provided the Executive has made and continues to make a diligent effort to effect such remedy or cure.
     (c)  Good Reason . For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of employment by the Executive shall be deemed on account of “ Good Reason ” in the event of:
  (i)   any reduction in the Executive’s annual base salary amount or annual target bonus percentage from that in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control;
 
  (ii)   any reduction or other adverse change in the position, title, duties, responsibilities, level of authority or reporting relationships of the Executive from that in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control, including, without limitation, (a) in the event the Executive is a member of the Board at the time of the Change in Control, the Executive ceases to serve as a member of the board of directors of the ultimate parent corporation that controls the operations of the Company, (b) in the event the Executive is the most senior executive in a particular Company function at the time of the Change in Control, the Executive ceases to be the most senior executive in such function, (c) in the event the Executive performs at the time of the Change in Control external duties typical in a public company, the Executive ceases to perform such duties or (d) any other such reduction attributable to the fact that the Company ceases to be a public company as a result of the Change in Control; or
 
  (iii)   a relocation, without the Executive’s written consent, of the Executive’s principal place of business by more than 35 miles from the Executive’s principal place of business immediately prior to the Change in Control.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive’s employment shall be considered to have been terminated on account of Good Reason only if, prior to such termination on account of Good Reason, (1) the Executive shall have given to the Company written notice stating with specificity the reason for the Executive’s termination and the provision of this Section 3(c) that is relied upon, and (2) a period of 15 days from the giving of such notice shall have elapsed without the Company’s having cured or remedied such reason for termination during such 15-day period, unless such reason for termination cannot be cured or remedied within 15 days, in which case the period for remedy or cure shall be extended for a reasonable time (not to exceed 15 days), provided the Company has made and continues to make a diligent effort to effect such remedy or cure. Unless the Executive shall have provided his written consent, the Executive’s

 


 

continued employment shall not constitute consent to, or a waiver of rights with respect to, any event or condition constituting Good Reason.
     4. Severance Benefits
     In the event that the Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated during the Protection Period in a manner that constitutes a Covered Termination under Section 3 hereof, the Company shall provide the Executive with the following payments and benefits:
  (i)   Severance Payment . The Executive shall receive a lump-sum cash severance payment in an amount equal to two times the sum of (A) the Executive’s then-current annual base salary amount, plus (B) the greater of (1) the Executive’s then-current annual target bonus or other annual target incentive amount or (2) the amount of the annual bonus or other incentive paid or payable to the Executive for the most recently completed fiscal year; determined in each case as provided above without regard to any deductions, withholdings or deferrals of base salary or annual bonus or other incentive and disregarding any reductions in base salary or annual bonus or other incentive that are the basis for a Good Reason termination. The lump-sum severance amount shall be paid by the Company within 15 days following the effective date of the Covered Termination.
 
  (ii)   Accrued Rights . The Executive shall receive, within 15 days following the effective date of the Covered Termination, a lump-sum cash payment equal to the sum of (A) the Executive’s earned but unpaid base salary through the date of the Covered Termination, (B) any earned but unpaid bonus or other incentive payment for any completed fiscal year prior to the year of the Covered Termination, (C) a pro-rata portion of the Executive’s annual target bonus or other annual target incentive for the fiscal year in which the termination occurs, based on the portion of the fiscal year for which the Executive was employed and assuming performance under the bonus or other incentive plan at the applicable target levels and (D) any other amounts due to the Executive from the Company as of the date of the Covered Termination, including any unreimbursed business expenses. The Executive shall also be entitled to all payments and rights under all employee benefit plans, fringe benefit programs and payroll practices of the Company in accordance with their terms. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all payments under this Section 4(ii) shall be paid or made within 15 days following the effective date of the Covered Termination.
 
  (iii)   Welfare Benefits . The Executive (and the Executive’s eligible dependents) shall be entitled to continued medical and dental coverage and benefits under the Company’s group benefit plans for a period of 24 months following the Executive’s Covered Termination, to be provided on the same terms, and with the same Executive cost-sharing, as active Executives of the Company are provided during this period of continued benefits.
 
  (iv)   Equity Rights . All stock options or other equity or equity-based awards that are held by the Executive at the time of the Change in Control that have not previously become vested and (if applicable) exercisable shall, upon the Covered Termination, become immediately and fully vested and exercisable, and any repurchase or similar rights held by the Company or other restrictions on the awards shall lapse, without regard to the terms of any applicable award agreement or plan document, and such awards shall otherwise continue to apply on the same terms.

 


 

  (v)   Indemnification . The Executive shall continue to be entitled, in respect of any period that the Executive served as an officer or director of the Company, and effective until the expiration of all applicable statute of limitations periods, to (i) all indemnification rights provided under any indemnification agreements between the Executive and the Company or provided by the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws or otherwise in effect at the time of the Covered Termination and (ii) coverage under any officers’ and directors’ liability insurance policy in effect at the time of the Covered Termination.
 
  (vi)   Perquisites . The Executive shall be entitled to the continuation of all executive perquisites to which the Executive was entitled immediately prior to the date of the Covered Termination for a period of 24 months following the date of such Covered Termination, to be provided on the same terms, and at the same cost to the Executive, as active executives of the Company are provided during this period.
 
  (vii)   Outplacement . The Executive shall be provided, at the Company’s sole expense, with professional outplacement services consistent with the Executive’s duties or profession and of a type and level customary for persons in the Executive’s position, as selected by the Company for a maximum period of two (2) years following the Executive’s Covered Termination.
 
  (viii)   Payments . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Executive is a “ specified employee ” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code at the time of a Covered Termination, any portion of the payments under this Section 4 due hereunder during the first (6) months following the date of the Executive’s Covered Termination, to extent that such payments constitute “ deferred compensation ” under Section 409A of the Code, shall not be paid during such six-month period and instead shall be paid on the first business day following the expiration of such six-month period. The remaining portion of the payments due hereunder shall be paid as provided in the applicable provisions of this Section 4.
 
  (ix)   Reimbursements . All reimbursements and in-kind benefits provided under this Agreement, shall be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, including, where applicable, the requirement that (A) any reimbursement shall be for expenses incurred during a specified period, (B) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits provided, during a calendar year may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, in any other calendar year, (C) the reimbursement of an eligible expense shall be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the year in which the expense is incurred (or such earlier date if specified in this Agreement), and (D) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.
     5. Parachute Payment Limitation
     Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if it shall be determined that any amount, right or benefit payable by the Company or any other person or entity to or for the Executive’s benefit in connection with the Change in Control, whether pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise (a “ Payment ”), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and if it shall be determined that a reduction of the Payments to a present value that is one dollar less than the minimum present value that would result in the imposition of such excise tax would result in a larger after-tax benefit to Executive than if such reduction had not occurred, then the Payments shall be reduced so as to have a present value that is one dollar less than the minimum present value that would result in the imposition of such excise tax. If the foregoing should result in a reduction in the Payments, the reduction shall be applied first against all cash Payments and then,

 


 

if necessary, against non-cash Payments in order to satisfy the requirements of this Section 5. All determinations concerning the application of this Section 5 shall be made by a nationally recognized accounting firm to be appointed by the Company. The determinations of the accounting firm shall be conclusive and binding on the parties hereto for all purposes. All fees and expenses of the accounting firm shall be paid by Company.
     6. Enforceability
     (a)  Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company’s successors, including any entity that succeeds to the business and interests of Company in connection with or following a Change in Control. This Agreement and all rights hereunder are personal to the Executive and shall not be assignable by the Executive; provided , however , that any amounts that shall have become payable under this Agreement prior to the Executive’s death shall inure to the benefit of the Executive’s heirs or other legal representatives, as the case may be.
     (b)  Severability . In the event that any provision of this Agreement is determined to be partially or wholly invalid, illegal or unenforceable, then such provision shall be modified or restricted to the extent necessary to make such provision valid, binding and enforceable, or if such provision cannot be modified or restricted, then such provision shall be deemed to be excised from this Agreement, provided that the binding effect and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected or impaired in any manner. No waiver by a party of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions and conditions at the same time or any prior or subsequent time.
     (c)  Entire Agreement; Amendments . Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties respecting the subject matter hereof and supersedes any prior agreements respecting severance benefits upon a Change in Control, including the Change in Control Agreement. No amendment to this Agreement shall be deemed valid unless in writing and signed by the parties.
     (d)  Governing Law . Notwithstanding any conflict of law or choice of law provision to the contrary, this Agreement shall be construed and interpreted according to the laws of the State of California.
     7. Dispute Resolution
     (a)  Arbitration . Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration, conducted before a single arbitrator in the State of California, in accordance with the National Rules for Resolution of Employment Disputes of the American Arbitration Association then in effect. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any court having jurisdiction. The Company shall pay all the costs and expenses of any such arbitration proceeding.
     (b)  Attorney Fees . Subject to Section 4(ix), in the event that there is any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or to the interpretation, breach or enforcement thereof, and any arbitration or other proceeding is commenced to enforce the provisions of this Agreement, the Executive shall be entitled to payment of the Executive’s reasonable attorney’s fees, costs and expenses; provided, however, that if the arbitrator or other trier of fact determines that the claims of the Executive are frivolous, the Executive shall not be reimbursed for any of such fees, costs and expenses and the Executive shall repay to the Company any such reimbursements previously paid pursuant to this Section 7(b).
     8. Miscellaneous
     (a)  Tax Withholding . All payments required to be made to the Executive under this Agreement shall be subject to withholding of amounts relating to income tax, excise tax, employment tax and other payroll taxes to the extent required to be withheld pursuant to applicable law or regulation.

 


 

     (b)  No Right of Employment . Nothing in this Agreement shall confer upon the Executive any right to continue as an Executive of the Company or interfere in any way with the right of the Company to terminate the Executive’s employment at any time, subject to the consequences of a Covered Termination as provided herein.
     (c)  No Duplication of Benefits . In the event that the Executive is entitled to severance payments or benefits under any other agreement, plan or program of the Company, or by reason of any legal requirement, the severance benefits provided hereunder shall be reduced accordingly to avoid duplication of benefits.
     (d)  No Mitigation or Offset . The Executive shall be under no obligation to minimize or mitigate damages by seeking substitute employment or otherwise, and the obtaining of any such other employment shall in no event affect any reduction of obligations hereunder for the payments or benefits required to be provided to the Executive. Except as specifically provided herein, the obligations of the Company hereunder shall not be affected by any set-off or counterclaim rights that any party may have against the Executive.
     (e)  Other Compensation and Benefit Plans . Subject to the provisions of Section 8(c), the rights and benefits of the Executive under this Agreement shall not be in lieu of the Executive’s benefits under any compensation or benefit plan or program of the Company, which shall be payable in accordance with the terms and conditions of such plans or programs.
     (f)  Notices . Any notice required or permitted to be given by this Agreement shall be effective only if in writing, delivered personally or by courier or by facsimile transmission or sent by express, registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the parties at the addresses hereinafter set forth, or at such other places that either party may designate by notice to the other.
          Notice to the Company shall be addressed to:
Illumina, Inc.
9885 Towne Centre Drive
San Diego, CA 92121-1975
Attn:   Christian G. Cabou,
           Senior Vice President and General Counsel
facsimile: (858) 202-4599
                  Notice to the Executive shall be addressed to the Executive at the address indicated on the signature page hereof.
     (g)  Captions and Headings . Captions and paragraph headings are for convenience only, are not a part of this Agreement and shall not be used to construe any provision of this Agreement.
     (h)  Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but both of which when taken together shall constitute one Agreement.
     (i)  Compliance with Section 409A of the Code . In the event that following the date hereof either the Company or the Executive reasonably determines that any compensation or benefits payable under this Agreement shall be subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Company and the Executive shall cooperate in good faith to adopt such amendments to this Agreement or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other commercially reasonable actions necessary or appropriate to (1) exempt the compensation and benefit payable under this Agreement from Section 409A of the Code and/or preserve the intended tax treatment of the compensation and benefits provided with respect to this Agreement or (2) comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the related Department of Treasury guidance.

 


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
         
  ILLUMINA, INC.
 
 
  /s/ Christian O. Henry    
  By:  Christian O. Henry   
  Its:  Sr. Vice President & Chief Financial Officer   
 
  EXECUTIVE
 
 
  /s/ Jay T. Flatley    
  Name: Jay T. Flatley   
  Address: 6725 Calle Ponte Bella
                  Rancho Santa Fe, CA 92067 
 
 

 

EXHIBIT 10.34
ILLUMINA, INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED CHANGE IN CONTROL
SEVERANCE AGREEMENT
The following persons have executed a form of this agreement:
Christian O. Henry
Senior Vice President & Chief Financial Officer
Christian G. Cabou
Senior Vice President & General Counsel
Greg F. Heath
Senior Vice President & General Manager, Diagnostics Business
Joel McComb
Senior Vice President & General Manager, Life Sciences Business
Tristan B. Orpin
Senior Vice President, Commercial Operations
Mostafa Ronaghi
Senior Vice President & Chief Technology Officer
There are no material differences between the forms of agreements executed by these people.

 


 

ILLUMINA, INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED CHANGE IN CONTROL
SEVERANCE AGREEMENT
          This AMENDED AND RESTATED CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”), is made as of the 22 nd day of October 2008 by and between ILLUMINA, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and                                (the “ Executive ”).
          WHEREAS, the Executive is a key member of the management of the Company, and the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) considers it to be in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to foster the retention of its key management personnel;
          WHEREAS, it is expected that from time to time the Board may consider the possibility of a Change in Control of the Company, and the Board recognizes that a Change in Control and the uncertainties that it may raise among management could result in the departure or distraction of management personnel to the detriment of the Company;
          WHEREAS, this Agreement is intended to create an incentive for the Executive to remain in the employ of the Company and to maximize the value of the Company for the benefit of the stockholders in connection with a Change in Control;
          WHEREAS, the Executive and the Company are parties to a Change in Control Severance Agreement, dated April 14, 2008 (the “ Change in Control Agreement ”); and
          WHEREAS, the Executive and the Company desire to amend and restate the Change in Control Agreement.
          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants herein contained and the continued employment of the Executive, the parties hereto agree as follows:
     1. Agreement Term
          This Agreement became effective on April 14, 2008 (the “ Effective Date ”) and shall continue to be effective for the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on August 21, 2009 (the “Initial End Date”), provided that such period shall be automatically extended for an additional year on each anniversary of the Initial End Date, unless written notice of non-extension is provided by either party to the other party at least 90 days prior to such anniversary (the “ Agreement Term ”).
          In the event of a Change in Control occurring during the Agreement Term, the provisions of this Agreement relating to severance rights and benefits of the Executive shall apply with respect to any Covered Termination that occurs during the Protection Period that follows the Change in Control, as provided in Section 3 hereof. The obligations of the Company hereunder with respect to any such Covered Termination shall survive the expiration of the Agreement Term.
     2. Change in Control
          For purposes of this Agreement, “ Change in Control ” shall mean the occurrence of one of the following during the Agreement Term:
  (a)   any merger or consolidation in which the Company shall not be the surviving entity (or survives only as a subsidiary of another entity whose stockholders did not own all or

 


 

      substantially all of the Company’s common stock in substantially the same proportions as immediately prior to such transaction);
  (b)   the sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to any other person or entity (other than a wholly-owned subsidiary);
 
  (c)   the acquisition of beneficial ownership of a controlling interest (including, without limitation, power to vote) in the outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock by any person or entity (including a “group” as defined by or under Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended);
 
  (d)   a contested election of directors of the Company, as a result of which or in connection with which the persons who were directors before such election or their nominees (the “ Incumbent Directors ”) cease to constitute a majority of the Board; provided , however that if the election, or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, of any new director was approved by a vote of at least fifty percent (50%) of the Incumbent Directors, such new director shall be considered as an Incumbent Director; or
 
  (e)   any other event specified by the Board.
     3. Covered Terminations
  (a)   General . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Covered Termination ” shall mean the occurrence of one of the following during the period beginning on the date of the event that constitutes a Change in Control and ending on the second anniversary of such date (the “ Protection Period ”):
  (i)   termination of employment by the Company other than for “ Cause ” (as defined in Section 3(b) below); or
 
  (ii)   termination of employment by the Executive on account of “ Good Reason ” (as defined in Section 3(c) below).
          In addition, if the Executive is terminated by the Company other than for Cause following the execution of a definitive agreement or the occurrence of such other definitive event which if consummated will result in a Change in Control, but prior to the consummation of the Change in Control, such termination will be deemed a Covered Termination to the extent the Board, in its discretion, determines such termination to be at the direction or request of a party to the Change in Control transaction or is otherwise related to such pending Change in Control.
          A Covered Termination shall not include termination of employment of the Executive for Cause or by reason of death or Disability, nor a termination of employment by the Executive other than for Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Disability ” shall mean the inability to perform the Executive’s duties due to physical or mental illness or impairment continuing for a period of six consecutive months.
          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, for purposes of this Agreement, any reference to “ termination ,” as it relates to a Covered Termination, shall refer to a

 


 

termination of employment which constitutes a “ separation from service ” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”).
  (b)   Termination For Cause . For purposes of this Agreement, a termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company shall be deemed a termination for “ Cause ” in the event of:
  (i)   the Executive’s repeated failure or refusal to materially perform the Executive’s duties to the Company (other than by reason of temporary illness or other excused absence), as such duties existed immediately prior to the Change in Control;
 
  (ii)   the Executive’s criminal conviction or a plea of nolo contendere with respect to a crime constituting a felony or a crime of moral turpitude; or
 
  (iii)   the Executive’s engagement in an act of malfeasance, fraud or dishonesty in connection with the Company that materially damages the business or reputation of the Company.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive’s employment shall be considered to have been terminated for Cause only if, prior to such termination for Cause, (1) the Company shall have given to the Executive written notice stating with specificity the reason for the Executive’s termination and the provision of this Section 3(b) that is relied upon, and (2) if such reason for termination is item (i) or (iii) above, then a period of 15 days from the giving of such notice shall have elapsed without the Executive’s having cured or remedied such reason for termination during such 15-day period, unless such reason for termination cannot be cured or remedied within 15 days, in which case the period for remedy or cure shall be extended for a reasonable time (not to exceed 15 days), provided the Executive has made and continues to make a diligent effort to effect such remedy or cure.
  (c)   Good Reason . For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of employment by the Executive shall be deemed on account of “ Good Reason ” in the event of:
  (i)   any reduction in the Executive’s annual base salary amount or annual target bonus percentage from that in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control;
 
  (ii)   any reduction or other adverse change in the position, title, duties, responsibilities, level of authority or reporting relationships of the Executive from that in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control, including, without limitation, (a) in the event the Executive is the most senior executive in a particular Company function at the time of the Change in Control, the Executive ceases to be the most senior executive in such function, (b) in the event the Executive performs at the time of the Change in Control external duties typical in a public company, the Executive ceases to perform such duties or (c) any other such reduction attributable to the fact that the Company ceases to be a public company as a result of the Change in Control; or

 


 

  (iii)   a relocation, without the Executive’s written consent, of the Executive’s principal place of business by more than 35 miles from the Executive’s principal place of business immediately prior to the Change in Control.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive’s employment shall be considered to have been terminated on account of Good Reason only if, prior to such termination on account of Good Reason, (1) the Executive shall have given to the Company written notice stating with specificity the reason for the Executive’s termination and the provision of this Section 3(c) that is relied upon, and (2) a period of 15 days from the giving of such notice shall have elapsed without the Company’s having cured or remedied such reason for termination during such 15-day period, unless such reason for termination cannot be cured or remedied within 15 days, in which case the period for remedy or cure shall be extended for a reasonable time (not to exceed 15 days), provided the Company has made and continues to make a diligent effort to effect such remedy or cure. Unless the Executive shall have provided his written consent, the Executive’s continued employment shall not constitute consent to, or a waiver of rights with respect to, any event or condition constituting Good Reason.
     4. Severance Benefits
          In the event that the Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated during the Protection Period in a manner that constitutes a Covered Termination under Section 3 hereof, the Company shall provide the Executive with the following payments and benefits:
  (i)   Severance Payment . The Executive shall receive a lump-sum cash severance payment in an amount equal to one time the sum of (A) the Executive’s then-current annual base salary amount, plus (B) the greater of (1) the Executive’s then-current annual target bonus or other annual target incentive amount or (2) the amount of the annual bonus or other incentive paid or payable to the Executive for the most recently completed fiscal year; determined in each case as provided above without regard to any deductions, withholdings or deferrals of base salary or annual bonus or other incentive and disregarding any reductions in base salary or annual bonus or other incentive that are the basis for a Good Reason termination. The lump-sum severance amount shall be paid by the Company within 15 days following the effective date of the Covered Termination.
 
  (ii)   Accrued Rights . The Executive shall receive, within 15 days following the effective date of the Covered Termination, a lump-sum cash payment equal to the sum of (A) the Executive’s earned but unpaid base salary through the date of the Covered Termination, (B) any earned but unpaid bonus or other incentive payment for any completed fiscal year prior to the year of the Covered Termination, (C) a pro-rata portion of the Executive’s annual target bonus or other annual target incentive for the fiscal year in which the termination occurs, based on the portion of the fiscal year for which the Executive was employed and assuming performance under the bonus or other incentive plan at the applicable target levels, and (D) any other amounts due to the Executive from the Company as of the date of the Covered Termination, including any unreimbursed business expenses. The Executive shall also be entitled to all payments and rights under all employee benefit plans, fringe benefit programs and payroll practices of the Company in accordance with their terms. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all payments under this Section 4(ii) shall be paid or made within 15 days following the effective date of the Covered Termination.

 


 

  (iii)   Welfare Benefits . The Executive (and the Executive’s eligible dependents) shall be entitled to continued medical and dental coverage and benefits under the Company’s group benefit plans for a period of 12 months following the Executive’s Covered Termination, to be provided on the same terms, and with the same Executive cost-sharing, as active Executives of the Company are provided during this period of continued benefits.
 
  (iv)   Equity Rights . All stock options or other equity or equity-based awards that are held by the Executive at the time of the Change in Control that have not previously become vested and (if applicable) exercisable shall, upon the Covered Termination, become immediately and fully vested and exercisable, and any repurchase or similar rights held by the Company or other restrictions on the awards shall lapse, without regard to the terms of any applicable award agreement or plan document, and such awards shall otherwise continue to apply on the same terms.
 
  (v)   Indemnification . The Executive shall continue to be entitled, in respect of any period that the Executive served as an officer or director of the Company, and effective until the expiration of all applicable statute of limitations periods, to (i) all indemnification rights provided under any indemnification agreements between the Executive and the Company or provided by the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws or otherwise in effect at the time of the Covered Termination and (ii) coverage under any officers’ and directors’ liability insurance policy in effect at the time of the Covered Termination.
 
  (vi)   Perquisites . The Executive shall be entitled to the continuation of all executive perquisites to which the Executive was entitled immediately prior to the date of the Covered Termination for a period of 12 months following the date of such Covered Termination, to be provided on the same terms, and at the same cost to the Executive, as active executives of the Company are provided during this period.
 
  (vii)   Outplacement . The Executive shall be provided, at the Company’s sole expense, with professional outplacement services consistent with the Executive’s duties or profession and of a type and level customary for persons in the Executive’s position, as selected by the Company for a maximum period of two (2) years following the Executive’s Covered Termination.
 
  (viii)   Payments . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Executive is a “ specified employee ” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code at the time of a Covered Termination, any portion of the payments under this Section 4 due hereunder during the first (6) months following the date of the Executive’s Covered Termination, to extent that such payments constitute “ deferred compensation ” under Section 409A of the Code, shall not be paid during such six-month period and instead shall be paid on the first business day following the expiration of such six-month period. The remaining portion of the payments due hereunder shall be paid as provided in the applicable provisions of this Section 4.

 


 

  (ix)   Reimbursements . All reimbursements and in-kind benefits provided under this Agreement, shall be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, including, where applicable, the requirement that (A) any reimbursement shall be for expenses incurred during a specified period, (B) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits provided, during a calendar year may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, in any other calendar year, (C) the reimbursement of an eligible expense shall be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the year in which the expense is incurred (or such earlier date if specified in this Agreement), and (D) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.
     5. Parachute Payment Limitation
          Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if it shall be determined that any amount, right or benefit payable by the Company or any other person or entity to or for the Executive’s benefit in connection with the Change in Control, whether pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise (a “ Payment ”), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and if it shall be determined that a reduction of the Payments to a present value that is one dollar less than the minimum present value that would result in the imposition of such excise tax would result in a larger after-tax benefit to Executive than if such reduction had not occurred, then the Payments shall be reduced so as to have a present value that is one dollar less than the minimum present value that would result in the imposition of such excise tax. If the foregoing should result in a reduction in the Payments, the reduction shall be applied first against all cash Payments and then, if necessary, against non-cash Payments in order to satisfy the requirements of this Section 5. All determinations concerning the application of this Section 5 shall be made by a nationally recognized accounting firm to be appointed by the Company. The determinations of the accounting firm shall be conclusive and binding on the parties hereto for all purposes. All fees and expenses of the accounting firm shall be paid by Company.
     6. Enforceability
  (a)   Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company’s successors, including any entity that succeeds to the business and interests of Company in connection with or following a Change in Control. This Agreement and all rights hereunder are personal to the Executive and shall not be assignable by the Executive; provided , however , that any amounts that shall have become payable under this Agreement prior to the Executive’s death shall inure to the benefit of the Executive’s heirs or other legal representatives, as the case may be.
 
  (b)   Severability . In the event that any provision of this Agreement is determined to be partially or wholly invalid, illegal or unenforceable, then such provision shall be modified or restricted to the extent necessary to make such provision valid, binding and enforceable, or if such provision cannot be modified or restricted, then such provision shall be deemed to be excised from this Agreement, provided that the binding effect and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected or impaired in any manner. No waiver by a party of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions and conditions at the same time or any prior or subsequent time.

 


 

  (c)   Entire Agreement; Amendments . Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties respecting the subject matter hereof and supersedes any prior agreements respecting severance benefits upon a Change in Control, including the Change in Control Agreement. No amendment to this Agreement shall be deemed valid unless in writing and signed by the parties.
 
  (d)   Governing Law . Notwithstanding any conflict of law or choice of law provision to the contrary, this Agreement shall be construed and interpreted according to the laws of the State of California.
     7. Dispute Resolution
  (a)   Arbitration . Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration, conducted before a single arbitrator in the State of California, in accordance with the National Rules for Resolution of Employment Disputes of the American Arbitration Association then in effect. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any court having jurisdiction. The Company shall pay all the costs and expenses of any such arbitration proceeding.
 
  (b)   Attorney Fees . Subject to Section 4(ix), in the event that there is any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or to the interpretation, breach or enforcement thereof, and any arbitration or other proceeding is commenced to enforce the provisions of this Agreement, the Executive shall be entitled to payment of the Executive’s reasonable attorney’s fees, costs and expenses; provided, however, that if the arbitrator or other trier of fact determines that the claims of the Executive are frivolous, the Executive shall not be reimbursed for any such fees, costs and expenses and the Executive shall repay to the Company any such reimbursements previously paid pursuant to this Section 7(b).
     8. Miscellaneous
  (a)   Tax Withholding . All payments required to be made to the Executive under this Agreement shall be subject to withholding of amounts relating to income tax, excise tax, employment tax and other payroll taxes to the extent required to be withheld pursuant to applicable law or regulation.
 
  (b)   No Right of Employment . Nothing in this Agreement shall confer upon the Executive any right to continue as an Executive of the Company or interfere in any way with the right of the Company to terminate the Executive’s employment at any time, subject to the consequences of a Covered Termination as provided herein.
 
  (c)   No Duplication of Benefits . In the event that the Executive is entitled to severance payments or benefits under any other agreement, plan or program of the Company, or by reason of any legal requirement, the severance benefits provided hereunder shall be reduced accordingly to avoid duplication of benefits.

 


 

  (d)   No Mitigation or Offset . The Executive shall be under no obligation to minimize or mitigate damages by seeking substitute employment or otherwise, and the obtaining of any such other employment shall in no event affect any reduction of obligations hereunder for the payments or benefits required to be provided to the Executive. Except as specifically provided herein, the obligations of the Company hereunder shall not be affected by any set-off or counterclaim rights that any party may have against the Executive.
 
  (e)   Other Compensation and Benefit Plans . Subject to the provisions of Section 8(c), the rights and benefits of the Executive under this Agreement shall not be in lieu of the Executive’s benefits under any compensation or benefit plan or program of the Company, which shall be payable in accordance with the terms and conditions of such plans or programs.
 
  (f)   Notices . Any notice required or permitted to be given by this Agreement shall be effective only if in writing, delivered personally or by courier or by facsimile transmission or sent by express, registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the parties at the addresses hereinafter set forth, or at such other places that either party may designate by notice to the other.
 
      Notice to the Company shall be addressed to:
 
      Illumina, Inc.
 
      9885 Towne Centre Drive
 
      San Diego, CA 92121-1975
 
      Attn: Jay T. Flatley
 
      President and Chief Executive Officer
 
      facsimile: 858-202-4599
          Notice to the Executive shall be addressed to the Executive at the address indicated on the signature page hereof.
  (g)   Captions and Headings . Captions and paragraph headings are for convenience only, are not a part of this Agreement and shall not be used to construe any provision of this Agreement.
 
  (h)   Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but both of which when taken together shall constitute one Agreement.
 
  (i)   Compliance with Section 409A of the Code . In the event that following the date hereof either the Company or the Executive reasonably determines that any compensation or benefits payable under this Agreement shall be subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Company and the Executive shall cooperate in good faith to adopt such amendments to this Agreement or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other commercially reasonable actions necessary or appropriate to (1) exempt the compensation and benefit payable under this Agreement from Section 409A of the Code and/or preserve the intended tax treatment of the compensation and benefits provided with respect to this Agreement or

 


 

          (2) comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the related Department of Treasury guidance.
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement to be effective as of the day and year first above written.
         
  ILLUMINA, INC.
 
 
  By:    
    Jay T. Flatley   
  Its: President & Chief Executive Officer   
 
  EXECUTIVE
 
 
     
  Name:   
  Address:     
       
 

 

Exhibit 10.35
ILLUMINA, INC.
2005 STOCK AND INCENTIVE PLAN
RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT FOR NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS
          This RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) made as of this ___ day of ______, 20___, between Illumina, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and ______ (a member of the Company’s Board of Directors who is not an employee of the Company, the “ Participant ”), is made pursuant to the terms of the Company’s 2005 Stock and Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ).
           Section 1 . Definitions . Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan.
           Section 2 . Restricted Stock Unit Award . The Company hereby confirms the grant to the Participant of an award (the “ Award ”) of restricted Stock Units (the “ RSUs ”). The RSUs are notional, non-voting units of measurement based on the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock, which will entitle the Participant to receive a payment, subject to the terms of the Plan and this Agreement, in Common Stock within thirty (30) days following the applicable Vesting Date (as defined below).
          The number of RSUs subject to this Award and the effective date of such grant are as follows:
          Number of
               RSUs Granted:    __________________
          Date of Grant:          __________________
           Section 3 . Vesting Requirements . The Award of RSUs will vest, if not previously forfeited, on the earlier to occur of (i) the one-year anniversary of the date of grant and (ii) the date immediately preceding the date of the Annual Meeting of the Company’s stockholders for the year following the year of grant (the “Vesting Date”).
           Section 4 . Termination of Service . In the event of the Participant’s termination of service as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company for any reason, any unvested portion of any Award shall be immediately forfeited and automatically canceled without further action of the Company. No Shares shall be issued or issuable with respect to any portion of the Award that terminates unvested and is forfeited.

 


 

           Section 5 . Payment of RSUs .
          (a) General . Subject to the provisions of Section 5(c) hereof, payment in respect of the RSUs hereunder shall be made in Common Stock within thirty (30) days following the Vesting Date. The number of Shares to be distributed in respect of the RSUs will be determined in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Plan.
          (b) Tax Obligations . The Participant shall be solely responsible for any and all federal, state and local taxes due with respect to the Award and any payment hereunder.
          (c) Stock Sale Arrangement . Because the vesting of RSUs creates tax obligations on the part of Participants and the Company has no authority to withhold otherwise deliverable shares from, or to make tax payments on behalf of, members of the Company’s Board of Directors who are not employees of the Company, the Company is hereby offering to the Participant the opportunity at the time of executing this Agreement to elect to sell to the Company, on the Vesting Date, a whole number of RSUs equal as nearly as possible to [40%] of the RSUs covered by the Award, at a price per RSU equal to the Fair Market Value of a share of the Common Stock on the Vesting Date. If the Participant elects to participate in this stock sale arrangement, the Company will remit promptly to the Participant the aggregate purchase price for the RSUs so purchased at the address specified by the Participant at the end of this Agreement and will pay the balance of the RSUs in the manner provided in Section 5(a) of this Agreement.
           Please indicate whether or not you wish to participate in this stock sale arrangement by checking the appropriate box at the end of this Agreement.
           Section 6 . Restrictions on Transfer . Except as provided in Section 5(c) hereof, no portion of the Award may be sold, assigned, transferred, encumbered, hypothecated or pledged in any way by the Participant, other than to the Company as a result of forfeiture of the Award as provided herein, unless and until the payment of the RSUs in accordance with Section 5(a) hereof.
           Section 7 . Limitation of Rights . The Participant shall not have any privileges of a shareholder of the Company with respect to the Common Stock payable hereunder, including without limitation any right to vote such Common Stock or to receive dividends or other distributions in respect thereof, until the date of the issuance to the Participant of a share certificate evidencing such Common Stock.
           Section 8 . Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
           Section 9. Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the legatees, distributees, and personal representatives of the Participant and the successors of the Company.
           Section 10 . Entire Agreement . The Plan and this Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant.
          
 

 


 

          By your signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, you and the Company agree that this Award is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and this Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company upon any questions relating to the Plan and this Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the head of the Company’s Human Resources Department in writing upon any change in the residence address indicated below.
             
PARTICIPANT:   ILLUMINA, INC.
 
           
 
  By        
 
           
Signature
           
 
      Title     
Print Name
         
 
           
 
           
 
           
Residence Address
           
Participant’s Election Regarding Stock Sale Arrangement:
  o     I DO NOT wish to participate in the stock sale arrangement described in Section 5(c) above.
 
  o     I DO wish to participate in the stock sale arrangement described in Section 5(c) above.

 

Exhibit 10.43
ILLUMINA, INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED 2005 STOCK AND INCENTIVE PLAN
     1.  Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this 2005 Stock and Incentive Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional incentive to Service Providers, and to promote the success of the Company’s business. Options granted under the Plan may be Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options, as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant. Stock Awards (including Stock Grants, Stock Units and Stock Appreciation Rights) and Cash Awards may also be granted under the Plan.
     2.  Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:
  (a)   Administrator ” means the Board or any of its Committees as shall be administering the Plan, in accordance with Section 4 hereof.
 
  (b)   Applicable Laws ” means the requirements relating to the administration of stock option and restricted stock plans, the grant of options and the issuance of shares under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any Nasdaq National Market, stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any other country or jurisdiction where Options or Awards are granted under the Plan, as such laws, rules, regulations and requirements shall be in place from time to time.
 
  (c)   Award ” means an Option, a Stock Award or a Cash Award granted in accordance with the terms of the Plan.
 
  (d)   Award Agreement ” means a Stock Award Agreement, Cash Award Agreement and/or Option Agreement, which may be in written or electronic format, in such form and with such terms and conditions as may be specified by the Administrator, evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Award. Each Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.
 
  (e)   Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
 
  (f)   Cash Award ” means a bonus opportunity awarded under Section 15 pursuant to which a Participant may become entitled to receive an amount based on the satisfaction of such performance criteria as are specified in the agreement or other documents evidencing the Award (the “ Cash Award Agreement ”).
 
  (g)   Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
 
  (h)   Committee ” means a committee of Directors appointed by the Board in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

 


 

  (i)   Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.
 
  (j)   Company ” means Illumina, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
 
  (k)   Consultant ” means any natural person, including an advisor, engaged by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary to render services to such entity.
 
  (l)   Corporate Transaction ” means any of the following, unless the Administrator provides otherwise:
  (i)   any merger or consolidation in which the Company shall not be the surviving entity (or survives only as a subsidiary of another entity whose stockholders did not own all or substantially all of the Common Stock in substantially the same proportions as immediately prior to such transaction),
 
  (ii)   the sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to any other person or entity (other than a wholly-owned subsidiary),
 
  (iii)   the acquisition of beneficial ownership of a controlling interest (including, without limitation, power to vote) the outstanding shares of Common Stock by any person or entity (including a “group” as defined by or under Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act),
 
  (iv)   a contested election of Directors, as a result of which or in connection with which the persons who were Directors before such election or their nominees (the “ Incumbent Directors ”) cease to constitute a majority of the Board; provided however that if the election, or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, of any new director was approved by a vote of at least fifty percent (50%) of the Incumbent Directors, such new Director shall be considered as an Incumbent Director, or
 
  (v)   any other event specified by the Board or a Committee, regardless of whether at the time an Award is granted or thereafter.
  (m)   Director ” means a member of the Board.
 
  (n)   Disability ” means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 21 (e)(3) of the Code.
 
  (o)   Effective Date ” means the date on which the Company’s stockholders approve the Plan.
 
  (p)   Employee ” means any person, including Officers and Inside Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. An Employee shall not be deemed to cease Employee status by reason of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, any Subsidiary, or any successor. For purposes of

 


 

      Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed ninety days, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then three (3) months following the 91st day of such leave any Incentive Stock Option held by the Optionee shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option. Neither service as Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company shall be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.
  (q)   Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 
  (r)   Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of a Share determined as follows:
  (i)   If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or traded on a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq National Market or the Nasdaq SmallCap Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, the Fair Market Value of a Share shall be the closing selling price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;
 
  (ii)   If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a Share shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or
 
  (iii)   In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value shall be determined in good faith by the Administrator.
  (s)   Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder and as designated in the applicable Option Agreement.
 
  (t)   Inside Director ” means a Director who is an Employee.
 
  (u)   Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option and/or as designated in the applicable Option Agreement.
 
  (v)   Notice of Grant ” means a written or electronic notice evidencing certain terms and conditions of an individual Option grant. The Notice of Grant is part of the Option Agreement.
 
  (w)   Officer ” means a person who is an executive officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 


 

  (x)   Option ” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.
 
  (y)   Option Agreement ” means an agreement between the Company and an Optionee evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Option grant. The Option Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.
 
  (z)   Optioned Shares ” means the Shares subject to an Option.
 
  (aa)   Optionee ” means the holder of an outstanding Option granted under the Plan. (bb) “ Outside Director ” means a Director who is not an Employee.
 
  (cc)   Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code or any successor provision.
 
  (dd)   Participant ” means any holder of one or more Options, Stock Awards or Cash Awards, or the Shares issuable or issued upon exercise of such Awards, under the Plan.
 
  (ee)   Plan ” means this 2005 Stock and Incentive Plan.
 
  (ff)   Predecessor Plan ” means the Illumina, Inc. 2000 Stock Plan, as amended.
 
  (gg)   Qualifying Performance Criteria ” means any one or more of the following performance criteria, either individually, alternatively or in any combination, applied to either the Company as a whole or to a business unit, Parent, Subsidiary or business segment, either individually, alternatively or in any combination, and measured either annually or cumulatively over a period of years, on an absolute basis or relative to a pre-established target, to previous years’ results or to a designated comparison group, in each case as specified by the Committee in the Award: (i) cash flow; (ii) earnings (including gross margin, earnings before interest and taxes, earnings before taxes, and net earnings); (iii) earnings per share; (iv) growth in earnings or earnings per share; (v) stock price; (vi) return on equity or average stockholders’ equity; (vii) total stockholder return; (viii) return on capital; (ix) return on assets or net assets; (x) return on investment; (xi) revenue; (xii) income or net income; (xiii) operating income or net operating income; (xiv) operating profit or net operating profit; (xv) operating margin; (xvi) return on operating revenue; (xvii) market share; (xviii) contract awards or backlog; (xix) overhead or other expense reduction; (xx) growth in stockholder value relative to the moving average of the S&P 500 Index or a peer group index; (xxi) credit rating; (xxii) strategic plan development and implementation (including individual performance objectives that relate to achievement of the Company’s or any business unit’s strategic plan); (xxiii) improvement in workforce diversity, and (xxiv) any other similar criteria as may be determined by the Administrator. The Committee may appropriately adjust any evaluation of performance under a Qualifying Performance Criteria to exclude any of the following events that occurs during a performance period: (A) asset write-downs; (B) litigation or claim judgments or settlements; (C) the effect of changes in tax law, accounting principles or other such laws or provisions affecting reported results; (D) accruals for reorganization and restructuring programs; and (E) any gains or losses classified as extraordinary or as discontinued operations in the Company’s financial statements.

 


 

  (hh)   Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act, as the same may be amended from time to time, or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect when discretion is being exercised with respect to the Plan.
 
  (ii)   Service Provider ” means (i) an individual rendering services to the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company in the capacity of an Employee or Consultant or (ii) an individual serving as a Director.
 
  (jj)   Share ” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 17 hereof.
 
  (kk)   Stock Appreciation Right ” means a right to receive cash and/or Shares based on a change in the Fair Market Value of a specific number of Shares granted under Section 14.
 
  (ll)   Stock Award ” means a Stock Grant, a Stock Unit or a Stock Appreciation Right granted under Sections 13 or 14 below or other similar awards granted under the Plan (including phantom stock rights).
 
  (mm)   Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement, the form(s) of which shall be approved from time to time by the Administrator, between the Company and a holder of a Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Stock Award grant. Each Stock Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.
 
  (nn)   Stock Grant ” means the award of a certain number of Shares granted under Section 13 below.
 
  (oo)   Stock Unit ” means a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equivalent to the Fair Market Value of one Share, payable in cash, property or Shares. Stock Units represent an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company, except as otherwise explicitly provided for by the Administrator.
 
  (pp)   Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code, or any successor provision.
 
  (qq)   Withholding Taxes ” means the federal, state and local income and employment withholding taxes, or any other taxes required to be withheld, to which the holder of an Award may be subject in connection with the grant, exercise, or vesting of an Award or the issuance or transfer of Shares issued or issuable pursuant to an Award.
     3.  Stock Subject to the Plan .
  (a)   Subject to the provisions of Section 17 hereof, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued and sold under the Plan is 11,542,358 Shares. This maximum number of Shares reserved and available for issuance under the Stock Plan consists of Shares reserved for issuance under the Predecessor Plan that as of May 2, 2005 were either (i) available for grant pursuant to awards that may be made under the Predecessor Plan or (ii) subject to outstanding options granted under the Predecessor Plan which Shares might be returned to the Predecessor Plan but such Shares shall become available for issuance

 


 

      hereunder only if and to the extent the options granted under the Predecessor Plan to which they are subject terminate or expire or become unexercisable for any reason without having been exercised in full.
  (b)   An annual increase in the number of Shares reserved for issuance hereunder shall automatically occur on the first day of each fiscal year of the Company, beginning with fiscal year 2006 and ending with fiscal year 2010, equal to the lesser of (i) 1,200,000 Shares (subject to adjustment under Section 17), (ii) 5% of the outstanding Shares as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year or (iii) a number of Shares determined by the Board. The Shares may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Shares, including Shares repurchased by the Company on the open market.
 
  (c)   If an outstanding Award expires or terminates for any reason prior to exercise in full, or without the Shares subject thereto having been issued in full, the unpurchased or unissued Shares which were subject thereto shall become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated); provided, however, that Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan pursuant to an Award shall not be returned to the Plan and shall not become available for future distribution under the Plan, except that if unvested Shares are repurchased by the Company at their original purchase price or otherwise forfeited to the Company in connection with termination of a Participant’s status as a Service Provider, such Shares shall become available for future grant under the Plan. Should the exercise or purchase price of an Award under the Plan be paid with Shares (including by withholding Shares from the Award) or should Shares otherwise issuable under the Plan be withheld by the Company in satisfaction of the Withholding Taxes incurred in connection with the exercise, purchase or issuance of Shares under an Award, then the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan shall be reduced by the gross number of Shares issued in connection with the Award, and not by the net number of Shares issued to the holder of such Award.
     4.  Administration of the Plan .
  (a)   Procedure .
  (i)   Multiple Administrative Bodies . Different Committees with respect to different groups of Service Providers may administer the Plan.
 
  (ii)   Section  162(m) . To the extent that the Administrator determines it to be desirable to qualify Awards granted hereunder as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the Plan shall be administered by a Committee of two or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.
 
  (iii)   Rule 16b-3 . To the extent desirable to qualify transactions hereunder as exempt under Rule 16b-3, the transactions contemplated hereunder shall be structured to satisfy the requirements for exemption under Rule 16b-3.
 
  (iv)   Other Administration . Other than as provided above, the Plan shall be administered by (A) the Board, (B) a Committee, which committee shall be constituted to satisfy Applicable Laws or (C) subject to the Applicable Laws, one or more officers of the Company to whom the Board or Committee has delegated the power to grant Awards to persons eligible to receive Awards under the Plan provided such grantees may not be officers or Directors.

 


 

  (b)   Powers of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, and in the case of a Committee, subject to the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator shall have the authority, in its discretion:
     (A) to determine the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock in accordance with Section 2(r) of the Plan;
     (B) to select the Service Providers to whom Awards may be granted hereunder;
     (C) to determine the number of Shares or amount of cash to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;
     (D) to approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan;
     (E) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder, which terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price and/or purchase price (if applicable), the time or times when Awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), the vesting schedule, any vesting and/or exercisability acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, the acceptable forms of consideration, the term and any restriction or limitation regarding any Award or the Shares relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine and may be established at the time an Award is granted or thereafter;
     (F) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards granted pursuant to the Plan;
     (G) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws;
     (H) to modify or amend each Award (subject to Section 19) hereof), including the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercisability or purchase period of Awards longer than is originally provided for in the Award Agreement;
     (I) to allow Participants to satisfy Withholding Tax obligations by electing to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued upon exercise or settlement of an Award that number of Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld. The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld shall be determined on the date that the amount of Withholding Tax is to be determined. All elections by a Participant to have Shares withheld for this purpose shall be made in such form and under such conditions as the Administrator may deem necessary or advisable;

 


 

     (J) to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Award previously granted by the Administrator;
     (K) to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the Plan.
  (c)   Effect of Administrator’s Decision . The Administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations shall be final and binding on all Participants and any other holders of Options, Stock Awards, Cash Awards or Shares issued under the Plan.
     5.  Eligibility . Nonstatutory Stock Options and Stock Awards may be granted to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options and Cash Awards may be granted only to Employees.
     6.  Limitations .
  (a)   Each Option shall be designated in the Option Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. However, notwithstanding designation as an Incentive Stock Option, no installment under such an Option shall qualify for favorable tax treatment as an Incentive Stock Option if (and to the extent) the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares (determined at the date of grant) for which such installment first becomes exercisable hereunder would, when added to the aggregate value (determined as of the respective date or dates of grant) of the Shares or other securities for which such Option or any other Incentive Stock Options granted to Optionee prior to the date of grant (whether under the Plan or any other plan of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company) first become exercisable during the same calendar year, exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate. Should such One Hundred Thousand Dollar ($100,000) limitation be exceeded in any calendar year, the Option shall nevertheless become exercisable for the excess Optioned Shares in such calendar year as a Nonstatutory Stock Option. For purposes of this Section 6(a), Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted.
 
  (b)   Neither the Plan nor any Award shall confer upon a Participant any right with respect to continuing the Participant’s relationship as a Service Provider with the Company, nor shall they interfere in any way with the Participant’s right or the Company’s right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause.
 
  (c)   The following limitations shall apply to grants of Options and Stock Awards:
  (i)   No Service Provider shall be granted, in any fiscal year of the Company, Awards covering more than 500,000 Shares, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 17 below.
 
  (ii)   However, in connection with his or her commencement of Service Provider status, an individual may be granted Awards covering up to an additional 1,000,000 Shares during the fiscal year in which such commencement occurs, which shall not count against the limit set forth in subsection (i) above and subject to adjustment as provided in Section 17 below.

 


 

     7.  Term of Plan . The Plan shall become effective on the Effective Date. Unless the Plan is terminated earlier pursuant to Section 19 hereof, the Plan shall terminate upon the earliest to occur of (a) June 28, 2015, (b) the date on which all Shares available for issuance under the Plan shall have been issued as fully vested Shares or (c) the termination of all outstanding Awards in connection with a dissolution or liquidation pursuant to Section 17(b) hereof or a Corporate Transaction pursuant to Section 17(c) hereof. Should the Plan terminate on June 28, 2015, then all Awards outstanding at that time shall continue to have force and effect in accordance with the provisions of the applicable Award Agreement.
     8.  Term of Option . The term of each Option shall be stated in the Option Agreement; provided, however that the term shall be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement. Moreover, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Optionee who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Incentive Stock Option shall be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement.
     9.  Option Exercise Price and Consideration .
  (a)   Exercise Price . The per Share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of an Option shall be determined by the Administrator, subject to the following:
  (i)   In the case of an Incentive Stock Option
     (A) granted to an Employee who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.
     (B) granted to any Employee other than an Employee described in paragraph (A) immediately above, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.
  (ii)   In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.
  (b)   Waiting Period and Exercise Dates . At the time an Option is granted, the Administrator shall fix the period within which the Option may be exercised and shall determine any conditions (including any vesting conditions) that must be satisfied before the Option may be exercised.
  (c)   Form of Consideration . The Administrator shall determine the acceptable form of consideration for exercising an Option, including the method of payment. Such consideration may consist entirely of:
  (i)   cash;

 


 

  (ii)   check;
 
  (iii)   other Shares which, in the case of Shares acquired directly or indirectly from the Company, (A) have been owned by the Optionee for more than six (6) months on the date of surrender (if it is required to eliminate or reduce accounting charges incurred by the Company in connection with the Option, or such other period (if any) required to so eliminate or reduce such charges), and (B) have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which said Option shall be exercised;
 
  (iv)   consideration received through a special sale and remittance procedure pursuant to which the Optionee shall concurrently provide irrevocable instructions to (A) a Company-designated brokerage firm to effect the immediate sale of the purchased Shares and remit to the Company, out of the sale proceeds available on the settlement date, sufficient funds to cover the aggregate exercise price payable for the purchased Shares plus all Withholding Taxes required to be withheld by the Company by reason of such exercise and (B) the Company to deliver the certificates for the purchased Shares directly to such brokerage firm in order to complete the sale;
 
  (v)   a reduction in the amount of any Company liability to the Optionee, including any liability attributable to the Optionee’s participation in any Company-sponsored deferred compensation program or arrangement;
 
  (vi)   any combination of the foregoing methods of payment; or
 
  (vii)   such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Optioned Shares as determined by the Administrator and to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.
  (d)   No Option Repricings . Other than in connection with a change in the Company’s capitalization (as described in Section 17(a) of the Plan), the exercise price of an Option may not be reduced without stockholder approval.
     10.  Exercise of Option .
  (a)   Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder .
  (i)   Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Option Agreement. Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of Options granted hereunder shall be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.
 
  (ii)   An Option shall be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (A) written or electronic notice of exercise (in accordance with the Option Agreement) from the person entitled to

 


 

      exercise the Option, and (B) full payment for the Optioned Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised and (C) satisfaction of any Withholding Taxes. Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Plan and shall be set forth in the Option Agreement. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option shall be issued in the name of the Optionee or, if requested by the Optionee, in the name of the Optionee and his or her spouse. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Shares, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 17 hereof.
 
  (iii)   Exercising an Option in any manner shall decrease the number of Optioned Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.
  (b)   Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider . If an Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider, other than upon the Optionee’s death or Disability, such Optionee may exercise his or her Option for a period of three (3) months measured from the date of termination, or such longer period of time as specified in the Option Agreement, to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement). If, on the date of termination, the Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Option shall immediately terminate as to all the Optioned Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option, and those Optioned Shares shall revert immediately to the Plan. To the extent the Optionee does not, within the post-termination time period specified in the Option Agreement, exercise the Option for the Optioned Shares in which Optionee is vested at the time of such termination of Service Provider status, the Option shall terminate with respect to those vested Optioned Shares at the end of such period, and those Optioned Shares shall revert to the Plan.
 
  (c)   Disability of Optionee . If an Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Optionee’s Disability, the Optionee may exercise his or her Option within twelve (12) months of termination, or such longer period of time as specified in the Option Agreement, to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement). If, on the date of termination, the Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Option shall immediately terminate as to the Optioned Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option, and those Optioned Shares shall revert immediately to the Plan. To the extent the Optionee does not, within the post-termination time period specified in the Option Agreement, exercise the Option for the Optioned Shares in which Optionee is vested at the time of such termination of Service Provider status, the Option shall terminate with respect to those vested Optioned Shares at the end of such period, and those Optioned Shares shall revert to the Plan.
 
  (d)   Death of Optionee . If an Optionee dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised within twelve (12) months following Optionee’s death, or such longer period of time as specified in the Option Agreement, to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement) by the Optionee’s designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to Optionee’s death in a form acceptable to the Administrator. If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Optionee, then such Option may be exercised by the personal representative of the Optionee’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Optionee’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution. If, at the time of death, the Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Option

 


 

      shall immediately terminate as to the Optioned Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option, and those Optioned Shares shall immediately revert to the Plan. To the extent the Option is not, within the post-termination time period specified in the Option Agreement, exercised for the Optioned Shares in which Optionee is vested at the time of such termination of Service Provider status, the Option shall terminate with respect to those vested Optioned Shares, and those Optioned Shares shall revert to the Plan.
     11.  Formula Option Grants to Outside Directors . Outside Directors shall automatically be granted Options in accordance with the following provisions:
  (a)   All Options granted pursuant to this Section shall be Nonstatutory Stock Options and, except as otherwise provided in this Section 11, shall be subject to the other terms and conditions of the Plan.
 
  (b)   Each individual who becomes an Outside Director after the Effective Date shall be automatically granted an Option to purchase 20,000 Shares subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 17(a) below (the “First Option”) on the date such individual is elected as a Director, whether through election by the stockholders of the Company or appointment by the Board to fill a vacancy; provided, however, that an Inside Director who ceases to be an Inside Director but who remains a Director shall not receive a First Option.
 
  (c)   On each annual stockholder meeting commencing with the Effective Date, each Outside Director who continues to serve in such capacity immediately after such annual stockholder meeting shall be automatically granted an Option to purchase 7,500 Shares and 1,000 Stock Units subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 17(a) below (a “Subsequent Option”); provided that the Outside Director has served on the Board for at least six calendar months prior to the date of such annual stockholder meeting.
 
  (d)   The terms of a First Option or a Subsequent Option granted pursuant to this Section shall be as follows:
  (i)   The term of the Option shall be ten (10) years measured from the date of grant.
 
  (ii)   The Option shall be exercisable only during the time that the Outside Director remains a Director and, with respect to Optioned Shares vested on the last day of service as a Director for the six (6) month period following the date of the Optionee’s cessation of service as a Director, provided, however, that the Option cannot be exercised after the expiration of the term of the Option. If, at the time of Optionee’s cessation of service as a Director, the Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Option shall immediately terminate as to the Optioned Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option, and those Optioned Shares shall immediately revert to the Plan. To the extent the Option is not, within the post-termination time period specified in the Option Agreement, exercised for the Optioned Shares in which the Optionee is vested at the time of his or her cessation of Director status, the Option shall terminate with respect to those vested Optioned Shares, and those Optioned Shares shall revert to the Plan.
 
  (iii)   The exercise price per Share shall be 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant of the Option.

 


 

  (iv)   The First Option shall vest and become exercisable as to 33% of the Optioned Shares on each of the first three anniversaries of its date of grant, provided that the Optionee continues to serve as a Director on such dates.
 
  (v)   The Subsequent Option shall vest and become exercisable as to 100% of the Optioned Shares on the earlier of (i) the one year anniversary of the date of grant of the Option and (ii) the date immediately preceding the date of the annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders for the year following the year of grant of the Option, provided that the Optionee continues to serve as a Director on such date.
 
  (vi)   If an Outside Director dies or ceases to serve as a Director as a result of the Outside Director’s Disability while holding any outstanding Option under this Section 11, then that Option may be exercised within six (6) months following his or her death or termination, or such longer period of time as specified in the Option Agreement, to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death or termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement) by the Outside Director or the Outside Director’s designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to his or her death in a form acceptable to the Administrator. If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Outside Director, then such Option may be exercised by the personal representative of his or her estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to his or her will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution. If, at the time of death or termination as a result of Disability, the Outside Director is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Option shall immediately terminate as to the Optioned Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option, and those Optioned Shares shall immediately revert to the Plan. To the extent the Option is not, within the post-termination time period specified in the Option Agreement, exercised for the Optioned Shares in which the Outside Director is vested at the time of death or termination as a result of Disability, the Option shall terminate with respect to those vested Optioned Shares, and those Optioned Shares shall revert to the Plan.
 
  (vii)   In the event of a Corporate Transaction, all Options granted pursuant to this Section II shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Section 17(c); provided that in the event that the successor corporation does not assume or substitute for each First Option and Subsequent Option, the Optionee shall fully vest in and have the right to exercise the Option as to all of the Optioned Shares, including Shares as to which it would not otherwise be vested or exercisable.
  (e)   The Board shall have sole and exclusive authority to establish, maintain, amend, suspend, and terminate any program by which Outside Directors are automatically granted Nonstatutory Stock Options pursuant to this Section 11.
     12.  Limited Transferability of Options . An Option generally may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Optionee, only by the Optionee; provided however that Nonstatutory Stock Options may be transferred by instrument to an inter vivos or testamentary trust in which the Nonstatutory Stock Options are to be passed to beneficiaries upon the death of the trustor (settlor) or by gift or pursuant to domestic relations orders to “Immediate Family Members” (as defined below) of the Optionee. “Immediate Family” means any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law (including adoptive relationships), a trust in which these persons have more than fifty percent of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which these persons (or the Optionee) control the management of assets, and any other entity in which these persons (or the Optionee) own more than fifty percent of the

 


 

voting interests. The Optionee may designate one or more persons as the beneficiary or beneficiaries of his or her outstanding Options, and those Options shall, in accordance with such designation, automatically be transferred to such beneficiary or beneficiaries upon the Optionee’s death while holding those Options. Such beneficiary or beneficiaries shall take the transferred Options subject to all the terms and conditions of the applicable agreement evidencing each such transferred Option, including (without limitation) the limited time period during which the Option may be exercised following the Optionee’s death.
     13.  Stock Grants and Stock Unit Awards . Each Stock Award Agreement reflecting the issuance of a Stock Grant or Stock Unit shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall deem appropriate. The terms and conditions of such agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate agreements need not be identical, but each such agreement shall include (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:
  (a)   Consideration . A Stock Grant or Stock Unit may be awarded in consideration for such property or services as is permitted under Applicable Law, including for past services actually rendered to the Company or a Subsidiary for its benefit.
 
  (b)   Vesting . Shares of Common Stock awarded under an agreement reflecting a Stock Grant and a Stock Unit award may, but need not, be subject to a share repurchase option, forfeiture restriction or other conditions in favor of the Company in accordance with a vesting or lapse schedule to be determined by the Administrator.
 
  (c)   Termination of Participant’s Relationship as a Service Provider . In the event a Participant’s relationship as a Service Provider terminates, the Company may reacquire any or all of the Shares held by the Participant which have not vested or which are otherwise subject to forfeiture or other conditions as of the date of termination under the terms of the agreement.
 
  (d)   Transferability . Except as determined by the Board, no rights to acquire Shares under a Stock Grant or a Stock Unit shall be assignable or otherwise transferable by the Participant except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.
     14.  Stock Appreciation Rights .
  (a)   General . Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted either alone, in addition to, or in tandem with other Awards granted under the Plan. The Administrator may grant Stock Appreciation Rights to eligible Participants subject to terms and conditions not inconsistent with this Plan and determined by the Administrator. The specific terms and conditions applicable to the Participant shall be provided for in the Stock Award Agreement. Stock Appreciation Rights shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, at such times as the Administrator shall specify in the Stock Award Agreement.
 
  (b)   Exercise of Stock Appreciation Right . Upon the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, in whole or in part, the Participant shall be entitled to a payment in an amount equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of a fixed number of Shares covered by the exercised portion of the Stock Appreciation Right, over the Fair Market Value on the grant date of the Shares covered by the exercised portion of the Stock Appreciation Right (or such other amount calculated with respect to Shares subject to the award as the Administrator may determine). The amount due to the Participant upon the exercise of a

 


 

      Stock Appreciation Right shall be paid in such form of consideration as determined by the Administrator and may be in cash, Shares or a combination thereof, over the period or periods specified in the Stock Award Agreement. A Stock Award Agreement may place limits on the amount that may be paid over any specified period or periods upon the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, on an aggregate basis or as to any Participant. A Stock Appreciation Right shall be considered exercised when the Company receives written notice of exercise in accordance with the terms of the Stock Award Agreement from the person entitled to exercise the Stock Appreciation Right.
  (c)   Transferability . Except as determined by the Board, no Stock Appreciation Rights shall be assignable or otherwise transferable by the Participant except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.
     15.  Cash Awards . Each Cash Award will confer upon the Participant the opportunity to earn a future payment tied to the level of achievement with respect to one or more performance criteria established for a performance period of not less than one (1) year.
  (a)   Cash Award . Each Cash Award shall contain provisions regarding (i) the target and maximum amount payable to the Participant as a Cash Award, (ii) the Qualifying Performance Criteria and level of achievement versus these criteria which shall determine the amount of such payment, (iii) the period as to which performance shall be measured for establishing the amount of any payment, (iv) the timing of any payment earned by virtue of performance, (v) restrictions on the alienation or transfer of the Cash Award prior to actual payment, (vi) forfeiture provisions, and (vii) such further terms and conditions (including, without limitation, the effect that a termination as a Service Provider shall have on any Cash Award) in each case not inconsistent with the Plan, as may be determined from time to time by the Administrator. The maximum amount payable as a Cash Award may be a multiple of the target amount payable, but the maximum amount payable pursuant to that portion of a Cash Award granted under this Plan for any fiscal year to any Participant shall not exceed U.S. $1,000,000.
 
  (b)   Performance Criteria . The Administrator shall establish the Qualifying Performance Criteria and level of achievement versus these criteria which shall determine the target and the minimum and maximum amount payable under a Cash Award. The Administrator may specify the percentage of the target Cash Award that is intended to satisfy the requirements for “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the performance criteria for any portion of a Cash Award that is intended to satisfy the requirements for “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code shall be a measure established by the Administrator based on one or more Qualifying Performance Criteria selected by the Administrator and specified in writing not later than 90 days after the commencement of the period of service to which the performance goals relates, provided that the outcome is substantially uncertain at that time (or in such other manner that complies with Section 162(m)).
 
  (c)   Timing and Form of Payment . The Administrator shall determine the timing of payment of any Cash Award. The Administrator may provide for or, subject to such terms and conditions as the Administrator may specify and Applicable Laws, may permit a Participant to elect for the payment of any Cash Award to be deferred to a specified date or event. The Administrator may specify the form of payment of Cash Awards, which may be cash or other property, or may provide for a Participant to have the option for his or her Cash Award, or such portion thereof as the Administrator may specify, to be paid in whole or in part in cash or other property. Cash Awards shall be structured to comply with the “short-term deferral” rules of Section 409A of the Code.

 


 

     16.  Section  162(m) Compliance . Any Stock Award (other than an Option or any other Stock Award having a purchase price equal to 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date such award is made) or Cash Award that is intended as “qualified performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code must vest or become exercisable or payable contingent on the achievement of one or more Qualifying Performance Criteria. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Committee shall have the discretion to determine the time and manner of compliance with Section 162 (m) of the Code as required under applicable regulations and to conform the procedures related to the Award to the requirements of Section 162(m) and may in its discretion reduce the number of Shares granted or amount of cash or other property to which a Participant may otherwise have been entitled with respect to an Award designed to qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m).
     17.  Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization, Dissolution or Corporate Transaction .
  (a)   Changes in Capitalization . Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company, (i) the number of Shares which have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but as to which no Awards have yet been granted or which have been returned to the Plan upon cancellation or expiration of an Award, (ii) the number of Shares that may be added annually to the Plan pursuant to Section 3(b)(i) hereof, (iii) the number of Optioned Shares granted under First Options and Subsequent Options under Section 11 hereof, (iv) the maximum numbers of Shares that may be granted under Awards to any Service Provider within any fiscal year as set forth in Section 6(c) and (v) the number of Shares as well as the price per Share subject to each outstanding Award, shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued Shares resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the Common Stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued Shares effected without receipt of consideration by the Company; provided, however, that conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration.” Such adjustment shall be made by the Administrator, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of Shares.
 
  (b)   Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator shall notify each Participant as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. The Administrator in its discretion may (but need not) provide for a Participant to have the right to exercise his or her Option or Stock Award until ten (10) days prior to such transaction as to all of the Shares covered thereby, including Shares as to which the Option or Stock Award would not otherwise be exercisable. In addition, the Administrator may (but need not) provide that any Company repurchase option applicable to any unvested Shares purchased upon exercise of an Option or issued under a Stock Award shall lapse as to all such Shares, provided the proposed dissolution or liquidation takes place at the time and in the manner contemplated. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.
 
  (c)   Corporate Transaction .
  (i)   In the event of a Corporate Transaction, as determined by the Board or a Committee, the Board or Committee may, in its discretion, (i) provide for the assumption or substitution of, or adjustment to, each outstanding Award; (ii) accelerate the vesting of Options and terminate any restrictions on Cash Awards or Stock Awards; and/or (iii) provide for termination of Awards as a result of the Corporate Transaction on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, including providing for the cancellation of Awards for a cash payment to the Participant. For the

 


 

      purposes of this paragraph, the Award shall be considered assumed if, following the Corporate Transaction, the Award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share or amount of cash covered by the Award immediately prior to the Corporate Transaction, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the Corporate Transaction by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the Corporate Transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the Corporate Transaction is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Award, for each Share covered by the Award, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Shares in the Corporate Transaction.
  (ii)   Each Option or Stock Award which is assumed pursuant to this Section 17(c) shall be appropriately adjusted, immediately after such Corporate Transaction, to apply to the number and class of securities which would have been issuable to the Participant in consummation of such Corporate Transaction had the Option or Stock Award been exercised immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction. Appropriate adjustments to reflect such Corporate Transaction shall also be made to (A) the exercise or purchase price payable per share under each outstanding Option or Stock Award, provided the aggregate exercise or purchase price payable for such securities shall remain the same, (B) the maximum number and/or class of securities available for issuance over the remaining term of the Plan, (C) the maximum number and/or class of securities for which any one person may be granted Options or Stock Awards under the Plan per year, (D) the maximum number and/or class of securities by which the share reserve is to increase automatically each year and (E) the number and/or class of securities subject to the Options granted under Section 11.
 
  (iii)   Notwithstanding the foregoing, as may be determined by the Administrator, any such adjustment shall not (i) cause an Award which is exempt from Section 409A of the Code to become subject to Section 409A of the Code or (ii) cause an Award subject to Section 409A of the Code not to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.
     18.  Date of Grant . The date of grant of a First Option or Subsequent Option shall be the date on which it was automatically granted pursuant to Section 11 hereof. The date of grant of any other Award shall be, for all purposes, the date on which the Administrator grants such Award. Notice of the grant shall be provided to each Participant within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.
     19.  Amendment and Termination of the Plan . The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan. However, the Company shall obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws. In addition, no amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan shall impair the rights of any Participant under any grant theretofore made, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Participant and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Participant and the Company. Termination of the Plan shall not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Awards granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination. In addition, unless approved by the stockholders of the Company, no amendment shall be made that would result in a repricing of Options by (x) reducing the exercise price of outstanding Options or (y) canceling an outstanding Option held by a Participant and re-granting to the Participant a new Option with a lower exercise price, in either case other than in connection with a change in the Company’s capitalization pursuant to Section 17(a) of the Plan.

 


 

     20.  Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares .
  (a)   Awards shall not be granted and Shares shall not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Award unless the grant of the Award, the exercise or settlement of such Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares shall comply with Applicable Laws and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.
 
  (b)   No Shares or other assets shall be issued or delivered under the Plan unless and until there shall have been compliance with all applicable requirements of Federal and state securities laws, including the filing and effectiveness of the Form S-8 registration statement for the Shares, and all applicable listing requirements of any stock exchange (or the Nasdaq National Market, if applicable) on which Common Stock is then listed for trading.
     21.  Inability to Obtain Authority . The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction (including under Section 20), which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful grant of Awards and issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to grant such Awards or issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.
     22.  Reservation of Shares . The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.
     23.  Stockholder Approval. If required by Applicable Laws, continuance of the Plan shall be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted or after any amendment requiring stockholder approval is made. Such stockholder approval shall be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws.

 

Exhibit 14
ILLUMINA, INC.
CODE OF ETHICS
     Integrity is one of Illumina’s core values and we are committed to conducting our business in compliance with all applicable laws and the highest ethical standards. In conjunction with Illumina’s Values, our Employee Handbook and other corporate policies and procedures, we have set forth below Illumina’s Code of Ethics (“the Code”) and it is the responsibility of all directors, officers and employees to comply with the specific ethical standards described in this Code. The provisions of this Code are designed to promote honest ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships.
     This Code does not summarize all laws, rules, regulations, and Company policies which may be applicable to the Company and its directors, officers and employees. Therefore, please refer to the Company’s other guidelines and policies for information on matters not addressed in this Code. In addition, this Code cannot and does not cover every issue that may arise or every situation in which ethical decisions must be made, but rather sets forth key guiding principles of business conduct that the Company expects itself and its employees to follow.
     The Company has designated Christian G. Cabou, Senior Vice President and General Counsel, as the Company’s Compliance Officer to administer this Code. You may, at your discretion, make any report or complaint provided for in this Code to the Compliance Officer, as described more fully below.
1. Conflicts Of Interest
     A conflict of interest arises when an employee takes actions or enters into relationships that oppose the interests of the Company or interfere with the employee’s performance or independent judgment when carrying out his or her duties. The Company prohibits its directors, officers, employees, and their immediate families, from taking any action or entering into any relationship that creates, or even appears to create, a conflict of interest without the prior approval of the Compliance Officer.
     To prevent such conflicts, an employee should avoid the receipt of any gifts, payments, compensation, or other significant benefits from any person or entity that does business or seeks to do business with the Company. Company employees may, however, accept a gift with a value of $250 or less from persons or entities that do business or seek to do business with the Company. In all cases, though, the employee should exercise judgment in determining whether receipt of the gift could be seen by others as an inducement which could place that employee under an obligation to the donor or the donor’s employer or would otherwise violate the Company’s conflict of interest policy. If the gift could be seen as an improper inducement or a violation of the Company’s conflict of interest policy, the employee must decline the gift. “Gift” includes any item, money, travel, hospitality or other in-kind benefit, provided as a token of appreciation that confers a benefit on the recipient. All gifts or other consideration to an employee (or incremental cost to the Company in connection with the benefits to be received by the employee) with a value of more $250 must be reported to the Compliance Officer prior to their acceptance to allow the Compliance Officer to determine whether the employee’s acceptance of the gift would create a conflict or would otherwise be improper. In addition, employees may not use Company property, information or the influence of their position in the Company for improper personal gain.
     Conflicts of interest may not always be clear-cut. Accordingly, if you have any questions in this regard you should consult with your immediate manager or the Compliance Officer. If you become aware of a conflict or potential conflict, you must promptly bring it to the attention of your immediate manager or the Compliance Officer.
2. Compliance With Applicable Laws
     All directors, officers and employees of the Company are required to follow the highest ethical standards and comply fully with both the spirit and the letter of all applicable laws, rules and regulations. In particular, employees must observe these standards when addressing the special requirements often associated with government transactions or applicable to dealings with government officials, representatives or agencies that regulate the markets in which the Company does business. Whenever an applicable law, rule or regulation is unclear or seems to conflict with either another

1


 

law or any provision of this Code, all directors, officers and employees are urged to seek clarification from their manager or the Compliance Officer.
3. Public Company Reporting
     The Company requires that all its books and records be maintained accurately and with honesty. This requires that we maintain the integrity of our accounting and internal control system, that all transactions are valid, accurate, complete and supportable and that they are promptly recorded in the Company’s books. The Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer shall foster practices and procedures that ensure compliance with all applicable laws and regulations, including the United States securities laws and other authoritative bodies. The Company’s reports and documents filed with or submitted to the Securities and Exchange Commission and the Company’s other communications, shall include full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure. All employees who are involved in, or asked to provide information for, the Company’s accounting and disclosure process are responsible for using their best efforts to ensure that the Company meets these requirements.
     Only the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or their designates shall communicate with members of the financial community or other parties that have interest in the Company’s strategies, operations or financial results.
4. Protection of Company Assets and Information
     All employees shall protect the Company’s assets and ensure their efficient use. All Company assets should be used only for legitimate business purposes. Employees shall not use or give to others trade secrets or confidential information belonging to the Company or to others with whom the company does business. Confidential information includes any information not known to outsiders that has value to the Company or whose premature disclosure would help competitors or be harmful to the Company.
5. Reporting Any Illegal Or Unethical Behavior
     All employees have the responsibility to report any violations of this Code, as well as violations of any laws, rules or regulations. Employees also have a responsibility to report any transaction or relationship that could reasonably be expected to give rise to a conflict of interest. If you are aware of a potential conflict of interest or believe that an employee has violated the Code, you must promptly report the violation to his or her manager or the Compliance Officer. If a report is made to a manager, the manager must in turn report the violation to the Compliance Officer. All violations by an officer or director of the Company must be reported directly to the Compliance Officer or to a member of the Company’s Audit Committee of the Board of Directors. If you are unsure whether a particular situation may be a violation of this Code, you should discuss it with the Compliance Officer. Generally speaking, every effort will be made to maintain the confidentially of reports filed about potential violations. However, it may not be possible in all cases to protect the identity of the reporting employee, depending on the circumstances. When reporting a violation, you may choose to remain anonymous.
     The Company will not permit retaliation of any kind by or on behalf of the Company and its directors, officers and employees against good faith reports or complaints of violations of this Code or other illegal or unethical conduct.
6. Amendment, Modification And Waiver
     Any request for a waiver of any provision of this Code must be discussed with and approved by the Compliance Officer.
     Any waiver of this Code for executive officers or directors may be made only by the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors and must generally be promptly disclosed to the public under current securities laws. Any amendments or modifications to this Code must be approved by the Company’s Audit Committee.
7. Accountability
     We will investigate all reports of suspected violations of this Code. All directors, officers and employees are expected to cooperate fully with any investigation. If a violation is verified, we will correct the violation, take appropriate action to prevent it from happening again, and take any required disciplinary action including dismissal where appropriate.

2

EXHIBIT 21.1
SUBSIDIARIES OF THE COMPANY
         
Name of Subsidiary   Jurisdiction   Doing Business As
 
         
Solexa, Inc.   Delaware   Solexa, Inc.
Avantome, Inc.   Delaware   Avantome, Inc.
Illumina UK, Ltd.   United Kingdom   Illumina UK, Ltd.
Illumina GmbH   Germany   Illumina GmbH
Illumina Netherlands B.V.   Netherlands   Illumina Netherlands B.V.
Illumina Cambridge, Ltd.   United Kingdom   Illumina Cambridge, Ltd.
Lynx Therapeutics GmbH   Germany   Lynx Therapeutics GmbH
Illumina K.K.   Japan   Illumina K.K.
Illumina Singapore Pte. Ltd.   Singapore   Illumina Singapore Pte. Ltd
Illumina Australia Pty. Ltd.   Australia   Illumina Australia Pty. Ltd.
Illumina Canada, Inc.   Canada   Illumina Canada, Inc.
All listed subsidiaries are wholly-owned subsidiaries of Illumina, Inc.

Exhibit 23.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (No.’s 333-151265, 333-147389, 333-140416, 333-134399, 333-129611, 333-125133, 333-124074, 333-114633, 333-104190, 333-88808, 333-42866, and 333-69058), Form S-3 (No.’s 333-145408, 333-144953, 333-134012, 333-125100, and 333-111496) and Form S-4 (No. 333-139111), of our reports dated February 24, 2009, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of Illumina, Inc., and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Illumina, Inc. included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 28, 2008.
/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP
San Diego, California
February 24, 2009

Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION OF JAY T. FLATLEY PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Jay T. Flatley, certify that:
  1.   I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Illumina, Inc.;
 
  2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
  3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
  4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
  a)   designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  b)   designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  c)   evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  d)   disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
  5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
  a)   all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  b)   any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Dated: February 25, 2009
         
     
  /s/ JAY T. FLATLEY    
  Jay T. Flatley   
  President and Chief Executive Officer   

         
Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION OF CHRISTIAN O. HENRY PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Christian O. Henry, certify that:
  1.   I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Illumina, Inc.;
 
  2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
  3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
  4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
  a)   designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  b)   designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  c)   evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  d)   disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
  5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
  a)   all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  b)   any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Dated: February 25, 2009
         
     
  /s/ CHRISTIAN O. HENRY    
  Christian O. Henry   
  Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer   

         
Exhibit 32.1
CERTIFICATION OF JAY T. FLATLEY PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT
TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report of Illumina, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 28, 2008, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Jay T. Flatley, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
Dated: February 25, 2009
         
     
  By:   /s/ JAY T. FLATLEY    
    Jay T. Flatley   
    President and Chief Executive Officer   
 
This certification accompanying the Report is not deemed filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or otherwise subject to the liabilities such Section, and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (whether made before, on or after the date of the Report), irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in such filing.

Exhibit 32.2
CERTIFICATION OF CHRISTIAN O. HENRY PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED
PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report of Illumina, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 28, 2008, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Christian O. Henry, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
Dated: February 25, 2009
         
     
  By:   /s/ CHRISTIAN O. HENRY    
    Christian O. Henry   
    Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer   
 
This certification accompanying the Report is not deemed filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or otherwise subject to the liabilities such Section, and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (whether made before, on or after the date of the Report), irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in such filing.